Merged default branch into gui-refactoring.

code/CMakeModules/nel.cmake

@@ -274,6 +274,7 @@ MACRO(NL_SETUP_NEL_DEFAULT_OPTIONS)
   ###
   OPTION(WITH_NET                 "Build NLNET"                                   ON )
   OPTION(WITH_3D                  "Build NL3D"                                    ON )
+  OPTION(WITH_GUI                 "Build GUI"                                     ON )
   OPTION(WITH_PACS                "Build NLPACS"                                  ON )
   OPTION(WITH_GEORGES             "Build NLGEORGES"                               ON )
   OPTION(WITH_LIGO                "Build NLLIGO"                                  ON )

code/nel/include/nel/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -4,6 +4,10 @@ IF(WITH_3D)
   SUBDIRS(3d)
 ENDIF(WITH_3D)
 
+IF(WITH_GUI)
+  ADD_SUBDIRECTORY(gui)
+ENDIF(WITH_GUI)
+
 IF(WITH_GEORGES)
   SUBDIRS(georges)
 ENDIF(WITH_GEORGES)

code/nel/include/nel/gui/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+FILE(GLOB HEADERS *.h)
+
+INSTALL(FILES ${HEADERS} DESTINATION include/nel/gui COMPONENT headers)

code/nel/include/nel/gui/action_handler.h

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef NL_ACTION_HANDLER_H
+#define NL_ACTION_HANDLER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include <libxml/parser.h>
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/misc/debug.h"
+#include "nel/misc/xml_auto_ptr.h"
+#include <map>
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CCtrlBase;
+
+
+	/**
+	 * interface for action handlers
+	 * \author Nicolas Brigand
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class IActionHandler
+	{
+	public:
+		// Execute the answer to the action
+		// Params has the following form : paramName=theParam|paramName2=theParam2|...
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase * /* pCaller */, const std::string &/* sParams */) { }
+
+		virtual ~IActionHandler() {}
+
+		static std::string getParam (const std::string &Params, const std::string &ParamName);
+
+		static void getAllParams (const std::string &Params, std::vector< std::pair<std::string,std::string> > &AllParams);
+	};
+
+
+	/**
+	 interface for action handlers factory
+	 no release in this factory : a handler must be destroyed by the control that created it
+	 */
+	class CAHManager
+	{
+	public:
+		typedef std::map< std::string, IActionHandler* > TFactoryMap;
+		typedef std::map< IActionHandler*, std::string > TNameMap;
+
+		static CAHManager* getInstance()
+		{
+			if (_GlobalInstance == NULL)
+				_GlobalInstance = new CAHManager;
+			return _GlobalInstance;
+		}
+
+		/// return pointer to action handler or null if it doesn't exist
+		IActionHandler *getActionHandler(const std::string &name) const
+		{
+			TFactoryMap::const_iterator it = FactoryMap.find(name);
+			return it != FactoryMap.end() ? it->second : NULL;
+		}
+
+		/// Return the name of the action handler given its pointer
+		const std::string &getActionHandlerName(IActionHandler *pAH) const
+		{
+			TNameMap::const_iterator it = NameMap.find(pAH);
+			return it != NameMap.end() ? it->second : EmptyName;
+		}
+
+		/// map of action handler factories
+		TFactoryMap FactoryMap;
+		TNameMap    NameMap;
+		std::string EmptyName;
+		
+		/// return the Action Handler 'name'. if name is of form 'ah:params', then params are filled (NB: else not changed)
+		IActionHandler *getAH(const std::string &name, std::string &params);
+		IActionHandler *getAH(const std::string &name, class CStringShared &params);
+		
+		/** common method to parse Action Handler from a xml node
+		 *	\param ahId eg: "onclick_l"
+		 *	\param paramId eg: "params_l".
+		 *	\param params returned parameters.
+		 *	NB: if paramId is NULL, empty or does not exist in the xmlNode, then the optional param in ahId (eg: "show:phrase_book")
+		 *	is taken
+		 *	NB: if none of the optional param in ahId, or the specified param are filled/found, then params is not changed
+		 */
+		void parseAH(xmlNodePtr cur, const char *ahId, const char *paramId, IActionHandler *&ahRet, std::string &params);
+		void parseAH(xmlNodePtr cur, const char *ahId, const char *paramId, IActionHandler *&ahRet, class CStringShared &params);
+		
+		/// Get the AH name from ptr
+		const std::string &getAHName(IActionHandler *pAH){ return getActionHandlerName(pAH); }
+
+		void runActionHandler(const std::string &AHName, CCtrlBase *pCaller, const std::string &Params=std::string("") );
+		void runActionHandler(IActionHandler *ah, CCtrlBase *pCaller, const std::string &Params=std::string("") );
+
+		// Submit a generic event
+		void submitEvent( const std::string &evt );
+
+	private:
+		CAHManager(){}
+		static CAHManager *_GlobalInstance;
+
+	};
+
+	/// Ah name must all be lower case
+	#define REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER(handler ,name)                                                      \
+	class handler##Factory : public handler                                                             \
+	{                                                                                                   \
+	public:                                                                                             \
+		handler##Factory ()                                                                             \
+		{                                                                                               \
+			nlassert(name!=NULL);																		\
+			const char *c= name;																		\
+			while(*c!='\0')																				\
+			{																							\
+				nlassert(islower(*c) || !isalpha(*c));													\
+				c++;																					\
+			}																							\
+			CAHManager *pAHFM = CAHManager::getInstance();                                              \
+			pAHFM->FactoryMap.insert(CAHManager::TFactoryMap::value_type(name,this));                   \
+			pAHFM->NameMap.insert(CAHManager::TNameMap::value_type(this,name));                         \
+		};                                                                                              \
+	};                                                                                                  \
+		handler##Factory handler##FactoryInstance ;                                                     \
+		\
+
+
+}
+
+#endif //NL_ACTION_HANDLER_H

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_base.h

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_CTRL_BASE_H
+#define RZ_CTRL_BASE_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/event_descriptor.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CCtrlBase : public CViewBase
+	{
+	public:
+
+		// Tooltip mode
+		enum	TToolTipParentType
+		{
+			TTMouse= 0,		// The tooltip is displayed relatively to the mouse when it appears
+			TTCtrl= 1,		// The tooltip is displayed relatively to the ctrl it comes from when it apeears
+			TTWindow= 2,	// The tooltip is displayed relatively to the window where the control lies.
+			TTSpecialWindow= 3,	// The tooltip is displayed relatively to a special user window
+
+			NumToolTipParentRef
+		};
+
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CCtrlBase(const TCtorParam &param) : CViewBase(param)
+		{
+			_ToolTipInstant= true;
+			_ToolTipParent= TTCtrl;
+			// see interface.txt for meaning of auto
+			_ToolTipParentPosRef= Hotspot_TTAuto;
+			_ToolTipPosRef= Hotspot_TTAuto;
+			resizer = false;
+		}
+
+		/// Destructor
+		virtual ~CCtrlBase();
+
+		// special parse
+		virtual bool		parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+
+
+		/// Handle all events (implemented by derived classes) (return true to signal event handled)
+		virtual bool		handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event);
+
+		virtual CCtrlBase	*getSubCtrl (sint32 /* x */, sint32 /* y */) { return this; }
+
+		/// Debug
+		virtual uint32		getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+
+
+		/// Get the ContextHelp for this control. Default is to return _ContextHelp
+		virtual void		getContextHelp(ucstring &help) const {help= _ContextHelp;}
+		/// Get the ContextHelp for this control, with tooltip specific code. Default behaviour is identical to getContextHelp.
+		virtual void		getContextHelpToolTip(ucstring &help) const { getContextHelp(help); }
+		// Get the name of the context help window. Default to "context_help"
+		virtual std::string getContextHelpWindowName() const;
+		/// Get the ContextHelp ActionHandler. If "", noop
+		const std::string	&getContextHelpActionHandler() const {return _OnContextHelp;}
+		/// Get the ContextHelp ActionHandler Params
+		const std::string	&getContextHelpAHParams() const {return _OnContextHelpParams;}
+		/// true if both are empty
+		bool				emptyContextHelp() const;
+		// Should return true if the context help should be displayed instantly
+		bool				wantInstantContextHelp() const { return _ToolTipInstant; }
+		/// Set true if ToolTip should be displayed instantly
+		void				setInstantContextHelp(bool instant) { _ToolTipInstant = instant;}
+
+		/** If ctrl has a non rectangle shape, perform further test to know
+		  * if control should be taken in account for context help
+		  */
+		virtual bool		preciseHitTest(sint32 /* x */, sint32 /* y */) const { return true; }
+
+
+		/// return the type of anchor for the tooltip of this control
+		TToolTipParentType	getToolTipParent() const { return _ToolTipParent;}
+		const std::string	&getToolTipSpecialParent() const {return _ToolTipSpecialParent.toString();}
+		/// Set the type of anchor for the tooltip of this control
+		void				setToolTipParent(TToolTipParentType type)  { _ToolTipParent = type; }
+		void				setToolTipSpecialParent(const std::string &parent)  { _ToolTipSpecialParent = parent; }
+		/// Get the ToolTip pos references (parent relevant only if getToolTipParent()!=TTMouse)
+		THotSpot			getToolTipParentPosRef() const { return _ToolTipParentPosRef;}
+		THotSpot			getToolTipPosRef() const { return _ToolTipPosRef;}
+		THotSpot			getToolTipParentPosRefAlt() const { return _ToolTipParentPosRefAlt;}
+		THotSpot			getToolTipPosRefAlt() const { return _ToolTipPosRefAlt;}
+		/// Set the ToolTip pos references (parent relevant only if getToolTipParent()!=TTMouse)
+		void				setToolTipParentPosRef(THotSpot pos) { _ToolTipParentPosRef = pos;}
+		void				setToolTipPosRef(THotSpot pos) { _ToolTipPosRef = pos;}
+
+		/// replace the default contextHelp
+		ucstring			getDefaultContextHelp() const {return _ContextHelp;}
+		void				setDefaultContextHelp(const ucstring &help) {_ContextHelp= help;}
+		void				setOnContextHelp(const std::string &help) {_OnContextHelp= help;}
+		void				setOnContextHelpAHParams(const std::string &p) {_OnContextHelpParams= p;}
+
+
+
+		// called when this element or a son has been captured
+		virtual	void		elementCaptured(CCtrlBase * /* capturedElement */) {}
+
+		virtual bool isCtrl() const { return true; }
+
+		// Made for CtrlResizer to take the precedence over son controls.
+		virtual uint		getDeltaDepth() const { return 0; }
+
+		// true if this ctrl is capturable (true by default, false for tooltip)
+		virtual	bool		isCapturable() const {return true;}
+
+		bool isResizer() const{ return resizer; }
+
+		// from CInterfaceElement
+		virtual void		visit(CInterfaceElementVisitor *visitor);
+
+		/** test if virtual desktop change is possible while this element is captured by the mouse
+		  * Useful for resizers
+		  */
+		virtual bool		canChangeVirtualDesktop() const { return true; }
+
+		// called when keyboard capture has been lost
+		virtual void		onKeyboardCaptureLost() {}
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CCtrlBase, CViewBase)
+			REFLECT_UCSTRING("tooltip", getDefaultContextHelp, setDefaultContextHelp);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+		// special for mouse over : return true and fill the name of the cursor to display
+		virtual bool getMouseOverShape(std::string &/* texName */, uint8 &/* rot */, NLMISC::CRGBA &/* col */) { return false; }
+
+		virtual void serial(NLMISC::IStream &f);
+	protected:
+		// This is the ContextHelp filled by default in parse()
+		ucstring			_ContextHelp;
+		CStringShared		_OnContextHelp;
+		CStringShared		_OnContextHelpParams;
+		CStringShared		_ToolTipSpecialParent;
+		TToolTipParentType	_ToolTipParent;
+		bool				_ToolTipInstant		    : 1;
+		THotSpot			_ToolTipParentPosRef    : 6;
+		THotSpot			_ToolTipPosRef          : 6;
+		THotSpot			_ToolTipParentPosRefAlt : 6;
+		THotSpot			_ToolTipPosRefAlt       : 6;
+	protected:
+		void convertTooltipHotSpot(const char *prop, THotSpot &parentHS, THotSpot &childHS);
+		bool resizer;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // RZ_VIEW_BASE_H
+
+/* End of ctrl_base.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_base_button.h

@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_CTRL_BASE_BUTTON_H
+#define NL_CTRL_BASE_BUTTON_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/action_handler.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * Base Class For Buttons.
+	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2003
+	 */
+	class CCtrlBaseButton : public CCtrlBase
+	{
+
+	public:
+		enum EType { PushButton = 0, ToggleButton, RadioButton, ButtonTypeCount };
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CCtrlBaseButton(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor& event);
+
+		/// \name Misc
+		// @{
+		void	setType (EType t) { _Type = t; }
+		EType	getType() { return _Type; }
+
+		void	setClickWhenPushed(bool click) { _ClickWhenPushed = click; }
+		bool	getClickWhenPushed() const { return _ClickWhenPushed; }
+
+		void	setPushed (bool state);
+		bool	getPushed () const { return _Pushed; }
+
+		void	setFrozen (bool state);
+		bool	getFrozen () const { return _Frozen; }
+
+		// Set half tone mode for the display of frozen buttons. Default is true.
+		void	setFrozenHalfTone(bool enabled);
+		bool	getFrozenHalfTone() const { return _FrozenHalfTone; }
+
+		// if the radio is a radio button, then all radio button are unselected
+		void	unselect();
+		// @}
+
+
+		/// \name Colors
+		// @{
+		void setColor(NLMISC::CRGBA col) { _ColorNormal = col; }
+		void setColorPushed(NLMISC::CRGBA col) { _ColorPushed = col; }
+		void setColorOver(NLMISC::CRGBA col) { _ColorOver = col; }
+
+		NLMISC::CRGBA getColor() const { return _ColorNormal; }
+		NLMISC::CRGBA getColorPushed() const { return _ColorPushed; }
+		NLMISC::CRGBA getColorOver() const { return _ColorOver; }
+
+		// Override because mustupdate 3 states
+		void setModulateGlobalColorAll(bool state);
+		void setModulateGlobalColorNormal(bool state) {_ModulateGlobalColorNormal= state;}
+		void setModulateGlobalColorPushed(bool state) {_ModulateGlobalColorPushed= state;}
+		void setModulateGlobalColorOver(bool state) {_ModulateGlobalColorOver= state;}
+
+		virtual sint32 getAlpha() const { return _ColorNormal.A; }
+		virtual void setAlpha (sint32 a) { _ColorOver.A = _ColorNormal.A = _ColorPushed.A = (uint8)a; }
+
+		std::string getColorAsString() const
+		{	return	NLMISC::toString(_ColorNormal.R) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorNormal.G) + " " +
+					NLMISC::toString(_ColorNormal.B) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorNormal.A); }
+		std::string getColorOverAsString() const
+		{	return	NLMISC::toString(_ColorOver.R) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorOver.G) + " " +
+					NLMISC::toString(_ColorOver.B) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorOver.A); }
+		std::string getColorPushedAsString() const
+		{	return	NLMISC::toString(_ColorPushed.R) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorPushed.G) + " " +
+					NLMISC::toString(_ColorPushed.B) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorPushed.A); }
+
+		void setColorAsString(const std::string &col)		{ _ColorNormal = convertColor (col.c_str()); }
+		void setColorOverAsString(const std::string &col)	{ _ColorOver = convertColor (col.c_str()); }
+		void setColorPushedAsString(const std::string &col)	{ _ColorPushed = convertColor (col.c_str()); }
+		// @}
+
+		///\name radio button specific
+		//@{
+		/** Initialize radio button reference
+		 *	Advanced:
+		 *	NB: must call initRBRef() for radio button if button is created without parse().
+		 *	NB: setParent() must be called before (else assert)
+		 */
+		void initRBRef();
+		//@}
+		void initRBRefFromRadioButton(CCtrlBaseButton * pBut);
+
+
+		/// \name Handlers
+		// @{
+		// Event part
+		void setActionOnLeftClick (const std::string &actionHandlerName) { _AHOnLeftClickString = actionHandlerName; _AHOnLeftClick = CAHManager::getInstance()->getAH(actionHandlerName, _AHLeftClickParams); }
+		void setActionOnLeftClickParams(const std::string &params) { _AHOnLeftClickStringParams = params; }
+		void setActionOnRightClick (const std::string &actionHandlerName) { _AHOnRightClick = CAHManager::getInstance()->getAH(actionHandlerName, _AHRightClickParams); }
+		void setActionOnClockTick (const std::string &ahName) { _AHOnClockTick = CAHManager::getInstance()->getAH(ahName, _AHClockTickParams); }
+		void setParamsOnLeftClick (const std::string &paramsHandlerName) { _AHLeftClickParams = paramsHandlerName; }
+		void setParamsOnRightClick (const std::string &paramsHandlerName) { _AHRightClickParams = paramsHandlerName; }
+		void setParamsOnClockTick (const std::string &ahParamsName) { _AHClockTickParams = ahParamsName; }
+
+		// get Event part
+		std::string		_getActionOnLeftClick() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnLeftClick); }
+		IActionHandler *getActionOnLeftClick () const { return _AHOnLeftClick; }
+		IActionHandler *getActionOnRightClick () const { return _AHOnRightClick; }
+		IActionHandler *getActionOnClockTick () const { return _AHOnClockTick; }
+		std::string			_getParamsOnLeftClick () const { return _AHLeftClickParams.toString(); }
+		const std::string	&getParamsOnLeftClick () const { return _AHLeftClickParams; }
+		const std::string	&getParamsOnRightClick () const { return _AHRightClickParams; }
+		const std::string	&getParamsOnClockTick () const { return _AHClockTickParams; }
+
+		// run action on left click
+		void runLeftClickAction();
+
+		// Context menu accessor/ One for each button
+		void setListMenuLeft (const std::string &cm) { _ListMenuLeft = cm; }
+		void setListMenuRight (const std::string &cm) { _ListMenuRight = cm; }
+		void setListMenuBoth (const std::string &cm) { _ListMenuLeft= _ListMenuRight= cm; }
+		std::string getListMenuLeft () { return _ListMenuLeft.toString(); }
+		std::string getListMenuRight () { return _ListMenuRight.toString(); }
+		// @}
+
+
+
+		int luaRunLeftClickAction(CLuaState &ls);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CCtrlBaseButton, CCtrlBase)
+			REFLECT_BOOL("pushed", getPushed, setPushed);
+			REFLECT_STRING("col_normal", getColorAsString, setColorAsString);
+			REFLECT_STRING("col_over", getColorOverAsString, setColorOverAsString);
+			REFLECT_STRING("col_pushed", getColorPushedAsString, setColorPushedAsString);
+			REFLECT_RGBA("col_normal_rgba", getColor, setColor);
+			REFLECT_RGBA("col_over_rgba", getColorOver, setColorOver);
+			REFLECT_RGBA("col_pushed_rgba", getColorPushed, setColorPushed);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("frozen", getFrozen, setFrozen);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("frozen_half_tone", getFrozenHalfTone, setFrozenHalfTone);
+			REFLECT_STRING("onclick_l", _getActionOnLeftClick, setActionOnLeftClick);
+			REFLECT_STRING("params_l", _getParamsOnLeftClick, setParamsOnLeftClick);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("runLeftClickAction", luaRunLeftClickAction);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected:
+		EType	_Type;
+
+		// State
+		bool _Pushed			: 1;
+		bool _Over				: 1;
+		bool _OverWhenPushed	: 1;
+		bool _Frozen			: 1;
+		bool _FrozenHalfTone    : 1;
+		bool _ClickWhenPushed	: 1;
+		bool _ModulateGlobalColorNormal	: 1;
+		bool _ModulateGlobalColorPushed	: 1;
+		bool _ModulateGlobalColorOver	: 1;
+		bool _LeftLongClickHandled       : 1; // Is it already handled ?
+		bool _LeftDblClickHandled		 : 1;
+
+
+		///\name radio button specific
+		//@{
+		CCtrlBaseButton *_RBRefBut;	// The reference button. If NULL the control do not own the reference
+		// There is only one radio button per group that own the reference (the first one)
+		CCtrlBaseButton **_RBRef;	// The pointer onto the reference button
+		//@}
+
+
+		// Colors
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_ColorNormal;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_ColorPushed;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_ColorOver;
+
+		///\name Long click specific
+		//@{
+		sint64 _LeftLongClickDate;	// Time we left click down
+		//@}
+
+		// for double click : last date at which last left click occurred
+		static sint64 _LastLeftClickDate;
+		static NLMISC::CRefPtr<CCtrlBaseButton> _LastLeftClickButton;
+
+		///\name Action Handler
+		//@{
+		IActionHandler *_AHOnOver;
+		CStringShared	_AHOverParams;
+		std::string		_AHOnLeftClickString;
+		std::string		_AHOnLeftClickStringParams;
+		IActionHandler *_AHOnLeftClick;
+		CStringShared	_AHLeftClickParams;
+		IActionHandler *_AHOnLeftDblClick;
+		CStringShared	_AHLeftDblClickParams;
+		IActionHandler *_AHOnRightClick;
+		CStringShared	_AHRightClickParams;
+		IActionHandler *_AHOnClockTick;
+		CStringShared	_AHClockTickParams;
+		IActionHandler *_AHOnLeftLongClick;
+		CStringShared	_AHLeftLongClickParams;
+		//@}
+		CStringShared	_ListMenuLeft;
+		CStringShared	_ListMenuRight;
+
+		// get the colors modulated on request
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getCurrentColorNormal(NLMISC::CRGBA globalColor) const
+		{
+			NLMISC::CRGBA	rgba  = _ColorNormal;
+			if(_ModulateGlobalColorNormal)
+				rgba.modulateFromColor(rgba, globalColor);
+			return rgba;
+		}
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getCurrentColorPushed(NLMISC::CRGBA globalColor) const
+		{
+			NLMISC::CRGBA	rgba  = _ColorPushed;
+			if(_ModulateGlobalColorPushed)
+				rgba.modulateFromColor(rgba, globalColor);
+			return rgba;
+		}
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getCurrentColorOver(NLMISC::CRGBA globalColor) const
+		{
+			NLMISC::CRGBA	rgba  = _ColorOver;
+			if(_ModulateGlobalColorOver)
+				rgba.modulateFromColor(rgba, globalColor);
+			return rgba;
+		}
+
+		// call it at draw
+		void	updateOver(bool &lastOver);
+		virtual	void elementCaptured(CCtrlBase *capturedElement);
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_CTRL_BASE_BUTTON_H
+
+/* End of ctrl_base_button.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_button.h

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_CTRL_BUTTON_H
+#define RZ_CTRL_BUTTON_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base_button.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_renderer.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CEventDescriptor;
+
+	/**
+	 * <Class description>
+	 * \author Nicolas Brigand
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CCtrlButton : public CCtrlBaseButton
+	{
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CCtrlButton(const TCtorParam &param) : CCtrlBaseButton(param)
+		{
+			_Scale = false;
+			_Align = 0;
+		}
+
+		// Init part
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+
+		virtual bool getMouseOverShape(std::string &/* texName */, uint8 &/* rot */, NLMISC::CRGBA &/* col */);
+
+		// Display part
+		virtual void draw();
+
+		void setTexture (const std::string&name);
+		void setTexturePushed (const std::string&name);
+		void setTextureOver (const std::string&name);
+
+		void fitTexture();
+
+		std::string getTexture () const;
+		std::string getTexturePushed () const;
+		std::string getTextureOver() const;
+
+		bool isTextureValid() const { return _TextureIdNormal != -1; }
+
+		// test if the texture must scale
+		bool  getScale() const { return _Scale; }
+		void  setScale(bool scale) { _Scale = scale; }
+
+
+		/// \from CInterfaceElement
+		sint32	getMaxUsedW() const;
+		sint32	getMinUsedW() const;
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CCtrlButton, CCtrlBaseButton)
+			REFLECT_STRING("texture", getTexture, setTexture);
+			REFLECT_STRING("texture_pushed", getTexturePushed, setTexturePushed);
+			REFLECT_STRING("texture_over", getTextureOver, setTextureOver);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("scale", getScale, setScale);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected:
+
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId	_TextureIdNormal;
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId	_TextureIdPushed;
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId	_TextureIdOver;
+
+	private:
+
+		bool	_Scale;
+		sint32	_Align;		/// 1st bit - Left/Right (0/1) 2nd bit - Bottom/Top (0/1)
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // RZ_CTRL_BUTTON_H
+
+/* End of ctrl_button.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_col_pick.h

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_CTRL_COL_PICK_H
+#define RZ_CTRL_COL_PICK_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base.h"
+
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/**
+	 * Class handling a Color Picker
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2003
+	 */
+	class CCtrlColPick : public CCtrlBase
+	{
+
+	public:
+
+		CCtrlColPick(const TCtorParam &param);
+		~CCtrlColPick();
+
+		virtual bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+		virtual void draw();
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event);
+
+		sint32 getColorR () const { return _ColorSelect.R; }
+		sint32 getColorG () const { return _ColorSelect.G; }
+		sint32 getColorB () const { return _ColorSelect.B; }
+		sint32 getColorA () const { return _ColorSelect.A; }
+
+		void setColorR (sint32 r) { _ColorSelect.R = (uint8)r; }
+		void setColorG (sint32 g) { _ColorSelect.G = (uint8)g; }
+		void setColorB (sint32 b) { _ColorSelect.B = (uint8)b; }
+		void setColorA (sint32 a) { _ColorSelect.A = (uint8)a; }
+
+
+		std::string getColor () const;			// Get Color Selected
+		void setColor (const std::string &col);	// Set Color Selected
+
+		std::string getColorOver () const;			// Get Color Over
+		void setColorOver (const std::string &col);	// Set Color Over
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CCtrlColPick, CCtrlBase)
+			REFLECT_SINT32("r", getColorR, setColorR);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("g", getColorG, setColorG);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("b", getColorB, setColorB);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("a", getColorA, setColorA);
+			REFLECT_STRING("color", getColor, setColor);
+			REFLECT_STRING("color_over", getColorOver, setColorOver);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+
+	protected:
+
+		void selectColor (sint32 x, sint32 y);
+		NLMISC::CRGBA getColor (sint32 x, sint32 y);
+
+	protected:
+
+		bool _MouseDown;
+
+		sint32 _Texture;
+
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _ColorSelect;		// Last Color selected
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _ColorOver;		// Color Under Mouse Pointer
+
+		std::string _AHOnChange;
+		std::string _AHOnChangeParams;
+
+		CInterfaceProperty _ColSelR;
+		CInterfaceProperty _ColSelG;
+		CInterfaceProperty _ColSelB;
+		CInterfaceProperty _ColSelA;
+	};
+
+}
+
+
+#endif // RZ_CTRL_COL_PICK_H
+
+/* End of ctrl_col_pick.h */
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_draggable.h

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef CTRL_DRAGGABLE_H
+#define CTRL_DRAGGABLE_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CCtrlDraggable : public CCtrlBase
+	{
+	public:
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS( CCtrlDraggable )
+
+		CCtrlDraggable( const TCtorParam &param );
+		virtual ~CCtrlDraggable(){};
+
+		static CCtrlDraggable *getDraggedSheet(){ return _LastDraggedSheet; }
+		bool isDragged() const{ return dragged; }
+		void setDragged( bool dragged ){ this->dragged = dragged; }
+		bool isDraggable() const{ return draggable; }
+		void setDraggable( bool draggable ){ this->draggable = draggable; }
+		
+		void abortDragging()
+		{
+			dragged = false;
+			_LastDraggedSheet = NULL;
+		}
+
+		// Necessary because of reflection, no other purpose
+		void draw(){}
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CCtrlDraggable, CCtrlBase)
+			REFLECT_BOOL("dragable", isDraggable, setDraggable);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected:
+		static void setDraggedSheet( CCtrlDraggable *draggable ){ _LastDraggedSheet = draggable; }
+
+	private:
+		static CCtrlDraggable *_LastDraggedSheet;
+		bool dragged;
+		bool draggable;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_polygon.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_CTRL_POLYGON_H
+#define RZ_CTRL_POLYGON_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_renderer.h"
+#include "nel/misc/geom_ext.h"
+#include "nel/misc/polygon.h"
+
+namespace NLMISC
+{
+	class CVector2f;
+}
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/** Display of an arbitrary polygon in the ui.
+	  * polygons are clipped & batched.
+	  *
+	  * Derives from CCtrlBase in order to provide button / tooltip capability
+	  *
+	  * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	  * \author Nevrax France
+	  * \date 1/2006
+	  */
+	class CCtrlPolygon : public CCtrlBase
+	{
+	public:
+		CCtrlPolygon();
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+		virtual void draw();
+		/** Change the vertices. This is costly because concav / complex polys are split in a list of triangles
+		  */
+		void	setVertices(const std::vector<NLMISC::CVector> &vertices);
+		const std::vector<NLMISC::CVector> &getVertices() const { return _Poly.Vertices; }
+		// test if current position in inside the current (transformed) poly (in window space)
+		bool	contains(const NLMISC::CVector2f &pos) const;
+		// color
+		void			setColorRGBA(NLMISC::CRGBA col) { _Color = col; }
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getColorRGBA() const { return _Color; }
+		// from CViewBase
+		virtual sint32  getAlpha() const { return (sint32) _Color.A; }
+		virtual void	setAlpha(sint32 a);
+		/** Change the matrix for this poly. Changing the matrix is usually cheaper than changing
+		  * The vertices because complex poly do not have to be split again
+		  */
+		//void setMatrix(const NLMISC::CMatrix &mat);
+		//const NLMISC::CMatrix &getMatrix() const { return _Matrix; }
+		// test if last call to 'setVertices' was for a valid poly (e.g one that doesn't overlapp itself)
+		bool isValid() const { return _Valid; }
+		virtual bool		handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event);
+
+		// no capturable by default (just tooltip capability wanted)
+		virtual	bool		isCapturable() const { return false; }
+	private:
+		NLMISC::CPolygon _Poly;
+		NLMISC::CPolygon2D _XFormPoly;
+		//NLMISC::CMatrix  _Matrix;
+		bool			 _Valid;
+		bool			 _Touched;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA				   _Color;
+		std::vector<NLMISC::CTriangle> _Tris;
+		std::vector<NLMISC::CTriangle> _RealTris; // clipped tris in screen coordinates
+	private:
+		void updateBoudingRect();
+	protected:
+		// TMP TMP : have to solve matrix imprecision for display in map -> do the full computation for now ...
+		virtual void computeScaledVertex(NLMISC::CVector2f &dest, const NLMISC::CVector2f &src);
+	public:
+		void touch();
+	};
+
+}
+
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_quad.h

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_CTRL_QUAD_H
+#define RZ_CTRL_QUAD_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_renderer.h"
+#include "nel/misc/geom_ext.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/** Display of an arbitrary textured quad in the UI. The applied texture is filtered.
+	  * Unlike CViewBitmap, the texture is always scaled here, and this ui element coordinates
+	  * are driven by the quad vertices coordinates (see setQuad).
+	  *
+	  * Derives from CCtrlBase for tooltipping support
+	  *
+	  * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	  * \author Nevrax France
+	  * \date 12/2005
+	  */
+	class CCtrlQuad : public CCtrlBase
+	{
+	public:
+		enum TWrapMode { Repeat = 0, Clamp, CustomUVs, WrapModeCount };
+
+
+		CCtrlQuad();
+
+		// from CInterfaceElement
+		bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+		virtual void draw();
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+
+		// from CViewBase
+		virtual sint32 getAlpha() const { return (sint32) _Color.A; }
+		virtual void setAlpha (sint32 a);
+
+		// texture
+		void setTexture(const std::string &texName);
+		std::string getTexture () const;
+
+		// color
+		void			setColorRGBA(NLMISC::CRGBA col) { _Color = col; }
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getColorRGBA() const { return _Color; }
+
+		/** Set a new quad relative to parent pos
+		  * x,y, w, h & hotspot are updated to fit the bounding rect of the quad
+		  */
+		void setQuad(const NLMISC::CQuad &quad);
+		void setQuad(const NLMISC::CVector &start, const NLMISC::CVector &end, float thickness);
+		/** Fit the given texture size (no hotspot for now, always centered)
+		  * NB : current texture is not modified.
+		  */
+		void setQuad(const std::string &texName, const NLMISC::CVector &pos, float angle = 0.f, float offCenter = 0.f);
+		void setQuad(const NLMISC::CVector &pos, float radius, float angle = 0.f);
+		const NLMISC::CQuad &getQuad() const { return _Quad; }
+
+		void setAdditif(bool additif);
+		bool getAdditif() const { return _Additif; }
+
+		void setFiltered(bool filtered);
+		bool getFiltered() const { return _Filtered; }
+
+		void setPattern(float umin, float umax, TWrapMode wrapMode);
+
+		/** Set uvs for each corners -> this will change the wrap mode to CustomUVs
+		  * Use setPattern(0.f, 0.f, CCtrlQuad::Repeat) to return to previous behavior
+		  */
+		void setCustomUVs(const NLMISC::CUV uvs[4]);
+
+
+		// from CCtrlBase, no op by default
+		virtual bool		handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event);
+
+		// see if this control contains the given point (in parent coords)
+		bool contains(const NLMISC::CVector2f &pos) const;
+
+		// no capturable by default (just tooltip capability wanted)
+		virtual	bool		isCapturable() const { return false; }
+
+
+	private:
+		NLMISC::CRGBA				_Color;
+		NLMISC::CQuad				_Quad;
+		NLMISC::CQuadUV				_RealQuad; // absolute coords
+		float						_ClampedUCorrection;
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId	_TextureId;	/// Accelerator
+		bool						_Additif;
+		bool						_Filtered;
+		float						_UMin;
+		float						_UMax;
+		TWrapMode					_WrapMode;
+		NLMISC::CUV					_CustomUVs[4];
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_scroll.h

@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_CTRL_SCROLL_H
+#define RZ_CTRL_SCROLL_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_scroll_base.h"
+
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/**
+	 * Class handling scollbar function
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CCtrlScroll : public CCtrlScrollBase, public NLMISC::ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver
+	{
+
+	public:
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS( CCtrlScroll )
+		CCtrlScroll(const TCtorParam &param);
+		~CCtrlScroll();
+
+
+		virtual bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+		virtual void draw();
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event);
+
+		void	setTarget (CInterfaceGroup *pIG);
+		// Return the delta value the track has moved
+		sint32	moveTrackX (sint32 dx);
+		sint32	moveTrackY (sint32 dy);
+
+		/** Move the Target Ofs with a Delta, and recompute TrackPos from this Ofs.
+		 *	Useful for finer controled group scrolling when the list is very big (with mouseWheel or scroll buttons)
+		 */
+		void	moveTargetX (sint32 dx);
+		void	moveTargetY (sint32 dy);
+
+		void	setAlign (sint32 nAlign) { _Aligned = nAlign; }
+		// invert the factor for target
+		void	setInverted(bool invert) { _Inverted = invert; }
+
+		void	setTextureBottomOrLeft	(const std::string &txName);
+		void	setTextureMiddle		(const std::string &txName);
+		void	setTextureTopOrRight	(const std::string &txName);
+
+		void	setTextureBottomOrLeft	(sint32 txid) { _TxIdB = txid; }
+		void	setTextureMiddle		(sint32 txid) { _TxIdM = txid; }
+		void	setTextureMiddleTile	(uint8 tile) { _TileM = tile; } // 0 - not tiled (1 BL) (2 BR) (3 TL) (4 TR)
+		void	setTextureTopOrRight	(sint32 txid) { _TxIdT = txid; }
+
+		// number scroller
+		sint32	getValue() const { return _IsDBLink ? _DBLink.getSInt32() : _Value; }
+		// NB: the value is clamped (see setMinMax) and stepped (see setStepValue())
+		void	setValue(sint32 value);
+		void	setMinMax(sint32 nMin, sint32 nMax) { _Min = nMin; _Max = nMax; }
+		void	setStepValue(uint32 step) { _StepValue= step; }
+
+		void	setTrackPos(sint32 pos);
+		sint32	getTrackPos() const { return _TrackPos; }
+		sint32	getTrackSize() const { return _TrackSize; }
+		// dummy set for track size (forlua export)
+		void	setTrackSize(sint32 /* trackSize */) { throw  NLMISC::Exception("TrackSize is read-only"); }
+
+
+		void	setFrozen (bool state);
+		bool	getFrozen () const { return _Frozen; }
+
+		int luaSetTarget(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaEnsureVisible(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		// name
+		void			setName(const std::string & val) {_Name = val;}
+		std::string		getName() const {return _Name;}
+
+		// max
+		void			setMax(sint32 max) {_Max = max;}
+		sint32			getMax() const {return _Max;}
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CCtrlScroll, CCtrlScrollBase)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setTarget", luaSetTarget)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("ensureVisible", luaEnsureVisible);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("value", getValue, setValue);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("trackPos", getTrackPos, setTrackPos);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("trackSize", getTrackSize, setTrackSize);
+			REFLECT_STRING("name", getName, setName);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("max", getMax, setMax);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+		/** Ensure that a child element be visible into the frame through which
+		  * its parent group is displayed.
+		  * Example : Had we a list of items for which we want some item 'itemPtr' to have its top position
+		  * matching the middle of the list, we would do :
+		  * this->ensureVisible(itemPtr, Hotspot_Tx, Hotspot_Mx);
+		  *
+		  * The scrollbar will be moved accordingly.
+		  */
+		void ensureVisible(CInterfaceElement *childElement, THotSpot childHotSpot, THotSpot parentHotSpot);
+
+
+	protected:
+
+		CInterfaceProperty	_DBLink;	// If this is a value scroller we can link it with db
+		sint32				_Value;		// Or we can use a normal value
+		sint32				_InitialValue;
+
+		sint32 _Min, _Max;
+		std::string _AHOnScroll;
+		std::string _AHOnScrollParams;
+		//
+		std::string _AHOnScrollEnd;
+		std::string _AHOnScrollEndParams;
+		//
+		//
+		std::string _AHOnScrollCancel;
+		std::string _AHOnScrollCancelParams;
+
+
+		sint32 _Aligned; // 0-Top 1-Bottom 2-Left 3-Right
+
+		sint32 _TrackDispPos;
+		sint32 _TrackPos;
+		sint32 _TrackSize;
+		sint32 _TrackSizeMin;
+
+		sint32 _MouseDownOffsetX;
+		sint32 _MouseDownOffsetY;
+
+		sint32 _TxIdB; // Same as Left if Horizontal sb
+		sint32 _TxIdM;
+		sint32 _TxIdT; // Same as Right if Horizontal sb
+
+		uint8	_TileM;
+
+		sint32 _LastTargetHReal;
+		sint32 _LastTargetMaxHReal;
+		sint32 _LastTargetOfsY;
+		sint32 _LastTargetWReal;
+		sint32 _LastTargetMaxWReal;
+		sint32 _LastTargetOfsX;
+
+		bool	_Vertical   : 1; // true if vertical track bar
+		bool	_IsDBLink   : 1;
+		bool	_ObserverOn : 1;
+		bool    _Inverted   : 1;
+		bool    _MouseDown  : 1;
+		bool	_CallingAH  : 1;
+		bool	_Cancelable : 1; // true if the slider may be cancelled when pressed on the mouse right button
+		bool	_Frozen		: 1;
+
+		// For Target Scroller only: the target offset step in pixel.
+		sint32	_TargetStepX;
+		sint32	_TargetStepY;
+
+		// For Value Scroller only: indicate the step the scroll bar has. 0 or 1 means no step
+		uint32	_StepValue;
+
+		// Slider's name
+		std::string _Name;
+
+		void	computeTargetOfsFromPos();
+
+		// from IPropertyObserver
+		virtual void update(NLMISC::ICDBNode *node);
+
+		// step the value, and clamp it
+		void	normalizeValue(sint32 &value);
+
+		void runAH(const std::string &name, const std::string &params);
+
+	};
+}
+
+#endif // RZ_CTRL_SCROLL_H
+
+/* End of ctrl_scroll.h */
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_scroll_base.h

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef CTRL_SCROLL_BASE_H
+#define CTRL_SCROLL_BASE_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CInterfaceGroup;
+
+	class CCtrlScrollBase : public CCtrlBase
+	{
+	public:
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS( CCtrlScrollBase )
+
+		CCtrlScrollBase( const TCtorParam &param );
+		virtual ~CCtrlScrollBase();
+		
+		virtual void setTarget( CInterfaceGroup *pIG );
+		CInterfaceGroup* getTarget(){ return _Target; }
+		virtual sint32 moveTrackX( sint32 dx );
+		virtual sint32 moveTrackY( sint32 dy );
+
+		/** Move the Target Ofs with a Delta, and recompute TrackPos from this Ofs.
+		 *	Useful for finer controled group scrolling when the list is very big (with mouseWheel or scroll buttons)
+		 */
+		virtual void moveTargetX( sint32 dx );
+		virtual void moveTargetY( sint32 dy );
+
+
+		// Necessary because of reflection, no other purpose
+		void draw(){}
+
+	protected:
+		CInterfaceGroup *_Target; // If NULL the scroller is a value scroller
+
+	private:
+
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_text_button.h

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_CTRL_TEXT_BUTTON_H
+#define NL_CTRL_TEXT_BUTTON_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base_button.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_renderer.h"
+
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CEventDescriptor;
+	class CViewText;
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * Text Button that can be either Push or Toggle button. Localized, auto-resize
+	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CCtrlTextButton : public CCtrlBaseButton
+	{
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CCtrlTextButton(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		// Init part
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+
+		// Display part
+		virtual void draw();
+
+		// Hide/Show the text also.
+		virtual	void setActive(bool state);
+
+		// Add also our ViewText
+		virtual	void onAddToGroup();
+
+
+		/// \from CInterfaceElement
+		sint32	getMaxUsedW() const;
+		sint32	getMinUsedW() const;
+
+		// Special Text Colors accessors
+		// Colors
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getTextColorNormal() const {return _TextColorNormal;}
+		void			setTextColorNormal(NLMISC::CRGBA	v) {_TextColorNormal= v;}
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getTextColorPushed() const {return _TextColorPushed;}
+		void			setTextColorPushed(NLMISC::CRGBA	v) {_TextColorPushed= v;}
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getTextColorOver() const {return _TextColorOver;}
+		void			setTextColorOver(NLMISC::CRGBA	v) {_TextColorOver= v;}
+		// Shadow Colors
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getTextShadowColorNormal() const {return _TextShadowColorNormal;}
+		void			setTextShadowColorNormal(NLMISC::CRGBA	v) {_TextShadowColorNormal= v;}
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getTextShadowColorPushed() const {return _TextShadowColorPushed;}
+		void			setTextShadowColorPushed(NLMISC::CRGBA	v) {_TextShadowColorPushed= v;}
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getTextShadowColorOver() const {return _TextShadowColorOver;}
+		void			setTextShadowColorOver(NLMISC::CRGBA	v) {_TextShadowColorOver= v;}
+		// Global Modulate Colors
+		bool			getTextModulateGlobalColorNormal() const {return _TextModulateGlobalColorNormal;}
+		void			setTextModulateGlobalColorNormal(bool v) {_TextModulateGlobalColorNormal= v;}
+		bool			getTextModulateGlobalColorPushed() const {return _TextModulateGlobalColorPushed;}
+		void			setTextModulateGlobalColorPushed(bool v) {_TextModulateGlobalColorPushed= v;}
+		bool			getTextModulateGlobalColorOver() const {return _TextModulateGlobalColorOver;}
+		void			setTextModulateGlobalColorOver(bool v) {_TextModulateGlobalColorOver= v;}
+		// Set text (noop if text id)
+		void			setText (const ucstring &text);
+		ucstring		getText () const;
+
+		void			setHardText (const std::string &text);
+		std::string		getHardText () const;
+
+		CViewText*		getViewText();
+		void			setViewText(CViewText* text) {_ViewText=text;}
+
+		void			setTextX(sint32 x);
+		sint32			getTextX() const { return _TextX; }
+
+		void			setWMargin(sint32 w) { _WMargin = w; }
+		sint32			getWMargin() const { return _WMargin; }
+
+		sint32			getWMin() const { return _WMin; }
+		void			setWMin( sint32 wmin ) { _WMin = wmin; }
+
+		// Compute Size according to bitmap and Text (Ensure as big as possible button)
+		sint32			getWMax() const;
+
+		int luaGetViewText(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CCtrlTextButton, CCtrlBaseButton)
+			REFLECT_UCSTRING("uc_hardtext", getText, setText);
+			REFLECT_STRING("hardtext", getHardText, setHardText);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("text_x", getTextX, setTextX)
+			REFLECT_SINT32("wmargin", getWMargin, setWMargin)
+			REFLECT_SINT32("wmin", getWMin, setWMin)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getViewText", luaGetViewText)
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected:
+
+		enum	{NumTexture= 3};
+
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId	_TextureIdNormal[NumTexture];
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId	_TextureIdPushed[NumTexture];
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId	_TextureIdOver[NumTexture];
+
+		// setup
+		void			setup();
+
+	private:
+
+		CViewText	*_ViewText;
+
+		bool	_Setuped;
+		bool	_IsViewTextId;
+		bool    _ForceTextOver; // text is displayed over the "over" texture
+		// Size of Bitmaps
+		sint32	_BmpLeftW, _BmpMiddleW, _BmpRightW, _BmpH;
+		// Value to add to TextW to get button W.
+		sint32	_WMargin;
+		// Min W Value
+		sint32	_WMin;
+		sint32	_TextY;
+		sint32	_TextX;
+		THotSpot _TextPosRef;
+		THotSpot _TextParentPosRef;
+		// Special Colors for text
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_TextColorNormal;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_TextColorPushed;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_TextColorOver;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_TextShadowColorNormal;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_TextShadowColorPushed;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_TextShadowColorOver;
+		bool			_TextModulateGlobalColorNormal;
+		bool			_TextModulateGlobalColorPushed;
+		bool			_TextModulateGlobalColorOver;
+		bool			_TextHeaderColor;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_CTRL_TEXT_BUTTON_H
+
+/* End of ctrl_text_button.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/ctrl_tooltip.h

@@ -19,35 +19,40 @@
 #ifndef RZ_CTRL_TOOLTIP_H
 #define RZ_CTRL_TOOLTIP_H
 
-#include "ctrl_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base.h"
 #include "nel/3d/u_texture.h"
 
-class CEventDescriptor;
-class CInterfaceManager;
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CEventDescriptor;
 
-/**
+
+	/**
 	 * \author Matthieu 'Mr TRAP' Besson
 	 * \author Nevrax France
 	 * \date 2003
 	 */
-class CCtrlToolTip : public CCtrlBase
-{
-public:
+	class CCtrlToolTip : public CCtrlBase
+	{
+	public:
 		DECLARE_UI_CLASS(CCtrlToolTip)
 		/// Constructor
 		CCtrlToolTip(const TCtorParam &param) : CCtrlBase(param) {}
 
-	virtual bool handleEvent (const CEventDescriptor& eventDesc);
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor& eventDesc);
 		virtual void draw();
 		virtual bool		parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
 		// Can do nothing with tooltip (but display it :) )
 		virtual	bool		isCapturable() const {return false;}
 		virtual void        serial(NLMISC::IStream &f);
-public:
+	public:
 
-};
+	};
 
 
+}
+
 #endif // RZ_CTRL_TOOLTIP_H
 
 /* End of ctrl_tooltip.h */
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/db_manager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef DBMANAGER_H
+#define DBMANAGER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/cdb_manager.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CDBManager : public NLMISC::CCDBManager
+	{
+	public:
+		static CDBManager* getInstance();
+		static void release();
+		
+		NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf* getDbProp( const std::string &name, bool create = true );
+		void delDbProp( const std::string &name );
+		sint32 getDbValue32( const std::string &name );
+		NLMISC::CCDBNodeBranch* getDB() const;
+	
+	private:
+		CDBManager();
+		~CDBManager();
+		
+		static CDBManager *instance;
+	
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/dbgroup_combo_box.h

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_DBGROUP_COMBO_BOX_H
+#define NL_DBGROUP_COMBO_BOX_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CCtrlBaseButton;
+	class CViewText;
+	class CGroupMenu;
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * Widget: ComboBox of text
+	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CDBGroupComboBox : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CDBGroupComboBox(const TCtorParam &param);
+		~CDBGroupComboBox();
+
+		/// CInterfaceGroup Interface
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+		virtual void updateCoords ();
+		virtual void checkCoords ();
+
+		// Combo Texts
+		void			resetTexts();
+		void			addText(const ucstring &text);
+		void			setText(uint i, const ucstring &text);
+		void			insertText(uint i, const ucstring &text);
+		const ucstring	&getText(uint i) const;
+		const ucstring	&getTexture(uint i) const;
+		void			removeText(uint i);
+		uint			getNumTexts() const {return (uint)_Texts.size();}
+
+		// selection
+		void			setSelection(sint32 val);
+		void			setSelectionNoTrigger(sint32 val);
+		sint32			getSelection() const;
+
+		// selection number
+		void			setSelectionNb(sint32 /* val */){}
+		sint32			getSelectionNb() const {return (sint32)_Texts.size();}
+
+		// selection text
+		void			setSelectionText(const std::string & val);
+		std::string		getSelectionText() const;
+
+		// view text
+		void			setViewText(const ucstring & text);
+		ucstring		getViewText() const;
+
+		void			setTexture(uint i, const ucstring &texture);
+
+		sint32	evalContentWidth() const;
+
+
+		int luaAddText(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaRemoveSelection(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaRemoveText(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaRemoveTextByIndex(CLuaState &ls);
+		int	luaResetTexts(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetText(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaInsertText(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetText(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetNumTexts(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetTexture(CLuaState &ls);
+
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CDBGroupComboBox, CInterfaceGroup)
+			REFLECT_SINT32("selection", getSelection, setSelection)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addText", luaAddText)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setText", luaSetText)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("insertText", luaInsertText)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setTexture", luaSetTexture)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getText", luaGetText)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getNumTexts", luaGetNumTexts)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("removeSelection", luaRemoveSelection)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("removeText", luaRemoveText)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("removeTextByIndex", luaRemoveTextByIndex)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("resetTexts", luaResetTexts)
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("selectionNb", getSelectionNb, setSelectionNb)
+			REFLECT_STRING ("selection_text", getSelectionText, setSelectionText)
+			REFLECT_UCSTRING ("view_text", getViewText, setViewText)
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+
+	protected:
+		friend class CHandlerComboBoxSelectStart;
+
+		bool					_LinkedToDB; // if not linked to db, then _NotLinkedToDBSelection is used instead
+		bool					_Setuped;
+		bool					_DirtySelection;
+		sint32					_CacheSelection;
+
+		// sint32
+		CInterfaceProperty		_Selection;
+		sint32					_NotLinkedToDBSelection;
+		std::vector<ucstring>	_Texts;
+		std::vector<ucstring>	_Textures;
+
+		// Action Handler called on combo click
+		std::string				_AHOnSelectStart;
+
+		// Action handler called when the content is changed
+		std::string				_AHOnChange;
+		std::string				_AHOnChangeParams;
+		bool					_CallingOnChangeActionHandler; // avoid infinite loop here
+
+
+		// Children
+		CViewText				*_ViewText;
+		CCtrlBaseButton			*_SelectButton;
+
+		bool					_IsExternViewText;
+		ucstring				_ExternViewText;
+
+
+	private:
+		void setup();
+		void dirt();
+	public:
+		// private : fill a menu with current content
+		void fillMenu(CGroupMenu *groupMenu) const;
+
+
+		static std::string measureMenu;
+		static std::string selectMenu;
+		static std::string selectMenuOut;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_DBGROUP_COMBO_BOX_H
+
+/* End of dbgroup_combo_box.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/dbgroup_select_number.h

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_DBGROUP_SELECT_NUMBER_H
+#define NL_DBGROUP_SELECT_NUMBER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CCtrlBaseButton;
+	class CViewText;
+	class CViewBitmap;
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * Widget to select a number
+	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CDBGroupSelectNumber : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CDBGroupSelectNumber(const TCtorParam &param);
+		~CDBGroupSelectNumber();
+
+		/// CInterfaceGroup Interface
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+		virtual void updateCoords ();
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+		virtual void draw ();
+		virtual void clearViews ();
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &eventDesc);
+
+		// mod interface
+		void	changeValue(sint delta);
+
+		sint32	getMinValue () const { return _MinValue; }
+		void	setMinValue (sint32 m) { _MinValue = m; }
+		sint32	getMaxValue () const { return _MaxValue; }
+		void	setMaxValue (sint32 m) { _MaxValue = m; }
+
+		sint32	getCurrentValue () const { return _Number.getSInt32(); }
+		void	setCurrentValue (sint32 val) { _Number.setSInt32(val); }
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CDBGroupSelectNumber, CInterfaceGroup)
+			REFLECT_SINT32("min", getMinValue, setMinValue);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("max", getMaxValue, setMaxValue);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected:
+
+		// sint32
+		CInterfaceProperty	_Number;
+		bool				_LoopMode;
+		sint				_MinValue;
+		sint				_MaxValue;
+		sint				_DeltaMultiplier;
+
+		// Children
+		CViewBitmap			*_SlotNumber;
+		CViewText			*_TextNumber;
+		CCtrlBaseButton		*_ButtonUp;
+		CCtrlBaseButton		*_ButtonDown;
+
+	private:
+
+		void setup();
+
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_DBGROUP_SELECT_NUMBER_H
+
+/* End of dbgroup_select_number.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/dbview_bar.h

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_DBVIEW_BAR_H
+#define RZ_DBVIEW_BAR_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_bitmap.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/**
+	 * class implementing a bitmap used as the front texture of a progress bar
+	 * the bitmap is drawn from _X to _W * _Range/_RangeMax
+	 * \author Nicolas Brigand
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CDBViewBar : public CViewBitmap
+	{
+	public:
+		enum TViewBar { ViewBar_UltraMini, ViewBar_Mini, ViewBar_Normal, ViewBar_MiniThick };
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CDBViewBar(const TCtorParam &param)
+			: CViewBitmap(param),
+			_Slot(TCtorParam())
+		{
+			_Color= NLMISC::CRGBA::White;
+			_ValueInt= 0;
+			_RangeInt = 255;
+			_ReferenceInt= 0;
+			_Type = ViewBar_Normal;
+		}
+
+		void setType (TViewBar vb);
+
+		bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+		virtual void updateCoords ();
+		virtual void draw ();
+
+		/// Nbs: Values by Int are not used if the Links are setuped
+		void setValue (sint32 r) { _ValueInt = r; }
+		void setRange (sint32 r) { _RangeInt = r; }
+		void setReference (sint32 r) { _ReferenceInt = r; }
+		sint32	getValue () const { return _ValueInt; }
+		sint32	getRange () const { return _RangeInt; }
+		sint32	getReference () const { return _ReferenceInt; }
+
+		void setValueDbLink (const std::string &r);
+		void setRangeDbLink (const std::string &r);
+		void setReferenceDbLink (const std::string &r);
+		std::string getValueDbLink () const;
+		std::string getRangeDbLink () const;
+		std::string getReferenceDbLink () const;
+
+		// Reflect ValueInt (ie not used if the link is setuped)
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CDBViewBar, CViewBitmap)
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("value", getValue, setValue);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("range", getRange, setRange);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("reference", getReference, setReference);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("value_dblink", getValueDbLink, setValueDbLink);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("range_dblink", getRangeDbLink, setRangeDbLink);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("reference_dblink", getReferenceDbLink, setReferenceDbLink);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected:
+
+		CViewBitmap		_Slot;
+		TViewBar		_Type;
+		sint32			_HBar;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_ColorNegative;
+
+		// Value of the progression in arbitrary units. should be integer
+		CInterfaceProperty _Value;
+		// Max range of the progression in arbitrary units. should be integer
+		CInterfaceProperty _Range;
+		// Reference of the progression (substracted from value and range).
+		CInterfaceProperty _Reference;
+
+		/// Nbs: Values by Int are not used if the Links are setuped. NB: not overwritten by links
+		sint32	_ValueInt;
+		sint32	_RangeInt;
+		sint32	_ReferenceInt;
+
+		void	parseValProp(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceProperty &dbProp, sint32 &intProp, const char *name);
+		sint64	getCurrentValProp(const CInterfaceProperty &dbProp, sint32 intProp);
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // RZ_DBVIEW_BAR_H
+
+/* End of dbview_bar.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/dbview_bar3.h

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_DBVIEW_BAR3_H
+#define RZ_DBVIEW_BAR3_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_bitmap.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/**
+	 * class implementing a 3 Bar widget
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CDBViewBar3 : public CViewBitmap
+	{
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CDBViewBar3(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+		virtual void updateCoords ();
+
+		void setMini (bool mini);
+
+		virtual void draw ();
+
+		/// Nbs: Values by Int are not used if the Links are setuped
+		void setValue0 (sint32 r) { _ValueInt[0] = r; }
+		void setValue1 (sint32 r) { _ValueInt[1] = r; }
+		void setValue2 (sint32 r) { _ValueInt[2] = r; }
+		void setRange0 (sint32 r) { _RangeInt[0] = r; }
+		void setRange1 (sint32 r) { _RangeInt[1] = r; }
+		void setRange2 (sint32 r) { _RangeInt[2] = r; }
+		sint32	getValue0 () const { return _ValueInt[0]; }
+		sint32	getValue1 () const { return _ValueInt[1]; }
+		sint32	getValue2 () const { return _ValueInt[2]; }
+		sint32	getRange0 () const { return _RangeInt[0]; }
+		sint32	getRange1 () const { return _RangeInt[1]; }
+		sint32	getRange2 () const { return _RangeInt[2]; }
+
+		// Reflect ValueInt (ie not used if the link is setuped)
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CDBViewBar3, CViewBitmap)
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("value1", getValue0, setValue0);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("value2", getValue1, setValue1);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("value3", getValue2, setValue2);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("range1", getRange0, setRange0);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("range2", getRange1, setRange1);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("range3", getRange2, setRange2);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+		static void forceLink();
+
+	protected:
+
+		CViewBitmap _Slot;
+
+		// Value of the progression in arbitrary units. should be integer
+		CInterfaceProperty _Value[3];
+		// Max range of the progression in arbitrary units. should be integer
+		CInterfaceProperty _Range[3];
+
+		/// Nbs: Values by Int are not used if the Links are setuped. NB: not overwritten by links
+		sint32				_ValueInt[3];
+		sint32				_RangeInt[3];
+
+
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _Colors[3];
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _ColorsNegative[3];
+
+		bool		_Mini;
+
+		// Height of the bitmap
+		sint32		_BarH;
+
+		void	parseValProp(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceProperty &dbProp, sint32 &intProp, const char *name);
+		sint32	getCurrentValProp(const CInterfaceProperty &dbProp, sint32 intProp);
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // RZ_DBVIEW_BAR3_H
+
+/* End of dbview_bar3.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/dbview_digit.h

@@ -15,25 +15,25 @@
 // along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 
-
 #ifndef NL_DBVIEW_DIGIT_H
 #define NL_DBVIEW_DIGIT_H
 
 #include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_base.h"
 
-#include "view_base.h"
+namespace NLGUI
+{
 
-
-// ***************************************************************************
-/**
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
 	 * A number displayed with special bitmaps
 	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
 	 * \author Nevrax France
 	 * \date 2002
 	 */
-class CDBViewDigit : public CViewBase
-{
-public:
+	class CDBViewDigit : public CViewBase
+	{
+	public:
 
 		/// Constructor
 		CDBViewDigit(const TCtorParam &param);
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ public:
 		virtual void draw ();
 		virtual void updateCoords();
 
-protected:
+	protected:
 		CInterfaceProperty		_Number;
 		sint32					_Cache;
 		sint32					_NumDigit;
@@ -54,8 +54,9 @@ protected:
 		uint					_DivBase;
 
 
-};
+	};
 
+}
 
 #endif // NL_DBVIEW_DIGIT_H
 

code/nel/include/nel/gui/dbview_number.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_DBVIEW_NUMBER_H
+#define NL_DBVIEW_NUMBER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * Display a text from a database number
+	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CDBViewNumber : public CViewText
+	{
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CDBViewNumber(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+		virtual void draw ();
+
+		void link (const std::string &dbprop)
+		{
+			_Number.link (dbprop.c_str());
+		}
+
+		static void forceLink();
+
+	protected:
+
+		sint64 getVal() { if (_Modulo == 0) return (_Number.getSInt64() / _Divisor);
+									else	return (_Number.getSInt64() / _Divisor)%_Modulo; }
+
+	protected:
+
+		CInterfaceProperty		_Number;
+		sint64					_Cache;
+		bool                    _Positive; // only positive values are displayed
+		bool                    _Format; // the number will be formatted (like "1,000,000") if >= 10k
+		sint64					_Divisor, _Modulo;
+		// string to append to the value (eg: meters)
+		CStringShared			_Suffix;
+		CStringShared			_Prefix;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_DBVIEW_NUMBER_H
+
+/* End of dbview_number.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/dbview_quantity.h

@@ -20,20 +20,21 @@
 #define NL_DBVIEW_QUANTITY_H
 
 #include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text.h"
 
-#include "view_text.h"
+namespace NLGUI
+{
 
-
-// ***************************************************************************
-/**
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
 	 * Display a text in the form of val / max or "empty"
 	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
 	 * \author Nevrax France
 	 * \date 2002
 	 */
-class CDBViewQuantity : public CViewText
-{
-public:
+	class CDBViewQuantity : public CViewText
+	{
+	public:
 
 		/// Constructor
 		CDBViewQuantity(const TCtorParam &param);
@@ -41,8 +42,10 @@ public:
 		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
 		virtual void draw ();
 
+		static void forceLink();
 
-protected:
+
+	protected:
 		CInterfaceProperty		_Number;
 		CInterfaceProperty		_NumberMax;
 		sint32					_Cache;
@@ -50,8 +53,9 @@ protected:
 		ucstring			_EmptyText;
 
 		void	buildTextFromCache();
-};
+	};
 
+}
 
 #endif // NL_DBVIEW_QUANTITY_H
 

code/nel/include/nel/gui/event_descriptor.h

@@ -20,7 +20,10 @@
 #define RZ_EVENT_DESCRIPTOR_H
 
 #include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/misc/events.h"
 
+namespace NLGUI
+{
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 class CEventDescriptor
@@ -247,6 +250,8 @@ protected:
 	bool _HasFocus;
 };
 
+}
+
 #endif // RZ_EVENT_DESCRIPTOR_H
 
 /* End of event_descriptor.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_container.h

@@ -0,0 +1,656 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_GROUP_CONTAINER_H
+#define RZ_GROUP_CONTAINER_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_container_base.h"
+#include "nel/misc/smart_ptr.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CEventDescriptorLocalised;
+	class CCtrlButton;
+	class CCtrlScroll;
+	class CViewText;
+	class CViewBitmap;
+	class CGroupList;
+	class COptionsContainerInsertion;
+	class COptionsContainerMove;
+	class COptionsLayer;
+	class CGroupContainer;
+
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * class describing a resizer for the container
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \date 2003
+	 */
+	class CCtrlResizer : public CCtrlBase
+	{
+
+	public:
+
+		CCtrlResizer(const TCtorParam &param);
+		virtual void draw ();
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event);
+		// Add a big delta so when the user is over the Resizer, always take it whatever other controls under
+		virtual uint		getDeltaDepth() const { return 100; }
+
+		// get real resizer pos : if parent has pop_min_w == pop_max_w, then horizontal resizer will be discarded
+		//                        if parent has pop_min_h == pop_max_h, then vertical resizer will be discarded
+		THotSpot			getRealResizerPos() const;
+		THotSpot			getResizerPos() const { return _ResizerPos; }
+		void				setResizerPos(THotSpot	resizerPos) { _ResizerPos = resizerPos; }
+
+		bool		IsMaxH; // Do this resizer is a MaxH resizer ?
+
+		// Max sizes for the parent
+		sint32 WMin, WMax;
+		sint32 HMin, HMax;
+
+		// from CCtrlBase
+		virtual bool		canChangeVirtualDesktop() const { return !_MouseDown; }
+
+	private:
+
+		sint32 resizeW (sint32 dx);
+		sint32 resizeH (sint32 dy);
+
+	private:
+		THotSpot	_ResizerPos; // how the resizer should resize its parent
+		bool _MouseDown;
+		sint32 _MouseDownX;
+		sint32 _MouseDownY;
+		sint32 _XBias;
+		sint32 _YBias;
+	};
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * Class describing a Mover for the container
+	 * Clicking on it can also open the container
+	 * This can be used to move a container if it is movable.
+	 * If the container is popable, it will first pull it of the hierarchy, then it becomes movable.
+	 * It can also be used to change the position of a group container that is inserted in the list of another container.
+	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
+	 * \date 2003
+	 */
+	class CCtrlMover : public CCtrlBase
+	{
+	public:
+
+		CCtrlMover(const TCtorParam &param, bool canMove, bool canOpen);
+		~CCtrlMover();
+		virtual void draw ();
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event);
+		bool canMove() { return _CanMove; }
+
+		bool isMoving() const {return _Moving;}
+		bool isMovingInParentList() const { return _MovingInParentList; }
+
+		// from CCtrlBase
+		virtual bool		canChangeVirtualDesktop() const { return !_Moving; }
+
+	private:
+		sint32				_MoveStartX, _MoveStartY;
+		sint32				_MoveDeltaXReal, _MoveDeltaYReal;
+		sint64              _ScrollTime;
+		sint32              _StartIndex;
+		sint32              _InsertionIndex;
+		// clip window from parent list
+		sint32              _ParentListTop;
+		sint32              _ParentListBottom;
+		//
+		sint64				_WaitToOpenCloseDate;
+		//
+		bool				_CanMove              : 1;
+		bool				_CanOpen              : 1;
+		bool				_Moving               : 1;
+		bool				_MovingInParentList   : 1;
+		bool                _HasMoved             : 1;
+		bool                _ParentScrollingUp    : 1;
+		bool                _ParentScrollingDown  : 1;
+		bool				_StopScrolling        : 1; // stop scrolling at next draw
+		bool				_WaitToOpenClose      : 1;
+		//
+		static COptionsContainerInsertion *getInsertionOptions();
+	private:
+		void				setPoped(CGroupContainer *gc, sint32 x, sint32 y, const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse &eventDesc);
+		void				setMovingInParent(CGroupContainer *gc, sint32 x, sint32 y, const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse &eventDesc);
+		void				updateInsertionIndex(const CGroupList *gl, sint32 posY);
+		void				stopMove();
+		bool				runTitleActionHandler();
+		void				handleScrolling();
+
+	};
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * class describing a group of views controls and other groups
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CGroupContainer : public CGroupContainerBase
+	{
+	public:
+		enum { NumResizers = 8 };
+	public:
+		// observer to know when children have moved. This can be used to keep external datas in sync
+		struct IChildrenObs
+		{
+			virtual void childrenMoved(uint srcIndex, uint destIndex, CGroupContainer *children) = 0;
+		};
+	public:
+		CGroupContainer(const TCtorParam &param);
+		~CGroupContainer();
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+
+		virtual void updateCoords ();
+
+		virtual void draw ();
+
+		virtual void clearViews ();
+
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &eventDesc);
+
+		virtual void launch ();
+
+		virtual void setActive (bool state);
+
+		virtual bool getViewsUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 clipX, sint32 clipY, sint32 clipW, sint32 clipH, std::vector<CViewBase*> &vVB); // Return true if x,y under the group
+
+		virtual bool getCtrlsUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 clipX, sint32 clipY, sint32 clipW, sint32 clipH, std::vector<CCtrlBase*> &vICL);
+
+		void open();
+
+		void close();
+
+		void setup(); // Create the container
+
+		/** If insertion order is -1, pIC is added at the end of the container
+		  * otherwise it is inserted after containers of a lower order
+		  */
+		void attachContainer (CGroupContainer *pIC, sint insertionOrder = -1);
+		// Insert a container at the given index.
+		bool attachContainerAtIndex(CGroupContainer *pIC, uint index);
+
+		// Before a container is detached from parent, it should be pop in
+		void detachContainer (CGroupContainer *pIC);
+		void removeAllContainers();
+
+		void setOpen(bool opened)
+		{
+			if (opened)
+			{
+				open();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				close();
+			}
+		}
+		bool isOpen() const { return _Opened; }
+
+		// Force Open for container setActive and open()
+		virtual void forceOpen();
+
+		/// Set the title open and close
+		virtual bool isMovable() const {return _Movable;}
+		void setMovable(bool b);
+
+		void	setContent (CInterfaceGroup *pC);
+
+		std::string		getTitle () const;
+		void			setTitle (const std::string &title);
+		std::string		getTitleOpened () const;
+		void			setTitleOpened (const std::string &title);
+		std::string		getTitleClosed () const;
+		void			setTitleClosed (const std::string &title);
+		std::string		getTitleColorAsString() const;
+		void			setTitleColorAsString(const std::string &col);
+
+		void			setHeaderColor (const std::string &ptr) { _HeaderColor.link(ptr.c_str()); }
+
+		// Get the header color draw. NB: depends if grayed, and if active.
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getDrawnHeaderColor () const;
+
+		ucstring		getUCTitleOpened () const;
+		void			setUCTitleOpened (const ucstring &title);
+		ucstring		getUCTitleClosed () const;
+		void			setUCTitleClosed (const ucstring &title);
+		ucstring		getUCTitle () const;
+		void			setUCTitle (const ucstring &title);
+
+		void			setPopable(bool popable) { _Popable = popable; }
+		bool			isPopable() const { return _Popable; }
+		bool			isPopuped() const { return _Poped; }
+
+
+		void			setMovableInParentList(bool /* movable */) { _MovableInParentList = true; }
+		bool			isMovableInParentList() const { return _MovableInParentList; }
+
+		// high light the border of the container
+		void			setHighLighted(bool hightlighted, uint8 alpha=255) { _HighLighted = hightlighted; _HighLightedAlpha = alpha; }
+		bool			isHighLighted() const { return	_HighLighted; }
+
+		// y offset for content of container
+		sint32			getContentYOffset() const { return (sint32) _ContentYOffset; }
+		void			setContentYOffset(sint32 value);
+
+		// Window requires attention
+		void requireAttention();
+
+		// Lua exports
+		int luaBlink(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetHeaderColor(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupContainer, CGroupContainerBase)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("blink", luaBlink);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setHeaderColor", luaSetHeaderColor);
+			REFLECT_STRING("title", getTitle, setTitle);
+			REFLECT_STRING("title_opened", getTitleOpened, setTitleOpened);
+			REFLECT_STRING("title_closed", getTitleClosed, setTitleClosed);
+			REFLECT_UCSTRING("uc_title_opened", getUCTitleOpened, setUCTitleOpened);
+			REFLECT_UCSTRING("uc_title_closed", getUCTitleClosed, setUCTitleClosed);
+			REFLECT_UCSTRING("uc_title", getUCTitle, setUCTitle);
+			REFLECT_STRING("title_color", getTitleColorAsString, setTitleColorAsString);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("pop_min_h", getPopupMinH, setPopupMinH);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("pop_max_h", getPopupMaxH, setPopupMaxH);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("pop_min_w", getPopupMinW, setPopupMinW);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("pop_max_w", getPopupMaxW, setPopupMaxW);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("title_delta_max_w", getTitleDeltaMaxW, setTitleDeltaMaxW);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("content_y_offset", getContentYOffset, setContentYOffset);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("openable", isOpenable, setOpenable);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("opened", isOpen, setOpen);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("lockable", isLockable, setLockable);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("locked", isLocked, setLocked);
+
+			REFLECT_BOOL("header_active", getHeaderActive, setHeaderActive);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("right_button_enabled", getRightButtonEnabled, setRightButtonEnabled);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+		sint32			getLayerSetup() const { return _LayerSetup; }
+
+		// if this window is popable, pop it at its actual position
+		void			popupCurrentPos();
+		// Popup at previous memorized position
+		void			popup();
+		/** Popin the window and possibly put it back in its father container, using the order defined in the list of the container.
+		  * \param putBackInFather When true, put the window back in its former father container, otherwise, the container is unliked from the hierachy (parents are NULL)
+		  * \param insertPos If this is equal to -1, then the window is inserted at its previous position. Otherwise it is inserted before the given position in the list
+		  */
+		void			popin(sint32 insertPos = -1, bool putBackInFatherContainer = true);
+
+		// get the mover control associated with that control, or NULL if none
+		CCtrlMover	   *getCtrlMover() const { return _Mover; }
+
+		// true if there is a mover and if the window is being moved
+		bool		   isMoving() const { return _Mover && _Mover->isMoving(); }
+
+		/** Force the container to blink (to tell the user that an event has happened).
+		  * This  uses the global color, so the container must use it
+		  * This state is automatically disabled if the container is opened
+		  * \param numBlinks 0 If the container should blink endlessly, the number of blink otherwise
+		  */
+		virtual void	enableBlink(uint numBlinks = 0);
+		virtual void    disableBlink();
+		virtual bool	isBlinking() const { return _Blinking; }
+
+		CGroupList      *getList() const { return _List; }
+
+		CInterfaceGroup *getHeaderOpened()	const { return _HeaderOpened; }
+		CInterfaceGroup *getHeaderClosed()	const { return _HeaderClosed; }
+		CInterfaceGroup *getContent()		const { return _Content; }
+
+		void			setChildrenObs(IChildrenObs *obs) { _ChildrenObs = obs; }
+		IChildrenObs   *getChildrenObs() const { return _ChildrenObs; }
+
+		// Get current father container (if any).
+		CGroupContainer  *getFatherContainer() const;
+		// Get current father container (if any). If the container is popup, it gives the proprietary container
+		CGroupContainer  *getProprietaryContainer() const;
+
+
+		bool			isOpenable() const { return _Openable; }
+		void			setOpenable(bool openable);
+
+		bool			getHeaderActive() const { return _HeaderActive; }
+		void			setHeaderActive(bool active) { _HeaderActive = active; }
+
+		bool			getRightButtonEnabled() const { return _EnabledRightButton; }
+		void			setRightButtonEnabled(bool enabled);
+
+		CCtrlScroll     *getScroll() const { return _ScrollBar; }
+
+		bool             isSavable() const { return _Savable; }
+		void             setSavable(bool savable) { _Savable = savable; }
+		bool             isActiveSavable() const { return _ActiveSavable; }
+
+		bool isLocalize() const { return _Localize; }
+		void setLocalize(bool localize) { _Localize = localize; }
+
+		void setPopupX(sint32 x) { _PopupX = x; }
+		void setPopupY(sint32 y) { _PopupY = y; }
+		void setPopupW(sint32 w) { _PopupW = w; }
+		void setPopupH(sint32 h) { _PopupH = h; }
+
+		sint32 getPopupX() const { return _PopupX; }
+		sint32 getPopupY() const { return _PopupY; }
+		sint32 getPopupW() const { return _PopupW; }
+		sint32 getPopupH() const { return _PopupH; }
+
+		sint32 getRefW() const { return _RefW; }
+
+		/** Increase the rollover alpha for the current frame.
+		  * Example of use : an edit box that has focus in a group container
+		  */
+		void	rollOverAlphaUp();
+		// force the rollover alpha to its max value, depending on there's keyboard focus or not
+		void    forceRolloverAlpha();
+
+		bool	isOpenWhenPopup() const { return _OpenWhenPopup; }
+
+		/// Locking of window (prevent it from being moved)
+		void	setLockable(bool lockable);
+		bool	isLockable() const { return _Lockable; }
+		void	setLocked(bool locked);
+
+		// to be called by the 'deactive check' handler
+		static  void validateCanDeactivate(bool validate) { _ValidateCanDeactivate = validate; }
+		const	std::string &getAHOnDeactiveCheck() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnDeactiveCheck); }
+		const	std::string &getAHOnDeactiveCheckParams() const { return _AHOnDeactiveCheckParams; }
+		//
+		const	std::string &getAHOnCloseButton() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnCloseButton); }
+		const	std::string &getAHOnCloseButtonParams() const { return _AHOnCloseButtonParams; }
+		//
+		IActionHandler	*getAHOnMovePtr() const { return _AHOnMove; }
+		const	std::string &getAHOnMove() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnMove); }
+		const	std::string &getAHOnMoveParams() const { return _AHOnMoveParams; }
+		//
+		IActionHandler	*getAHOnResizePtr() const { return _AHOnResize; }
+		const	std::string &getAHOnResize() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnResize); }
+		const	std::string &getAHOnResizeParams() const { return _AHOnResizeParams; }
+		//
+		IActionHandler	*getAHOnBeginMovePtr() const { return _AHOnBeginMove; }
+		const	std::string &getAHOnBeginMove() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnBeginMove); }
+		const	std::string &getAHOnBeginMoveParams() const { return _AHOnBeginMoveParams; }
+
+		//
+		void	setOnCloseButtonHandler(const std::string &h) { _AHOnCloseButton = CAHManager::getInstance()->getAH(h,_AHOnCloseButtonParams); }
+		void	setOnCloseButtonParams(const std::string &p) { _AHOnCloseButtonParams = p; }
+
+		void setModalParentList (const std::string &name);
+		bool checkIfModal(const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor& event); // Return true if we can handle the event (and prevent from selecting a window)
+		bool isGrayed() const;
+		bool blinkAllSons();
+
+		// true if the resizer is enabled.
+		bool getEnabledResizer() const {return _EnabledResizer;}
+
+		sint32				getPopupMinW() const {return _PopupMinW;}
+		sint32				getPopupMaxW() const {return _PopupMaxW;}
+		sint32				getPopupMinH() const {return _PopupMinH;}
+		sint32				getPopupMaxH() const {return _PopupMaxH;}
+		sint32				getMinW() const {return _MinW;}
+		void				setMinW(sint32 minW) { _MinW = minW;}
+		void				setMaxW(sint32 maxW) { _MaxW = maxW;}
+		sint32				getMaxW() const {return _MaxW;}
+		void				setPopupMinW(sint32 minW);
+		void				setPopupMaxW(sint32 maxW);
+		void				setPopupMinH(sint32 minW);
+		void				setPopupMaxH(sint32 maxW);
+
+
+		// backup the current position of this container
+		void				backupPosition();
+		// restore the current position of this container
+		void				restorePosition();
+		// get x for backup position
+		sint32				getBackupX() const { return _BackupX; }
+		sint32				getBackupY() const { return _BackupY; }
+		// Set backup position
+		void				setBackupPosition(sint32 x, sint32 y);
+		// clear backup
+		void				clearBackup() {	_PositionBackuped = false; }
+		// Test if position has been backuped (flag cleared by 'restorePosition()')
+		bool				isPositionBackuped() const { return _PositionBackuped; }
+		// check if the container has been moved, resized, or popuped by the user (and eventually clear that flag)
+		bool                getTouchFlag(bool clearFlag) const;
+		// from CInterfaceGroup
+		virtual void		restoreAllContainersBackupPosition() { restorePosition(); }
+
+		// when isModal() is true, the whole interface cannot switch desktop
+		bool				isModal() const { return _Modal; }
+		void				setModal(bool modal) { _Modal = modal; }
+
+		// return true if the container has a modal parent window setuped => the whole interface cannot switch desktop
+		bool				isModalSon() const { return !_ModalParents.empty(); }
+
+		// return the help web page of this container. "" if none
+		const	std::string &getHelpPage() const { return _HelpPage; }
+		// set the help web page of this container. "" if none. NB: the help button is not updated
+		void				setHelpPage(const std::string &newPage);
+
+		void				setTitleDeltaMaxW(sint32 delta) { _TitleDeltaMaxW = delta; }
+		sint32				getTitleDeltaMaxW() const { return _TitleDeltaMaxW; }
+
+	protected:
+		uint8				_ICurrentRolloverAlphaContainer;
+		uint8				_HighLightedAlpha;
+		float				_CurrentRolloverAlphaContainer;
+		float				_CurrentRolloverAlphaContent;
+		sint32				_LayerSetup;
+		ucstring			_TitleTextOpened;
+		ucstring			_TitleTextClosed;
+		CViewText			*_TitleOpened;
+		CViewText			*_TitleClosed;
+		sint32				_TitleDeltaMaxW;
+		CViewBitmap			*_ViewOpenState;	// Arrow showing if we are opened or not (if we are openable)
+		CCtrlButton			*_RightButton;		// Multi usage button : deactive or popup or popin
+		CCtrlButton			*_HelpButton;		// Help button
+
+		CGroupList			*_List;
+		CCtrlScroll			*_ScrollBar;
+		CGroupContainer     *_OldFatherContainer;
+
+		// NB: _ModalParentNames is a list of modal parent, separated by '|'
+		std::string			_ModalParentNames;			// Modal handling between container (container can be linked together,
+		std::vector<CGroupContainer*>	_ModalSons;		// when the son is active the parent is not active
+		std::vector<CGroupContainer*>	_ModalParents;	// (but the rest of the interface is))
+
+		uint				 _InsertionOrder;
+		uint                 _BlinkDT;
+		uint				 _NumBlinks;
+
+		CInterfaceGroup		*_Content;			// Read From Script
+		CInterfaceGroup		*_HeaderOpened;		// Read From Script
+		CInterfaceGroup		*_HeaderClosed;		// Read From Script
+
+		CCtrlResizer		*_Resizer[NumResizers]; // up to 8 resizers are available
+
+		//
+		CCtrlMover			*_Mover;
+
+		IChildrenObs		*_Obs;
+
+		// If layer==0 constraint on resize
+		sint32				_PopupMinW;
+		sint32				_PopupMaxW;
+		sint32				_PopupMinH;
+		sint32				_PopupMaxH;
+		// If layer>0 constraint on resize
+		sint32				_MinW;
+		sint32				_MaxW;
+
+		// backuped position
+		sint32				_BackupX;
+		sint32				_BackupY;
+
+		// old position at which the window was popup, -1 values means that the window hasn't been turned into a popup yet
+		sint32              _PopupX;
+		sint32              _PopupY;
+		sint32              _PopupW;
+		sint32              _PopupH;
+		//
+		sint32				_RefW;
+
+
+		sint32				_MoverDeltaW;
+
+		// action handler
+		IActionHandler		*_AHOnOpen;
+		CStringShared		_AHOnOpenParams;
+		IActionHandler		*_AHOnClose;
+		CStringShared		_AHOnCloseParams;
+		IActionHandler		*_AHOnCloseButton;
+		CStringShared		_AHOnCloseButtonParams;
+		IActionHandler		*_AHOnMove;
+		CStringShared		_AHOnMoveParams;
+		IActionHandler		*_AHOnResize;
+		CStringShared		_AHOnResizeParams;
+		IActionHandler		*_AHOnBeginMove;
+		CStringShared		_AHOnBeginMoveParams;
+
+		// action handler to test whether the windows can be deactivated (when the close button is pressed)
+		IActionHandler		*_AHOnDeactiveCheck;
+		CStringShared		_AHOnDeactiveCheckParams;
+
+
+		// Observer to know when children have moved
+		IChildrenObs	   *_ChildrenObs;
+
+		// list of container that are poped up
+		std::vector<CGroupContainer *> _PopedCont;
+
+		// Open management
+		bool                _Openable			: 1; // Is the container can be manually opened or closed ?
+		bool				_Opened				: 1; // Is the container currently opened or closed ?
+		bool				_OpenWhenPopup		: 1; // Does the container must open when poped up ? (layer>0)
+													 // and close when poped in...
+		bool				_OpenAtStart		: 1; // Mgt : to setup _Opened state at start
+		bool				_OpenedBeforePopup	: 1; // Mgt : Is the container opened before poped up ? (layer>0)
+
+		// Move management
+		bool				_Movable			: 1; // Is the container movable ?
+		bool				_MovableInParentList: 1;
+		bool				_Lockable			: 1;
+		bool				_MovingInParentList	: 1; // Mgt : currently moving ?
+
+		// Pop up / pop in
+		bool                _Popable			: 1;
+		bool                _Poped				: 1;
+
+		bool				_EnabledResizer		: 1;
+
+		bool				_HighLighted		: 1;
+		bool				_Blinking			: 1;
+		bool				_BlinkState			: 1;
+
+		bool                _Savable			: 1;
+		bool                _ActiveSavable		: 1;
+
+		// Display title background or not
+		bool				_HeaderActive		: 1;
+		bool				_EnabledRightButton	: 1; // Is the Button Deactive/Popup/Popin is enabled ?
+		//
+		enum	TTileClass {TitleText=0, TitleTextFormated, TitleTextId, TitleTextDynString};
+		uint8				_TitleClass			: 2;
+		//
+		mutable bool		_TouchFlag          : 1;
+		bool				_PositionBackuped   : 1;
+		bool				_Modal              : 1; // the container is modal and prevent from switching virtual desktop
+		//
+		bool				_EnabledHelpButton	: 1; // Is the Button Help is enabled ?
+		//
+		bool				_TitleOverExtendViewText : 1;	// Does the title over extend view text
+		bool				_Localize		    : 1;
+
+		CInterfaceProperty	_HeaderColor;
+
+
+
+		sint8				_ContentYOffset;
+
+		// Special Top Resizer Height (for Inventory and ChatGroup). <0 (default) => take default option value
+		sint8				_ResizerTopSize;
+		uint8				_ICurrentRolloverAlphaContent;
+
+
+		static bool			_ValidateCanDeactivate;
+
+		CStringShared		_OptionsName;
+
+		// Web Page used for help
+		CStringShared		_HelpPage;
+
+	private:
+
+		sint32	getLayer();
+		void	updateResizerSize(CCtrlResizer *cr);
+		void	updateRightButton();
+		void	updateHelpButton();
+		void	updateMover();
+		void	updateViewOpenState();
+		void	updateTitle();
+
+		void	createResizer(uint index, THotSpot posRef, THotSpot type, sint32 offsetX, sint32 offsetY, bool bMaxH);
+		void	createResizerMaxH();
+		void	removeResizerMaxH();
+
+		TTileClass	convertTitleClass(const char *ptr);
+
+		static COptionsContainerMove *getMoveOptions();
+
+		COptionsLayer *getContainerOptions(sint32 ls=-1); // Depends if overload by OptionsName or default used
+
+		bool hasKeyboardFocus() const;
+
+		// private for modal system
+		void addModalParent (CGroupContainer *pParent);
+		void addModalSon (CGroupContainer *pSon);
+
+		// Avoid each frame setup layer0, layer1 etc...
+		enum	{NumLayerName=10};
+		static	const std::string		_OptionLayerName[NumLayerName];
+
+	public:
+		// for use by CCtrlMover
+		// Tell that this group is moving in its parent list
+		void            setMovingInParentList(bool enable);
+		CGroupList     *getPreviousParentList() const { return _OldFatherContainer ? _OldFatherContainer->_List : NULL; }
+		CCtrlScroll    *getPreviousParentScrollBar() const { return _OldFatherContainer ? _OldFatherContainer->_ScrollBar : NULL; }
+		CGroupContainer *getPreviousContainer() const { return 	_OldFatherContainer; }
+		// set the 'hasMoved' flag
+		void			touch(bool touched = true) { _TouchFlag = touched; }
+
+		friend class CICDeactive;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // RZ_INTERFACE_CONTAINER_H
+
+/* End of interface_container.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_container_base.h

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef GROUP_CONTAINER_BASE_H
+#define GROUP_CONTAINER_BASE_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/misc/rgba.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CGroupContainerBase : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS( CGroupContainerBase )
+
+		CGroupContainerBase( const TCtorParam &param );
+		virtual ~CGroupContainerBase();
+
+		virtual void removeAllContainers();
+		virtual void setLocked( bool locked );
+		bool isLocked() const { return _Locked; }
+
+		uint8  getContainerAlpha() const { return _ContainerAlpha; }
+		uint8  getContentAlpha() const { return _ContentAlpha; }
+		uint8  getRolloverAlphaContent() const { return _RolloverAlphaContent; }
+		uint8  getRolloverAlphaContainer() const { return _RolloverAlphaContainer; }
+
+		void setContainerAlpha( uint8 alpha );
+		void setContentAlpha( uint8 alpha );
+		void setRolloverAlphaContent( uint8 alpha );
+		void setRolloverAlphaContainer( uint8 alpha );
+
+		// for export
+		sint32  getContainerAlphaAsSInt32() const{ return (sint32)_ContainerAlpha; }
+		sint32  getContentAlphaAsSInt32() const{ return (sint32)_ContentAlpha; }
+		sint32  getRolloverAlphaContentAsSInt32() const{ return (sint32)_RolloverAlphaContent; }
+		sint32  getRolloverAlphaContainerAsSInt32() const{ return (sint32)_RolloverAlphaContainer; }
+
+		// sin32 versions for export
+		void setContainerAlpha( sint32 alpha ){ setContainerAlpha((uint8) alpha); }
+		void setContentAlpha( sint32 alpha ){ setContentAlpha((uint8) alpha); }
+		void setRolloverAlphaContent( sint32 alpha ){ setRolloverAlphaContent((uint8) alpha); }
+		void setRolloverAlphaContainer( sint32 alpha ){ setRolloverAlphaContainer((uint8) alpha); }
+
+		void setUseGlobalAlpha( bool use );
+		bool isUsingGlobalAlpha() const{ return _UseGlobalAlpha; }
+
+		std::string getAHOnAlphaSettingsChanged() const{ return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName( _AHOnAlphaSettingsChanged ); }
+		std::string getAHOnAlphaSettingsChangedParams() const{ return _AHOnAlphaSettingsChangedParams; }
+
+		void setAHOnAlphaSettingsChanged( const std::string &h ){ _AHOnAlphaSettingsChanged = CAHManager::getInstance()->getAH( h, _AHOnAlphaSettingsChangedParams ); }
+		void setAHOnAlphaSettingsChangedParams( const std::string &p ){ _AHOnAlphaSettingsChangedParams = p; }
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START( CGroupContainerBase, CInterfaceGroup )
+			REFLECT_SINT32("container_alpha", getContainerAlphaAsSInt32, setContainerAlpha);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("content_alpha", getContentAlphaAsSInt32, setContentAlpha);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("rollover_content_alpha", getRolloverAlphaContentAsSInt32, setRolloverAlphaContent);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("rollover_container_alpha", getRolloverAlphaContainerAsSInt32, setRolloverAlphaContainer);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("use_global_alpha_settings", isUsingGlobalAlpha, setUseGlobalAlpha);
+			REFLECT_STRING("on_alpha_settings_changed", getAHOnAlphaSettingsChanged, setAHOnAlphaSettingsChanged);
+			REFLECT_STRING("on_alpha_settings_changed_aparams", getAHOnAlphaSettingsChangedParams, setAHOnAlphaSettingsChangedParams);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+		virtual bool isMoving() const{ return false; }
+
+		// Get the header color draw. NB: depends if grayed, and if active.
+		virtual NLMISC::CRGBA getDrawnHeaderColor () const{ return NLMISC::CRGBA(); };
+		
+		uint8 getCurrentContainerAlpha() const{ return _CurrentContainerAlpha; }
+		uint8 getCurrentContentAlpha() const{ return _CurrentContentAlpha; }
+
+		virtual bool isGrayed() const{ return false; }
+		virtual bool getTouchFlag(bool clearFlag) const{ return false; }
+		virtual void backupPosition(){}
+		virtual void restorePosition(){}
+
+	protected:
+		void triggerAlphaSettingsChangedAH();
+		
+		uint8 _CurrentContainerAlpha;
+		uint8 _CurrentContentAlpha;
+		uint8 _ContainerAlpha;
+		uint8 _ContentAlpha;
+		uint8 _RolloverAlphaContainer; // Alpha for the window when mouse not over it
+		uint8 _RolloverAlphaContent;   // Alpha for the content when mouse not over it
+		bool _Locked : 1; // Is the container locked (ie override movable, openable ...)
+		bool _UseGlobalAlpha : 1;
+
+		IActionHandler *_AHOnAlphaSettingsChanged;
+		CStringShared  _AHOnAlphaSettingsChangedParams;
+
+	private:
+
+	};
+
+
+
+}
+
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_editbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_CTRL_EDITBOX_H
+#define RZ_CTRL_EDITBOX_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_editbox_base.h"
+#include "nel/3d/u_texture.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CEventDescriptor;
+	class CViewText;
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CGroupEditBox : public CGroupEditBoxBase
+	{
+	public:
+
+		class IComboKeyHandler
+		{
+		public:
+			virtual ~IComboKeyHandler(){}
+			virtual bool isComboKeyChat( const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorKey &edk ) const = 0;
+		};
+
+		enum TEntryType { Text, Integer, PositiveInteger, Float, PositiveFloat, Alpha, AlphaNum, AlphaNumSpace, Password, Filename, PlayerName }; // the type of entry this edit bot can deal with
+
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS( CGroupEditBox )
+		/// Constructor
+		CGroupEditBox(const TCtorParam &param);
+		/// Dtor
+		~CGroupEditBox();
+
+		bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+
+		virtual void draw();
+
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor& eventDesc);
+
+		/// Accessors
+		ucstring getInputString() const { return _InputString; }
+		const ucstring &getInputStringRef() const { return _InputString; }
+		const ucstring &getPrompt() const { return _Prompt; }
+
+		/** Set the prompt
+		  * NB : line returns are encoded as '\n', not '\r\n'
+		  */
+		void		setPrompt(const ucstring &s) { _Prompt = s; }
+		void		setInputString(const ucstring &str);
+		void		setInputStringRef(const ucstring &str) {_InputString = str; };
+		void		setInputStringAsInt(sint32 val);
+		sint32		getInputStringAsInt() const;
+		void		setInputStringAsInt64(sint64 val);
+		sint64		getInputStringAsInt64() const;
+		void		setInputStringAsFloat(float val);
+		float		getInputStringAsFloat() const;
+		void		setInputStringAsStdString(const std::string &str);
+		std::string	getInputStringAsStdString() const;
+		void		setInputStringAsUtf8(const std::string &str);
+		std::string	getInputStringAsUtf8() const;
+		void		setColor(NLMISC::CRGBA col);
+
+
+		/// force the selection of all the text
+		void		setSelectionAll();
+
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+		virtual void clearViews ();
+
+		virtual void setActive (bool state);
+
+		static CGroupEditBox *getMenuFather() { return _MenuFather; }
+
+		void setCommand(const ucstring &command, bool execute);
+
+		// Stop parent from blinking
+		void		stopParentBlink() { if (_Parent) _Parent->disableBlink(); }
+
+		// Get / set cursor position
+		sint32		getCursorPos () const {return _CursorPos;}
+		void		setCursorPos (sint32 pos) {_CursorPos=pos;}
+
+		// Get / set cursor at previous line end
+		bool		isCursorAtPreviousLineEnd () const {return _CursorAtPreviousLineEnd;}
+		void		setCursorAtPreviousLineEnd (bool setCursor) {_CursorAtPreviousLineEnd=setCursor;}
+
+		// Get / set current selection position
+		static sint32	getSelectCursorPos () {return _SelectCursorPos;}
+		static void		setSelectCursorPos (sint32 pos) {_SelectCursorPos=pos;}
+
+		// Get the view text
+		const CViewText	*getViewText () const {return _ViewText;}
+
+		// Get the historic information
+		sint32	getMaxHistoric() const {return _MaxHistoric;}
+		sint32	getCurrentHistoricIndex () const {return _CurrentHistoricIndex;}
+		void	setCurrentHistoricIndex (sint32 index) {_CurrentHistoricIndex=index;}
+		const ucstring	&getHistoric(uint32 index) const {return _Historic[index];}
+		uint32	getNumHistoric() const {return (uint32)_Historic.size ();}
+
+		// Get on change action handler
+		const std::string	&getAHOnChange() const {return _AHOnChange;}
+		const std::string	&getParamsOnChange() const {return _ParamsOnChange;}
+
+		void	cutSelection();
+
+		/// From CInterfaceElement
+		sint32	getMaxUsedW() const;
+		sint32	getMinUsedW() const;
+
+		// Copy the selection into buffer
+		void		copy();
+		// Paste the selection into buffer
+		void		paste();
+		// Write the string into buffer
+		void		writeString(const ucstring &str, bool replace = true, bool atEnd = true);
+
+		// Expand the expression (true if there was a '/' at the start of the line)
+		bool		expand();
+
+		// Back space
+		void		back();
+
+		// ignore the next char/key event -> useful when a key set the focus on an editbox (keydown is received, the focus, then keychar is received by the editbox again, but is irrelevant)
+		void		bypassNextKey() { _BypassNextKey = true; }
+
+		// True if the editBox loose the focus on enter
+		bool		getLooseFocusOnEnter() const {return _LooseFocusOnEnter;}
+		//
+		virtual void    clearAllEditBox();
+		// From CInterfaceElement
+		virtual bool wantSerialConfig() const;
+		// From CInterfaceElement
+		virtual void serialConfig(NLMISC::IStream &f);
+		// From CInterfaceElement
+		virtual void onQuit();
+		// From CInterfaceElement
+		virtual void onLoadConfig();
+
+		// from CCtrlBase
+		virtual	void elementCaptured(CCtrlBase *capturedElement);
+
+		// from CCtrlBase
+		virtual void onKeyboardCaptureLost();
+
+		// set the input string as "default". will be reseted at first click (used for user information)
+		void	setDefaultInputString(const ucstring &str);
+
+		// For Interger and PositiveInteger, can specify min and max values
+		void	setIntegerMinValue(sint32 minValue) {_IntegerMinValue=minValue;}
+		void	setIntegerMaxValue(sint32 maxValue) {_IntegerMaxValue=maxValue;}
+		void	setPositiveIntegerMinValue(uint32 minValue) {_PositiveIntegerMinValue=minValue;}
+		void	setPositiveIntegerMaxValue(uint32 maxValue) {_PositiveIntegerMaxValue=maxValue;}
+
+		void setFocusOnText();
+
+		int luaSetSelectionAll(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetupDisplayText(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetFocusOnText(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaCancelFocusOnText(CLuaState &ls);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupEditBox, CGroupEditBoxBase)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setupDisplayText", luaSetupDisplayText);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setSelectionAll", luaSetSelectionAll);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setFocusOnText", luaSetFocusOnText);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("cancelFocusOnText", luaCancelFocusOnText);
+			REFLECT_STRING("input_string", getInputStringAsStdString, setInputStringAsStdString);
+			REFLECT_UCSTRING("uc_input_string", getInputString, setInputString);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+		/** Restore the original value of the edit box.
+		  * This value is captured when the edit box get focus
+		  * (return true if no undo was available)
+		  * Will always fails ifthe edito box do not have the focus
+		  */
+		bool undo();
+
+		/** Cancel last undo operation
+		  * Return true if redo operation is available
+		  */
+		bool redo();
+
+		/// freeze the control (loose focus, and cannot edit)
+		void	setFrozen (bool state);
+		bool	getFrozen () const { return _Frozen; }
+
+	protected:
+
+		// Cursor infos
+		float	_BlinkTime;
+		sint32	_CursorPos;
+		uint32  _MaxNumChar;
+		uint32  _MaxNumReturn;
+		uint32  _MaxFloatPrec;		// used in setInputStringAsFloat() only
+		sint32	_MaxCharsSize;
+		sint32	_FirstVisibleChar;
+		sint32	_LastVisibleChar;
+
+		// Text selection
+		static sint32	      _SelectCursorPos;
+		bool	_SelectingText;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_TextSelectColor;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_BackSelectColor;
+
+		// Text info
+		ucstring	_Prompt;
+		ucstring	_InputString;
+		CViewText	*_ViewText;
+
+		// undo / redo
+		ucstring	_StartInputString;  // value of the input string when focus was acuired first
+		ucstring	_ModifiedInputString;
+
+
+		// Historic info
+		typedef std::deque<ucstring>		THistoric;
+		THistoric	_Historic;
+		uint32		_MaxHistoric;
+		sint32		_CurrentHistoricIndex;
+		sint32      _PrevNumLine;
+
+		// Action Handler
+		std::string _AHOnChange;
+		std::string _ParamsOnChange;
+		std::string _ListMenuRight;
+
+		std::string _AHOnFocusLost;
+		std::string _AHOnFocusLostParams;
+
+		// entry type
+		TEntryType _EntryType;
+
+
+		bool	_Setupped                  : 1; // setup
+		bool	_BypassNextKey             : 1;
+		bool	_BlinkState                : 1;
+		bool	_CursorAtPreviousLineEnd   : 1; // force the cursor to be displayed at the end of the previous line end (if END has beeen pressed while in a string split accross 2 lines)
+		bool	_LooseFocusOnEnter         : 1;
+		bool    _ResetFocusOnHide          : 1;
+		bool	_BackupFatherContainerPos  : 1; // Backup father container position when characters are typed.
+												// If the edit box is at the bottom of the screen and if it expands on y
+												// because of multiline, thz parent container will be moved to top
+												// The good position can be restored by a press on enter then
+		bool	_WantReturn				   : 1; // Want return char, don't call the enter action handler
+		bool	_Savable				   : 1; // should content be saved ?
+		bool	_DefaultInputString		   : 1; // Is the current input string the default one (should not be edited)
+		bool	_Frozen					   : 1;	// is the control frozen? (cannot edit in it)
+
+		bool	_CanRedo                   : 1;
+		bool	_CanUndo                   : 1;
+
+		std::vector<char>					_NegativeFilter;
+
+		sint	_CursorTexID;
+		sint32	_CursorWidth;
+
+		sint32	_IntegerMinValue;
+		sint32	_IntegerMaxValue;
+		uint32	_PositiveIntegerMinValue;
+		uint32	_PositiveIntegerMaxValue;
+
+		sint32	_ViewTextDeltaX;
+
+	private:
+		void setupDisplayText();
+		void makeTopWindow();
+		void handleEventChar(const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorKey &event);
+		void handleEventString(const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorKey &event);
+		void setup();
+		void triggerOnChangeAH();
+		void appendStringFromClipboard(const ucstring &str);
+
+		ucstring	getSelection();
+
+		static CGroupEditBox *_MenuFather;
+
+		static bool isValidAlphaNumSpace(ucchar c)
+		{
+			if (c > 255) return false;
+			char ac = (char) c;
+			return (ac >= '0' && ac <= '9') ||
+				(ac >= 'a' && ac <= 'z') ||
+				(ac >= 'A' && ac <= 'Z') ||
+				ac==' ';
+		}
+
+		static bool isValidAlphaNum(ucchar c)
+		{
+			if (c > 255) return false;
+			char ac = (char) c;
+			return (ac >= '0' && ac <= '9') ||
+				   (ac >= 'a' && ac <= 'z') ||
+				   (ac >= 'A' && ac <= 'Z');
+		}
+
+		static bool isValidAlpha(ucchar c)
+		{
+			if (c > 255) return false;
+			char ac = (char) c;
+			return (ac >= 'a' && ac <= 'z') ||
+				   (ac >= 'A' && ac <= 'Z');
+		}
+
+		static bool isValidPlayerNameChar(ucchar c)
+		{
+			// valid player name (with possible shard prefix / suffix format
+			return isValidAlpha(c) || c=='.' || c=='(' || c==')';
+		}
+
+		static bool isValidFilenameChar(ucchar c)
+		{
+			if (c == '\\' ||
+				c == '/' ||
+				c == ':' ||
+				c == '*' ||
+				c == '?' ||
+				c == '\"' ||
+				c == '<' ||
+				c == '>' ||
+				c == '|') return false;
+			return true;
+		}
+		//
+		bool isFiltered(ucchar c)
+		{
+			uint length = (uint)_NegativeFilter.size();
+			for (uint k = 0; k < length; ++k)
+			{
+				if ((ucchar) _NegativeFilter[k] == c) return true;
+			}
+			return false;
+		}
+
+		static IComboKeyHandler *comboKeyHandler;
+
+	public:
+		static void setComboKeyHandler( IComboKeyHandler *handler ){ comboKeyHandler = handler; }
+
+	};
+
+
+}
+
+#endif // RZ_CTRL_EDITBOX_H
+
+/* End of ctrl_editbox.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_editbox_base.h

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef GROUP_EDITBOX_BASE_H
+#define GROUP_EDITBOX_BASE_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CGroupEditBoxBase : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS( CGroupEditBoxBase )
+
+		CGroupEditBoxBase( const TCtorParam &param );
+		~CGroupEditBoxBase();
+
+		// True if the editBox can recover the focus on enter. if not, it does not erase OldCapturedKeyboard when loose focus
+		bool getRecoverFocusOnEnter() const{ return _RecoverFocusOnEnter; }
+		void setRecoverFocusOnEnter( bool state ){ _RecoverFocusOnEnter = state; }
+
+		std::string getAHOnFocus(){ return _AHOnFocus; }
+		std::string getAHOnFocusParams(){ return _AHOnFocusParams; }
+
+		// disable any current selection
+		static void	disableSelection(){ _CurrSelection = NULL; }
+
+		// Get / set current selection
+		static CGroupEditBoxBase *getCurrSelection(){ return _CurrSelection; }
+		static void setCurrSelection( CGroupEditBoxBase *selection ){ _CurrSelection = selection; }
+
+		void draw(){}
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START( CGroupEditBoxBase, CInterfaceGroup )
+			REFLECT_BOOL( "enter_recover_focus", getRecoverFocusOnEnter, setRecoverFocusOnEnter );
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected:
+		bool _RecoverFocusOnEnter : 1;
+
+		std::string _AHOnFocus;
+		std::string _AHOnFocusParams;
+
+		static CGroupEditBoxBase *_CurrSelection; // the edit box for which the selection is currently active, or NULL if there's none
+
+	private:
+
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_frame.h

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_GROUP_FRAME_H
+#define NL_GROUP_FRAME_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+		
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/** A Group with a background and a frame displayed
+	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CGroupFrame : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CGroupFrame(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+		virtual void draw ();
+
+		void    copyOptionFrom(const CGroupFrame &other);
+
+
+		void setColorAsString(const std::string & col);
+		std::string getColorAsString() const;
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupFrame, CInterfaceGroup)
+			REFLECT_STRING ("color", getColorAsString, setColorAsString);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+
+		static void resetDisplayTypes() { _DispTypes.clear(); }
+
+	// ******************
+	protected:
+
+		bool			_DisplayFrame;
+
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_Color;
+
+		uint8			_DispType;
+
+		// Fields Defined in the XML => must not herit them from extends=""
+		bool			_DisplayFrameDefined : 1;
+		bool			_ColorDefined : 1;
+		bool			_DispTypeDefined : 1;
+
+		// Static stuff
+		enum
+		{
+			TextTL= 0,
+			TextTM,
+			TextTR,
+			TextML,
+			TextMM,
+			TextMR,
+			TextBL,
+			TextBM,
+			TextBR
+		};
+
+		struct SDisplayType
+		{
+			std::string Name;
+			sint32	BorderIds[9];
+			uint8	TileBorder[9]; // Dont works for TextTL, TextTR, TextBL, TextBR
+			sint32	LeftBorder; // enum
+			sint32	RightBorder;
+			sint32	TopBorder;
+			sint32	BottomBorder;
+
+			// -----------------------
+			SDisplayType()
+			{
+				for (uint i = 0; i < 9; ++i)
+					TileBorder[i] = 0;
+			}
+		};
+		static std::vector<SDisplayType> _DispTypes;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_GROUP_FRAME_H
+
+/* End of group_frame.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_header.h

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef CL_GROUP_HEADER_H
+#define CL_GROUP_HEADER_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/group_list.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CGroupHeaderEntry;
+
+	// *****************************************************************************************************************
+	/** Display a header with movable entries.
+	  * Usually used with a table to change the size of each column (much like the windows file explorer in 'details' mode)
+	  *
+	  * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	  * \author Nevrax France
+	  * \date 2006
+	  */
+	class CGroupHeader : public CGroupList
+	{
+	public:
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupHeader, CGroupList)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("enlargeColumns", luaEnlargeColumns);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("resizeColumnsAndContainer", luaResizeColumnsAndContainer);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+		CGroupHeader(const TCtorParam &param);
+		// from CInterfaceGroup
+		virtual bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		sint32	getHeaderMaxSize() const { return _HeaderMaxSize; }
+		// get the entries in this header
+		void getEntries(std::vector<CGroupHeaderEntry *> &dest);
+		// ensure that max. content of columns is visible (without the total width becoming more than 'getHeaderMaxSize()'
+		void enlargeColumns(sint32 margin);
+		// ensure that content of each column is visible
+		void resizeColumnsAndContainer(sint32 margin);
+	private:
+		sint32	_HeaderMaxSize;
+		int luaEnlargeColumns(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaResizeColumnsAndContainer(CLuaState &ls);
+	};
+
+	// *****************************************************************************************************************
+	// an entry in a header, includes a "mover control" to move it inside its parent header
+	// NOTE : when not used inside a CGroupHeader, will work, but there will be no 'max_size'
+	class CGroupHeaderEntry : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+		CGroupHeaderEntry(const TCtorParam &param);
+		// from CInterfaceGroup
+		virtual bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		sint32 getMinSize() const { return _MinSize; }
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+		CInterfaceGroup *getTargetColumn() const;
+
+		const	std::string &getAHOnResize() const { return _AHOnResize; }
+		const	std::string &getAHOnResizeParams() const { return _AHOnResizeParams; }
+
+	private:
+		sint32 _MinSize;
+		std::string _TargetColumnId;
+		std::string _AHOnResize;
+		std::string _AHOnResizeParams;
+	};
+
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_html.h

@@ -0,0 +1,659 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef CL_GROUP_HTML_H
+#define CL_GROUP_HTML_H
+
+#define CURL_STATICLIB 1
+#include <curl/curl.h>
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_scrolltext.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_tree.h"
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_button.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_table.h"
+
+typedef std::map<std::string, std::string>	TStyle;
+
+extern "C"
+{
+#include "WWWInit.h"
+}
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CCtrlButton;
+	class CCtrlScroll;
+	class CGroupList;
+	class CDBGroupComboBox;
+	class CGroupParagraph;
+
+
+
+	// HTML group
+	/**
+	 * Widget to have a resizable scrolltext and its scrollbar
+	 * \author Cyril 'Hulud' Corvazier
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CGroupHTML : public CGroupScrollText
+	{
+	public:
+		friend void TextAdd (struct _HText *me, const char * buf, int len);
+		friend void TextBeginElement (_HText *me, int element_number, const BOOL *present, const char **	value);
+		friend void TextEndElement (_HText *me, int element_number);
+		friend void TextLink (struct _HText *me, int element_number, int attribute_number, struct _HTChildAnchor *anchor, const BOOL *present, const char **value);
+		friend void TextBuild (HText * me, HTextStatus status);
+		friend void TextBeginUnparsedElement(HText *me, const char *buffer, int length);
+		friend void TextEndUnparsedElement(HText *me, const char *buffer, int length);
+		friend int requestTerminater (HTRequest * request, HTResponse * response, void * param, int status);
+
+		struct SWebOptions
+		{
+		public:
+			std::string appName;
+			std::string appVersion;
+			std::string languageCode;
+			std::vector< std::string > trustedDomains;
+
+			SWebOptions()
+			{
+			}
+		};
+
+		static SWebOptions options;
+
+		// Constructor
+		CGroupHTML(const TCtorParam &param);
+		~CGroupHTML();
+
+		// CInterfaceGroup Interface
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+		virtual void draw ();
+
+		// Events
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor& eventDesc);
+
+		// Browse
+		virtual void browse (const char *url);
+
+		// Refresh
+		void refresh();
+
+		// submit form
+		void submitForm (uint formId, const char *submitButtonName);
+
+		// Browse error
+		void browseError (const char *msg);
+
+		// stop browse
+		void stopBrowse ();
+
+		bool isBrowsing();
+
+		void clean() { stopBrowse(); updateRefreshButton(); removeContent(); }
+
+		// Update coords
+		void updateCoords();
+
+		// New paragraph
+		void newParagraph(uint beginSpace);
+
+		// End of the paragraph
+		void endParagraph();
+
+		// Timeout
+		void	setTimeout(float tm) {_TimeoutValue= std::max(0.f, tm);}
+		float	getTimeout() const {return (float)_TimeoutValue;}
+
+		// Some constants
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	BgColor;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	ErrorColor;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	LinkColor;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	TextColor;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	H1Color;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	H2Color;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	H3Color;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	H4Color;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	H5Color;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	H6Color;
+		bool			ErrorColorGlobalColor;
+		bool			LinkColorGlobalColor;
+		bool			TextColorGlobalColor;
+		bool			H1ColorGlobalColor;
+		bool			H2ColorGlobalColor;
+		bool			H3ColorGlobalColor;
+		bool			H4ColorGlobalColor;
+		bool			H5ColorGlobalColor;
+		bool			H6ColorGlobalColor;
+		uint			TextFontSize;
+		uint			H1FontSize;
+		uint			H2FontSize;
+		uint			H3FontSize;
+		uint			H4FontSize;
+		uint			H5FontSize;
+		uint			H6FontSize;
+		uint			TDBeginSpace;
+		uint			PBeginSpace;
+		uint			LIBeginSpace;
+		uint			ULBeginSpace;
+		uint			LIIndent;
+		uint			ULIndent;
+		float			LineSpaceFontFactor;
+		std::string		DefaultButtonGroup;
+		std::string		DefaultFormTextGroup;
+		std::string		DefaultFormTextAreaGroup;
+		std::string		DefaultFormSelectGroup;
+		std::string		DefaultCheckBoxBitmapNormal;
+		std::string		DefaultCheckBoxBitmapPushed;
+		std::string		DefaultCheckBoxBitmapOver;
+		std::string		DefaultBackgroundBitmapView;
+		std::string		CurrentLinkTitle;
+
+		// Browser home
+		std::string		Home;
+
+		// Undo browse: Browse the precedent url browsed. no op if none
+		void browseUndo ();
+		// Redo browse: Browse the precedent url undoed. no op if none
+		void browseRedo ();
+		// clear undo/redo
+		void clearUndoRedo();
+
+
+		std::string getURL() const { return _URL; }
+		void		setURL(const std::string &url);
+
+
+		int luaBrowse(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaRefresh(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaRemoveContent(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaInsertText(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaAddString(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaAddImage(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaBeginElement(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaEndElement(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaShowDiv(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupHTML, CGroupScrollText)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("browse", luaBrowse)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("refresh", luaRefresh)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("removeContent", luaRemoveContent)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("insertText", luaInsertText)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addString", luaAddString)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addImage", luaAddImage)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("beginElement", luaBeginElement)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("endElement", luaEndElement)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("showDiv", luaShowDiv)
+			REFLECT_STRING("url", getURL, setURL)
+			REFLECT_FLOAT("timeout", getTimeout, setTimeout)
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected :
+
+		// \name callback from libwww
+
+		// Begin of the parsing of a HTML document
+		virtual void beginBuild ();
+
+		// End of the parsing of a HTML document
+		virtual void endBuild ();
+
+		// A new text block has been parsed
+		virtual void addText (const char * buf, int len);
+
+		// A link has been parsed
+		virtual void addLink (uint element_number, uint attribute_number, HTChildAnchor *anchor, const BOOL *present, const char **value);
+
+		// A new begin HTML element has been parsed (<IMG> for exemple)
+		virtual void beginElement (uint element_number, const BOOL *present, const char **value);
+
+		// A new end HTML element has been parsed (</IMG> for exemple)
+		virtual void endElement (uint element_number);
+
+		// A new begin unparsed element has been found
+		virtual void beginUnparsedElement(const char *buffer, int length);
+
+		// A new end unparsed element has been found
+		virtual void endUnparsedElement(const char *buffer, int length);
+
+		// Add GET params to the url
+		virtual void addHTTPGetParams (std::string &url, bool trustedDomain);
+
+		// Add POST params to the libwww list
+		virtual void addHTTPPostParams (HTAssocList *formfields, bool trustedDomain);
+
+		// the current request is terminated
+		virtual void requestTerminated(HTRequest *request);
+
+		// Get Home URL
+		virtual std::string	home();
+
+		// Parse style html tag
+		TStyle parseStyle(const std::string &str_styles);
+
+		// Handle some work at each pass
+		virtual void handle ();
+
+		// \name internal methods
+
+		// Add a group in the current parent group
+		void addGroup (CInterfaceGroup *group, uint beginSpace);
+
+		// Get the current parent group
+		CInterfaceGroup *getCurrentGroup();
+
+		// Update current paragraph dependent data
+		void paragraphChange ();
+
+		// Clear the contexts info
+		void clearContext();
+
+		// Translate a char
+		bool translateChar(ucchar &output, ucchar input, ucchar lastChar) const;
+
+		// Add a string in the current paragraph
+		void addString(const ucstring &str);
+
+		// Add an image in the current paragraph
+		void addImage(const char *image, bool globalColor, bool reloadImg=false);
+
+		// Add a text area in the current paragraph
+		CInterfaceGroup *addTextArea (const std::string &templateName, const char *name, uint rows, uint cols, bool multiLine, const ucstring &content);
+
+		// Add a combo box in the current paragraph
+		CDBGroupComboBox *addComboBox(const std::string &templateName, const char *name);
+
+		// Add a button in the current paragraph. actionHandler, actionHandlerParams and tooltip can be NULL.
+		CCtrlButton *addButton(CCtrlButton::EType type, const std::string &name, const std::string &normalBitmap, const std::string &pushedBitmap,
+			const std::string &overBitmap, bool useGlobalColor, const char *actionHandler, const char *actionHandlerParams, const char *tooltip);
+
+		// Set the background color
+		void setBackgroundColor (const NLMISC::CRGBA &bgcolor);
+
+		// Set the background
+		void setBackground (const std::string &bgtex, bool scale, bool tile);
+
+		// Force the current string to be in a single string
+		void flushString();
+
+		// Set the title
+		void setTitle (const ucstring &title);
+
+		// Lookup a url in local file system
+		bool lookupLocalFile (std::string &result, const char *url, bool isUrl);
+
+		// Delete page content and prepare next page
+		void removeContent ();
+
+		// Current URL
+		std::string		_URL;
+
+		// Current DOMAIN
+		bool			_TrustedDomain;
+
+		// Title prefix
+		ucstring		_TitlePrefix;
+
+		// Title string
+		ucstring		_TitleString;
+
+		// Need to browse next update coords..
+		bool			_BrowseNextTime;
+		bool			_PostNextTime;
+		uint			_PostFormId;
+		std::string		_PostFormSubmitButton;
+
+		// Browsing..
+		bool			_Browsing;
+		bool			_Connecting;
+		double			_TimeoutValue;			// the timeout in seconds
+		double			_ConnectingTimeout;
+
+		// minimal embeded lua script support
+		// Note : any embeded script is executed immediately after the closing
+		// element has been found
+		// True when the <lua> element has been encountered
+		bool			_ParsingLua;
+		bool			_IgnoreText;
+		// the script to execute
+		std::string		_LuaScript;
+
+		bool			_Object;
+		std::string		_ObjectScript;
+
+		// Someone is conecting. We got problem with libwww : 2 connection requests can deadlock the client.
+		static CGroupHTML *_ConnectingLock;
+
+		// LibWWW data
+		class CLibWWWData	*_LibWWW;
+
+		// Current paragraph
+		std::string		_DivName;
+		CGroupParagraph*	_Paragraph;
+		inline CGroupParagraph *getParagraph()
+		{
+			return _Paragraph;
+			/*if (_Paragraph.empty())
+				return NULL;
+			return _Paragraph.back();*/
+		}
+
+		// PRE mode
+		std::vector<bool>	_PRE;
+		inline bool getPRE() const
+		{
+			if (_PRE.empty())
+				return false;
+			return _PRE.back();
+		}
+
+		// UL mode
+		std::vector<bool>	_UL;
+		inline bool getUL() const
+		{
+			if (_UL.empty())
+				return false;
+			return _UL.back();
+		}
+
+		// A mode
+		std::vector<bool>	_A;
+		inline bool getA() const
+		{
+			if (_A.empty())
+				return false;
+			return _A.back();
+		}
+
+		// IL mode
+		bool _LI;
+
+		// Current text color
+		std::vector<NLMISC::CRGBA>	_TextColor;
+		inline const NLMISC::CRGBA &getTextColor() const
+		{
+			if (_TextColor.empty())
+				return TextColor;
+			return _TextColor.back();
+		}
+
+		// Current global color flag
+		std::vector<bool>	_GlobalColor;
+		inline bool getGlobalColor() const
+		{
+			if (_GlobalColor.empty())
+				return false;
+			return _GlobalColor.back();
+		}
+
+		// Current font size
+		std::vector<uint>			_FontSize;
+		inline uint getFontSize() const
+		{
+			if (_FontSize.empty())
+				return TextFontSize;
+			return _FontSize.back();
+		}
+
+		// Current link
+		std::vector<std::string>	_Link;
+		inline const char *getLink() const
+		{
+			if (_Link.empty())
+				return "";
+			return _Link.back().c_str();
+		}
+
+		std::vector<std::string>	_LinkTitle;
+		inline const char *getLinkTitle() const
+		{
+			if (_LinkTitle.empty())
+				return "";
+			return _LinkTitle.back().c_str();
+		}
+		std::vector<std::string>		_LinkClass;
+		inline const char *getLinkClass() const
+		{
+			if (_LinkClass.empty())
+				return "";
+			return _LinkClass.back().c_str();
+		}
+		
+		// Divs (i.e. interface group)
+		std::vector<class CInterfaceGroup*>	_Divs;
+		inline CInterfaceGroup *getDiv() const
+		{
+			if (_Divs.empty())
+				return NULL;
+			return _Divs.back();
+		}
+
+		// Tables
+		std::vector<class CGroupTable*>	_Tables;
+		inline CGroupTable *getTable() const
+		{
+			if (_Tables.empty())
+				return NULL;
+			return _Tables.back();
+		}
+
+		// Cells
+		std::vector<class CGroupCell*>	_Cells;
+
+		// TR
+		std::vector<bool>	_TR;
+		inline bool getTR() const
+		{
+			if (_TR.empty())
+				return false;
+			return _TR.back();
+		}
+
+		// Forms
+		class CForm
+		{
+		public:
+
+			class CEntry
+			{
+			public:
+				CEntry ()
+				{
+					TextArea = NULL;
+					Checkbox = NULL;
+					ComboBox = NULL;
+					InitialSelection = 0;
+				}
+
+				// Variable name
+				std::string		Name;
+
+				// Variable value
+				ucstring		Value;
+
+				// Text area group
+				CInterfaceGroup *TextArea;
+
+				// Checkbox
+				CCtrlButton *Checkbox;
+
+				// Combobox group
+				CDBGroupComboBox *ComboBox;
+
+				// select values (for the <select> tag)
+				std::vector<std::string> SelectValues;
+				sint					 InitialSelection; // initial selection for the combo box
+			};
+
+			// The action the form has to perform
+			std::string Action;
+
+			// The text area associated with the form
+			std::vector<CEntry>	Entries;
+		};
+		std::vector<CForm>	_Forms;
+		std::vector<CInterfaceGroup *>	_Groups;
+
+		// Cells parameters
+		class CCellParams
+		{
+		public:
+			CCellParams () : BgColor(0,0,0,0)
+			{
+				Align = CGroupCell::Left;
+				VAlign = CGroupCell::Top;
+				LeftMargin = 0;
+				NoWrap = false;
+			}
+			NLMISC::CRGBA	BgColor;
+			std::string		Style;
+			CGroupCell::TAlign	Align;
+			CGroupCell::TVAlign	VAlign;
+			sint32	LeftMargin;
+			bool	NoWrap;
+		};
+		std::vector<CCellParams>	_CellParams;
+
+		// Indentation
+		uint	_Indent;
+
+		// Current node is a title
+		bool			_Title;
+
+		// Current node must be localized
+		bool			_Localize;
+
+		// Current node is a text area
+		bool			_TextArea;
+		std::string		_TextAreaTemplate;
+		ucstring		_TextAreaContent;
+		std::string		_TextAreaName;
+		uint			_TextAreaRow;
+		uint			_TextAreaCols;
+
+		// current mode is in select option
+		bool			_SelectOption;
+		ucstring		_SelectOptionStr;
+
+		// Current node is a object
+		std::string		_ObjectType;
+		std::string		_ObjectData;
+		std::string		_ObjectMD5Sum;
+		std::string		_ObjectAction;
+		std::string		_TextAreaScript;
+
+		// Get last char
+		ucchar getLastChar() const;
+
+		// Current link view
+		class CViewLink			*_CurrentViewLink;
+		class CViewBitmap		*_CurrentViewImage;
+
+		// Current group table
+		class CGroupCell *_CurrentCell;
+
+		// The main group
+		class CGroupListAdaptor *_GroupListAdaptor;
+
+		// For auto selecting the node in a BrowseTree bound to this HTML web page
+		std::string		_BrowseTree;
+		// select the tree node that has the correct url
+		const std::string &selectTreeNodeRecurs(CGroupTree::SNode *node, const std::string &url);
+		// search if the action / params match the url. look recurs into procedures
+		bool	actionLaunchUrlRecurs(const std::string &ah, const std::string &params, const std::string &url);
+
+		// Browse undo and redo
+		enum	{MaxUrlUndoRedo= 256};
+		std::string		_BrowseUndoButton;
+		std::string		_BrowseRedoButton;
+		std::string		_BrowseRefreshButton;
+		// _BrowseUrl is different from _URL, in that _URL may change in handle()
+		std::string		_AskedUrl;
+		std::deque<std::string>		_BrowseUndo;
+		std::deque<std::string>		_BrowseRedo;
+		void	pushUrlUndoRedo(const std::string &url);
+		void	doBrowse(const char *url);
+		void	updateUndoRedoButtons();
+		void	updateRefreshButton();
+
+		// For Killing request. Associate each CGroupHTML object with a unique ID.
+		uint32				_GroupHtmlUID;
+		static uint32		_GroupHtmlUIDPool;
+		typedef std::map<uint32, NLMISC::CRefPtr<CGroupHTML> >	TGroupHtmlByUIDMap;
+		static TGroupHtmlByUIDMap _GroupHtmlByUID;
+
+	private:
+
+		// decode all HTML entities
+		static ucstring decodeHTMLEntities(const ucstring &str);
+
+		// ImageDownload system
+		enum TDataType {ImgType= 0, BnpType};
+
+		struct CDataDownload
+		{
+			CDataDownload(CURL *c, const std::string &u, FILE *f, TDataType t, CViewBase *i, const std::string &s, const std::string &m) : curl(c), url(u), luaScript(s), md5sum(m), type(t), fp(f)
+			{
+				if (t == ImgType) imgs.push_back(i);
+			}
+
+			CURL *curl;
+			std::string url;
+			std::string luaScript;
+			std::string md5sum;
+			TDataType type;
+			FILE *fp;
+			std::vector<CViewBase *> imgs;
+		};
+
+		std::vector<CDataDownload> Curls;
+		CURLM *MultiCurl;
+		int RunningCurls;
+
+		void initImageDownload();
+		void checkImageDownload();
+		void addImageDownload(const std::string &url, CViewBase *img);
+		std::string localImageName(const std::string &url);
+
+		bool isTrustedDomain(const std::string &domain);
+		void setImage(CViewBase *view, const std::string &file);
+
+		// BnpDownload system
+		void initBnpDownload();
+		void checkBnpDownload();
+		bool addBnpDownload(const std::string &url, const std::string &action, const std::string &script, const std::string &md5sum);
+		std::string localBnpName(const std::string &url);
+
+		void releaseDownloads();
+		void checkDownloads();
+
+	};
+
+	// adapter group that store y offset for inputs inside an html form
+	class CGroupHTMLInputOffset : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+		sint32 Offset;
+		CGroupHTMLInputOffset(const TCtorParam &param);
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_list.h

@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_GROUP_LIST_H
+#define NL_GROUP_LIST_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_frame.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CGroupList : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+		enum EAlign
+		{
+			Bottom = 0,
+			Top,
+			Left,
+			Right
+		};
+
+		///constructor
+		CGroupList(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		// dtor
+		~CGroupList();
+		/**
+		* add a child element to the group at the last position
+		* 'order' of the element is set to the last order + 1
+		* \param child : pointer to the child element
+		*/
+		void addChild (CViewBase* child, bool deleteOnRemove=true);
+
+
+		/** add a child before the element at the given index.
+		  * 'order' of the element is set to 0
+		  * \return true if there was enough room for that child
+		  */
+		bool addChildAtIndex(CViewBase *child, uint index, bool deleteOnRemove = true);
+
+		/**
+		* add a text child element to the group, using the text template
+		* \param line : text to be added
+		* \param color : text color
+		*/
+		void addTextChild (const ucstring& line,const NLMISC::CRGBA &textColor, bool multiLine = true);
+
+		/**
+		* add a text child element to the group, using the text template
+		* \param line : text to be added
+		*/
+		void addTextChild (const ucstring& line, bool multiLine = true);
+
+		/// Same as adding a text child but the text will be taken from the string manager
+		void addTextChildID (uint32 id, bool multiLine = true);
+		// the same, but with id taken from the database
+		void addTextChildID (const std::string &dbPath, bool multiLine = true);
+
+
+		bool delChild (CViewBase* child, bool noWarning=false, bool forceDontDelete = false);
+
+		bool delChild(uint index, bool forceDontDelete = false);
+
+		CViewBase *getChild(uint index) const { return _Elements[index].Element; }
+		int luaGetChild(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		void deleteAllChildren();
+
+		void removeHead();
+
+		// Get the number of children
+		uint getNumChildren() const { return (uint)_Elements.size(); }
+
+		// Get the number of active children
+		uint getNumActiveChildren() const;
+
+		/**
+		* set the template that will be used to add text;
+		* \templ : a CViewText object. Only its font size, color and shadow are required.
+		*/
+		void setTextTemplate(const CViewText& templ);
+
+		/**
+		* set the template that will be used to add text;
+		* \templ : a CViewText object. Only its font size, color and shadow are required.
+		*/
+		CViewText * getTextTemplatePtr()
+		{
+			return &_Templ;
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * parse the element and initalize it
+		 * \paral cur : pointer to the node describing this element
+		 * \param parentGroup : the parent group of this element
+		 * \return true if success
+		 */
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		//virtual uint32 getMemory();
+		/**
+		 * init  or reset the children element coords. Orverloaded from CInterfaceGroup because we begin with the last inserted element here
+		 */
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+
+		virtual void draw();
+
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor& eventDesc);
+
+		virtual void clearViews();
+		virtual void clearControls();
+		virtual void clearGroups();
+
+		void setSpace (sint32 s) { _Space = s; }
+
+		virtual CInterfaceElement* getElement (const std::string &id)
+		{ return CInterfaceGroup::getElement (id); }
+
+		sint32 getNbElement() { return (sint32)_Elements.size(); }
+		sint32 getSpace() { return _Space; }
+
+		void	setDynamicDisplaySize (bool dds) { _DynamicDisplaySize = dds; }
+		bool	getDynamicDisplaySize() { return _DynamicDisplaySize; }
+
+		void	forceSizeW (sint32 newSizeW);
+		void	forceSizeH (sint32 newSizeH);
+
+		void	setMinW(sint32 minW);
+		void	setMinH(sint32 minH);
+		sint32	getMinW() const {return _MinW;}
+		sint32	getMinH() const {return _MinH;}
+
+		// set the rank for the element at the given index (used to reinsert container after they have been turned into popups)
+		void setOrder(uint index, uint order) { _Elements[index].Order = order; }
+		uint getOrder(uint index) const { return _Elements[index].Order; }
+
+		// get element of index or -1 if not found
+		sint32 getElementIndex(CViewBase* child) const;
+		int    luaGetElementIndex(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		// swap 2 entries in the list (and also their orders)
+		void   swapChildren(uint index1, uint index2);
+		int	   luaUpChild(CLuaState &ls);
+		int	   luaDownChild(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		// deleteOnRemove flag
+		void   setDelOnRemove(uint index, bool delOnRemove);
+		bool   getDelOnRemove(uint index) const;
+
+		// children number
+		void			setChildrenNb(sint32 /* val */){}
+		sint32			getChildrenNb() const {return (sint32)_Elements.size();}
+
+		int luaAddChild(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaAddChildAtIndex(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaDetachChild(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaClear(CLuaState &ls); // synonimous for deleteAllChildren
+		int luaAddTextChild(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaAddColoredTextChild(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaDelChild(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupList, CInterfaceGroup)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addTextChild", luaAddTextChild)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addColoredTextChild", luaAddColoredTextChild)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addChild", luaAddChild);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addChildAtIndex", luaAddChildAtIndex);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("detachChild", luaDetachChild);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("clear", luaClear);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("delChild", luaDelChild);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("upChild", luaUpChild);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("downChild", luaDownChild);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getChild", luaGetChild);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getElementIndex", luaGetElementIndex);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("childrenNb", getChildrenNb, setChildrenNb);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+
+	protected:
+
+		//max number of elements
+		sint32	_MaxElements;
+
+		// Where to add next element
+		EAlign	_AddElt;
+
+		// Where to align the newly added element
+		EAlign	_Align;
+
+		// Space between two elements in pixel
+		sint32	_Space;
+
+		// Text template
+		CViewText _Templ;
+
+		// Current id of the view
+		sint32	_IdCounter;
+
+		// Used for context menu to display the same size as the whole content
+		bool _DynamicDisplaySize;
+
+		// Do we have a color under the element pointed by the mouse
+		bool _Over;
+
+		// If over is true so we have a color
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _OverColor;
+
+		// Current elt over the pointer
+		sint32 _OverElt;
+
+		struct CElementInfo
+		{
+			uint				Order; // Used to sort the window by their insertion order.
+									   // This is used to put back a window at the right place if it was turned into a popup.
+			CViewBase			*Element;
+			bool				EltDeleteOnRemove;
+		};
+		friend struct CRemoveViewPred;
+		friend struct CRemoveCtrlPred;
+		friend struct CRemoveGroupPred;
+
+		// The list is forced to be at least this size in updateCoords().
+		sint32		_MinW;
+		sint32		_MinH;
+
+
+		// To conserve elements in the order they have been added
+		// (the element drawn are stored in _views, _contrlos or _childrengroups of cinterfacegroup
+		std::vector<CElementInfo> _Elements;
+
+	private:
+
+		void setHSGroup (CViewBase *child, EAlign addElt, EAlign align);
+		void setHSParent(CViewBase *view, EAlign addElt, EAlign align, uint space);
+
+	};
+
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_GROUP_LIST_H
+
+/* End of group_list.h */
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_menu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_GROUP_MENU_H
+#define RZ_GROUP_MENU_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_modal.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_submenu_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text.h"
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_text_button.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CCtrlScroll;
+	class CViewBitmap;
+	class CGroupList;
+	class CGroupMenu;
+
+
+	/**
+	 * CViewTextMenu is an element of a sub menu
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CViewTextMenu : public CViewText
+	{
+	public:
+
+		CViewTextMenu(const TCtorParam &param) : CViewText(param)
+		{
+			_Grayed = false;
+			_Checked = false;
+			_Checkable = false;
+			_CheckBox = NULL;
+			Over = false;
+		}
+
+		bool getGrayed() const;
+		void setGrayed (bool g);
+		bool getChecked() const { return _Checked; }
+		void setChecked(bool c);
+		bool getCheckable() const { return _Checkable; }
+		void setCheckable(bool c);
+		void setCheckBox(CViewBitmap *checkBox) { _CheckBox = checkBox; }
+		CViewBitmap * getCheckBox() const { return _CheckBox; }
+		bool getFormatted () const { return getMultiLine (); }
+
+		virtual sint32 getAlpha() const;
+		virtual void setAlpha (sint32 a);
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CViewTextMenu, CViewText)
+			REFLECT_BOOL("grayed", getGrayed, setGrayed);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("checked", getChecked, setChecked);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	public:
+
+		bool			Over;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	OldColor;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	OldShadowColor;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	OldColorOver;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	OldShadowColorOver;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	OldColorGrayed;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	OldShadowColorGrayed;
+
+	private:
+		CViewBitmap *_CheckBox;
+		bool		_Grayed;
+		bool		_Checked;
+		bool		_Checkable;
+	};
+
+	/**
+	 * CGroupSubMenu describe an element of a contextual menu (contains text lines and sub menu)
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+
+	class CGroupSubMenu : public CGroupSubMenuBase
+	{
+	public:
+
+		CGroupSubMenu(const TCtorParam &param);
+		virtual ~CGroupSubMenu();
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parent=NULL);
+
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+
+		virtual void updateCoords ();
+
+		virtual void draw ();
+
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &eventDesc);
+
+		virtual CInterfaceElement* getElement (const std::string &id);
+
+		// retrieve the index of a line from its id (-1 if not found)
+		sint getLineFromId(const std::string &id);
+
+		CViewTextMenu* addLine (const ucstring &name, const std::string &ah,
+								const std::string &params, const std::string &id="",
+								const std::string &cond = std::string(), const std::string &texture="",
+								bool checkable = false, bool checked = false, bool formatted = false
+							   );
+		CViewTextMenu* addLineAtIndex(uint index, const ucstring &name, const std::string &ah,
+									  const std::string &params, const std::string &id="",
+									  const std::string &cond = std::string(), const std::string &texture="",
+									  bool checkable = false, bool checked = false, bool formatted = false
+									 );
+		void addSeparator(const std::string &id = "");
+		void addSeparatorAtIndex(uint index, const std::string &id = "");
+
+
+		uint	getNumLine() const { return (uint)_Lines.size(); }
+		void	removeLine(uint index);
+		const std::string getActionHandler(uint lineIndex) const;
+		const std::string getActionHandlerParam(uint lineIndex) const;
+
+		void	openSubMenu (sint32 nb);
+
+		void	hideSubMenus ();
+
+		// reset all entries of the sub menu
+		void	reset();
+
+		virtual void setActive (bool state);
+
+		// Tell if the line is a separator or not
+		bool isSeparator (uint i) const;
+
+		/** Set a user defined group at the given line
+		  * 'ownership' tells whether this menu should remove the group when it is deleted
+		  * Setting a user group on a line with a separator is illegal
+		  */
+		void			 setUserGroupRight(uint line, CInterfaceGroup *group, bool ownership);
+		CInterfaceGroup *getUserGroupRight(uint line) const;
+		//
+		void			 setUserGroupLeft(uint line, CInterfaceGroup *group, bool ownership);
+		CInterfaceGroup *getUserGroupLeft(uint line) const;
+
+		void removeAllUserGroups();
+
+		uint getNumLines() const { return (uint)_Lines.size(); }
+
+		// return pointer to submenu or NULL if there's none
+		CGroupSubMenu *getSubMenu(uint index) const;
+		void setSubMenu(uint index, CGroupSubMenu *sub);
+
+		// if a menu isn't selectable, can't click on it, and there's no selection when the mouse is over it (but can click on its widgets, such as a usergroup)
+		void setSelectable(uint lineIndex, bool selectable);
+		bool getSelectable(uint lineIndex) const;
+
+		// Gray a line.
+		void setGrayedLine(uint line,  bool g);
+
+		// Hide a line.
+		void setHiddenLine(uint line,  bool h);
+
+		// Max Visible Line (-1 == no limit)
+		void setMaxVisibleLine(sint32 mvl);
+		sint32 getMaxVisibleLine() { return _MaxVisibleLine; }
+
+		// Get the Line Id (not the full Id)
+		const std::string &getLineId(uint index);
+
+		int luaGetNumLine(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetSubMenu(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaAddSubMenu(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetLineId(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetLineFromId(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaIsSeparator(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaAddLine(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaAddLineAtIndex(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaAddSeparator(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaAddSeparatorAtIndex(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaRemoveLine(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetUserGroupRight(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetUserGroupRight(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetUserGroupLeft(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetUserGroupLeft(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaReset(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetMaxVisibleLine(CLuaState &ls);
+		//
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupSubMenu, CGroupSubMenuBase)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getNumLine", luaGetNumLine);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getLineId", luaGetLineId); // return the id of a line from its index
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getLineFromId", luaGetLineFromId); // return -1 if line with id is not found
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getSubMenu", luaGetSubMenu);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addSubMenu", luaAddSubMenu);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("isSeparator", luaIsSeparator);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addLine", luaAddLine); // name, ah, ah_params, id
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addLineAtIndex", luaAddLineAtIndex); // index, name, ah, ah_params, id
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addSeparator", luaAddSeparator);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addSeparatorAtIndex", luaAddSeparatorAtIndex);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("removeLine", luaRemoveLine);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("reset", luaReset);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setUserGroupRight", luaSetUserGroupRight); // line, group ptr
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getUserGroupRight", luaGetUserGroupRight); // line
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setUserGroupLeft", luaSetUserGroupLeft); // line, group ptr
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getUserGroupLeft", luaGetUserGroupLeft);// line
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setMaxVisibleLine", luaSetMaxVisibleLine);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected:
+
+		struct SSubMenuEntry
+		{
+			CViewTextMenu	*ViewText; // Backup of the children that are in grouplist
+			CInterfaceGroup *Separator;
+			std::string		AHName;
+			std::string		AHParams;
+			std::string		Id;
+			std::string     Cond;      // condition to know if the entry is grayed
+			CViewBitmap     *CheckBox;
+			CViewBitmap     *RightArrow;
+			CInterfaceGroup *UserGroupRight; // not for separator, inserted before checkbox & submenu arrow
+			CInterfaceGroup *UserGroupLeft;
+			bool			 UserGroupRightOwnership;
+			bool			 UserGroupLeftOwnership;
+			bool			 Selectable;
+			sint32			HReal;		// max H of the view text and the other user group
+			sint32			TextDY;		// Y of the view text to set
+			SSubMenuEntry()
+			{
+				ViewText = NULL;
+				Separator = NULL;
+				CheckBox = NULL;
+				RightArrow = NULL;
+				UserGroupRight = NULL;
+				UserGroupLeft = NULL;
+				UserGroupRightOwnership = false;
+				Selectable = true;
+				HReal= 0;
+				TextDY= 0;
+			}
+		};
+
+	protected:
+
+		CGroupList						*_GroupList;
+		CCtrlScroll						*_ScrollBar;
+		CViewBitmap						*_SelectionView;
+		std::vector<SSubMenuEntry>		_Lines;
+		std::vector<CGroupSubMenu*>		_SubMenus;
+
+		CGroupMenu						*_GroupMenu; // Master parent
+		sint32							_Selected;
+
+		sint32							_MaxVisibleLine; // -1 == no limit
+
+		friend class CGroupMenu;
+	private:
+		/** Clone this menu, and set its new father
+		  * If appendToMenu is NULL, the menu is just copied
+		  * otherwise, no copy is made, but this menu entries are appended to the already created 'appendMenu' menu.
+		  * NB : user groups are not duplicated
+		  */
+		CGroupSubMenu *cloneMenu(CGroupSubMenu *appendToMenu, CGroupMenu *newFather, CInterfaceGroup *initGroup = NULL) const;
+		void           initOptions(CInterfaceGroup *parent);
+		CViewBitmap	   *createCheckBox(bool checked);
+		CViewBitmap	   *createRightArrow(CInterfaceElement *parentPos, bool center);
+	};
+
+	/**
+	 * class describing a menu composed of one or more CGroupListSubMenu
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CGroupMenu : public CGroupModal
+	{
+
+	public:
+
+		CGroupMenu(const TCtorParam &param);
+		virtual ~CGroupMenu();
+
+		TCaseMode getCaseMode() { return _CaseMode; }
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+
+		virtual void draw ();
+
+		void recurseDraw(CGroupSubMenu *pSubMenu);
+
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &eventDesc);
+
+		virtual CInterfaceElement* getElement (const std::string &id);
+
+		virtual void setActive (bool state);
+
+		virtual bool isWindowUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y);
+
+		// add line with a string, for backward compatibility
+		void addLine (const std::string &name, const std::string &ah, const std::string &params,
+					  const std::string &id = std::string(),
+					  const std::string &cond = std::string(), const std::string &texture="",
+					  bool checkable = false, bool checked = false);
+		uint getNumLine() const;
+		void deleteLine(uint index);
+		const std::string getActionHandler(uint lineIndex) const;
+		const std::string getActionHandlerParam(uint lineIndex) const;
+
+
+		void addLine (const ucstring &name, const std::string &ah = "", const std::string &params = "",
+					  const std::string &id = std::string(),
+					  const std::string &cond = std::string(), const std::string &texture="",
+					  bool checkable = false, bool checked = false
+					 );
+		void addLineAtIndex (uint index, const ucstring &name, const std::string &ah = "", const std::string &params = "",
+							 const std::string &id = std::string(),
+							 const std::string &cond = std::string(), const std::string &texture="",
+							 bool checkable = false, bool checked = false
+							);
+		void setUserGroupRight(uint line, CInterfaceGroup *gr, bool ownerShip = true);
+		void setUserGroupLeft(uint line, CInterfaceGroup *gr, bool ownerShip = true);
+
+		// clear all sub menus
+		void reset ();
+
+		// set the minW of the RootMenu.
+		void	setMinW(sint32 minW);
+
+		// Gray a line on the RootMenu
+		void	setGrayedLine(uint line, bool g);
+
+		CGroupSubMenu	*getRootMenu() const { return _RootMenu; }
+
+		// Max Visible Line (-1 == no limit)
+		void setMaxVisibleLine(sint32 mvl) { _RootMenu->setMaxVisibleLine(mvl); }
+		sint32 getMaxVisibleLine() { return _RootMenu->getMaxVisibleLine(); }
+
+		// special for menu launched from a modal....
+		bool	getCloseSubMenuUsingPopModal() const {return _CloseSubMenuUsingPopModal;}
+		void	setCloseSubMenuUsingPopModal(bool state) {_CloseSubMenuUsingPopModal= state;}
+
+		int luaGetRootMenu(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetMinW(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupMenu, CGroupModal)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getRootMenu", luaGetRootMenu);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setMinW", luaSetMinW);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected:
+		TCaseMode		 _CaseMode;
+
+		CGroupSubMenu	*_RootMenu;
+
+		// Text lookup
+		NLMISC::CRGBA			_Color;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA			_ShadowColor;
+
+		bool					_CloseSubMenuUsingPopModal;
+		bool					_Shadow;
+		bool					_Formatted;
+		uint8					_Space;
+		sint32					_FontSize;
+
+		NLMISC::CRGBA			_ColorOver;			// Color of the text when the mouse is over it
+		NLMISC::CRGBA			_ShadowColorOver;	// Color of the shadow when the mouse is over it
+		NLMISC::CRGBA			_HighLightOver;		// Background color of the selection
+
+		NLMISC::CRGBA			_ColorGrayed;		// Color of the text when it is unusable
+		NLMISC::CRGBA			_ShadowColorGrayed;	// Color of the shadow when it is unusable
+
+		friend class CGroupSubMenu;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // RZ_GROUP_MENU_H
+
+/* End of group_menu.h */
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_modal.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_GROUP_MODAL_H
+#define NL_GROUP_MODAL_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_frame.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * A group with special modal options
+	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CGroupModal : public CGroupFrame
+	{
+	public:
+		bool		SpawnOnMousePos		: 1;
+		bool		ExitClickOut		: 1;
+		bool		ExitClickL			: 1;
+		bool		ExitClickR			: 1;
+		bool		ForceInsideScreen	: 1;
+		bool		ExitKeyPushed		: 1;
+		sint32		SpawnMouseX, SpawnMouseY;
+		std::string Category;
+
+		std::string OnClickOut;				// Launched when clicking out of the window, and BEFORE a new control has been cpatured
+		std::string OnClickOutParams;
+		std::string OnPostClickOut;			// Launched when clicking out of the window, and AFTER a new control has been captured
+		std::string OnPostClickOutParams;
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CGroupModal(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+		virtual void updateCoords ();
+		void setBaseX(sint32 x) { _MouseDeltaX = x;}
+		void setBaseY(sint32 y) { _MouseDeltaY = y;}
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupModal, CGroupFrame)
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	// ******************
+	protected:
+		sint32		_MouseDeltaX, _MouseDeltaY;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_GROUP_MODAL_H
+
+/* End of group_modal.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_paragraph.h

@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_GROUP_PARAGRAPH_H
+#define NL_GROUP_PARAGRAPH_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_frame.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_link.h"
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_button.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CCtrlLink : public CCtrlButton
+	{
+	public:
+		CCtrlLink (const TCtorParam &param) : CCtrlButton(param)
+		{}
+	};
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CGroupParagraph : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+		enum EAlign
+		{
+			Bottom = 0,
+			Top,
+			Left,
+			Right
+		};
+
+		///constructor
+		CGroupParagraph(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		// dtor
+		~CGroupParagraph();
+
+		/**
+		* add a child element to the group at the last position
+		* 'order' of the element is set to the last order + 1
+		* \param child : pointer to the child element
+		*/
+		void addChild (CViewBase* child, bool deleteOnRemove=true);
+
+		/**
+		* add a link element to the group at the last position
+		* \param child : pointer to the child element
+		*/
+		void addChildLink (CViewLink* child, bool deleteOnRemove=true);
+
+		/** add a child before the element at the given index.
+		  * 'order' of the element is set to 0
+		  * \return true if there was enough room for that child
+		  */
+		bool addChildAtIndex(CViewBase *child, uint index, bool deleteOnRemove = true);
+
+		/**
+		* add a text child element to the group, using the text template
+		* \param line : text to be added
+		* \param color : text color
+		*/
+		void addTextChild (const ucstring& line,const NLMISC::CRGBA &textColor, bool multiLine = true);
+
+		/**
+		* add a text child element to the group, using the text template
+		* \param line : text to be added
+		*/
+		void addTextChild (const ucstring& line, bool multiLine = true);
+
+		/// Same as adding a text child but the text will be taken from the string manager
+		void addTextChildID (uint32 id, bool multiLine = true);
+		// the same, but with id taken from the database
+		void addTextChildID (const std::string &dbPath, bool multiLine = true);
+
+	protected:
+
+		void delChild (CViewBase* child);
+
+		void delChild(uint index);
+
+	public:
+
+		CViewBase *getChild(uint index) const { return _Elements[index].Element; }
+
+		void deleteAllChildren();
+
+		// void removeHead();
+
+		// Get the number of children
+		uint getNumChildren() const { return (uint)_Elements.size(); }
+
+		// Get the number of active children
+		uint getNumActiveChildren() const;
+
+		/**
+		* set the template that will be used to add text;
+		* \templ : a CViewText object. Only its font size, color and shadow are required.
+		*/
+		void setTextTemplate(const CViewText& templ);
+
+		/**
+		* set the template that will be used to add text;
+		* \templ : a CViewText object. Only its font size, color and shadow are required.
+		*/
+		CViewText * getTextTemplatePtr()
+		{
+			return &_Templ;
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * parse the element and initalize it
+		 * \paral cur : pointer to the node describing this element
+		 * \param parentGroup : the parent group of this element
+		 * \return true if success
+		 */
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		//virtual uint32 getMemory();
+		/**
+		 * init  or reset the children element coords. Orverloaded from CInterfaceGroup because we begin with the last inserted element here
+		 */
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+
+		virtual void draw();
+
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor& eventDesc);
+
+		virtual void clearViews();
+		virtual void clearControls();
+		virtual void clearGroups();
+
+		void setSpace (sint32 s) { _Space = s; }
+
+		virtual CInterfaceElement* getElement (const std::string &id)
+		{ return CInterfaceGroup::getElement (id); }
+
+		sint32 getNbElement() { return (sint32)_Elements.size(); }
+		sint32 getSpace() { return _Space; }
+
+		void	forceSizeW (sint32 newSizeW);
+		void	forceSizeH (sint32 newSizeH);
+
+		void	setMinW(sint32 minW);
+		void	setMinH(sint32 minH);
+		sint32	getMinW() const {return _MinW;}
+		sint32	getMinH() const {return _MinH;}
+
+		// set the rank for the element at the given index (used to reinsert container after they have been turned into popups)
+		void setOrder(uint index, uint order) { _Elements[index].Order = order; }
+		uint getOrder(uint index) const { return _Elements[index].Order; }
+
+		// get element of index or -1 if not found
+		sint32 getElementIndex(CViewBase* child) const;
+
+		// swap 2 entries in the list (and also their orders)
+		// void   swapChildren(uint index1, uint index2);
+
+		// deleteOnRemove flag
+		void   setDelOnRemove(uint index, bool delOnRemove);
+		bool   getDelOnRemove(uint index) const;
+
+		void	setTopSpace(uint topSpace)
+		{
+			_TopSpace = topSpace;
+			setResizeFromChildHMargin(topSpace);
+			invalidateContent();
+		};
+
+		uint	getTopSpace()
+		{
+			return _TopSpace;
+		};
+
+		void	setIndent(uint indent) { _Indent = indent; }
+
+		void	setFirstViewIndent(sint indent)
+		{
+			_FirstViewIndentView = indent;
+			invalidateContent();
+		}
+
+		// Set the HTML group used for links
+		void	setBrowseGroup (CInterfaceElement	*group)
+		{
+			_BrowseGroup = group;
+		}
+
+		/// \from CInterfaceElement
+		void onInvalidateContent();
+		sint32	getMaxUsedW() const;
+		sint32	getMinUsedW() const;
+
+	protected:
+
+		// Content validated
+		bool	_ContentValidated;
+
+		// Where to add next element
+		EAlign	_AddElt;
+
+		// Where to align the newly added element
+		EAlign	_Align;
+
+		// Space between two elements in pixel
+		sint32	_Space;
+
+		// Text template
+		CViewText _Templ;
+
+		// Current id of the view
+		sint32	_IdCounter;
+
+		// Do we have a color under the element pointed by the mouse
+		bool _Over;
+
+		// If over is true so we have a color
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _OverColor;
+
+		// Current elt over the pointer
+		sint32 _OverElt;
+
+		struct CElementInfo
+		{
+			uint				Order; // Used to sort the window by their insertion order.
+									   // This is used to put back a window at the right place if it was turned into a popup.
+			CViewBase			*Element;
+			bool				EltDeleteOnRemove;
+		};
+		friend struct CRemoveViewPred;
+		friend struct CRemoveCtrlPred;
+		friend struct CRemoveGroupPred;
+
+		// The list is forced to be at least this size in updateCoords().
+		sint32		_MinW;
+		sint32		_MinH;
+
+
+		// To conserve elements in the order they have been added
+		// (the element drawn are stored in _views, _contrlos or _childrengroups of cinterfacegroup
+		std::vector<CElementInfo> _Elements;
+
+		// Last parent width
+		sint32		_LastW;
+
+		// Top space
+		uint		_TopSpace;
+
+		// Indent
+		uint		_Indent;	// Left margin
+		sint		_FirstViewIndentView;	// Additionnal left margin for the first view
+
+		// A link structure
+		class CLink
+		{
+		public:
+
+			CLink(CViewLink *link);
+
+			// The link view
+			CViewLink		*Link;
+
+			// The three control button
+			CCtrlLink		*CtrlLink[3];
+		};
+
+		// The links
+		std::vector<CLink>	_Links;
+
+		// The HTML group used
+		CInterfaceElement	*_BrowseGroup;
+
+	private:
+
+		// void setHSGroup (CViewBase *child, EAlign addElt, EAlign align);
+		// void setHSParent(CViewBase *view, EAlign addElt, EAlign align, uint space);
+
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_GROUP_PARAGRAPH_H
+
+/* End of group_paragraph.h */
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_scrolltext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+
+#ifndef CL_GROUP_SCROLLTEXT_H
+#define CL_GROUP_SCROLLTEXT_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CCtrlBaseButton;
+	class CCtrlScroll;
+	class CGroupList;
+
+	// Can be used to build a chat window or anything that displays sequences of strings
+	/**
+	 * Widget to have a resizable scrolltext and its scrollbar
+	 * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CGroupScrollText : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+		/// Constructor
+		CGroupScrollText(const TCtorParam &param);
+		~CGroupScrollText();
+
+		/// CInterfaceGroup Interface
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+		virtual void updateCoords ();
+		virtual void checkCoords ();
+		virtual void draw ();
+		virtual void clearViews ();
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &eventDesc);
+
+		// get the list associated to this group
+		CGroupList	*getList() const { return _List; }
+
+		// Get the scroll bar
+		CCtrlScroll	 *getScrollBar() const { return	_ScrollBar; }
+
+		// from CCtrlBase
+		virtual	void		elementCaptured(CCtrlBase *capturedElement);
+
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupScrollText, CInterfaceGroup)
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	private:
+		CGroupList        *_List;
+		CCtrlScroll	      *_ScrollBar;
+		CCtrlBaseButton		  *_ButtonAdd;
+		CCtrlBaseButton		  *_ButtonSub;
+		bool            _Settuped;
+		bool			_InvertScrollBar;
+		sint32          _ListHeight;
+	protected:
+		void    setup();
+		void    updateScrollBar();
+	public:
+		// private use for action handlers
+		sint32			_StartHeight;
+		sint64          _EllapsedTime;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_submenu_base.h

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef GROUP_SUBMENU_BASE
+#define GROUP_SUBMENU_BASE
+
+#include "nel/gui/group_frame.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CGroupSubMenuBase : public CGroupFrame
+	{
+	public:
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS( CGroupSubMenuBase )
+
+		CGroupSubMenuBase( const TCtorParam &param );
+		~CGroupSubMenuBase();
+
+		virtual void openSubMenu( sint32 nb );
+		virtual void hideSubMenus();
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START( CGroupSubMenuBase, CGroupFrame )
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	protected:
+
+	private:
+
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_tab.h

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_GROUP_TAB_H
+#define NL_GROUP_TAB_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_text_button.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CCtrlTabButton;
+
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * Group handling Ctrl Tab, to easily simulate Tab ctrl.
+	 *	NB: controlled groups doesn't have to be child of the GroupTab, they are searched in order:
+	 *		- in this group
+	 *		- in the parent group
+	 *		- in global
+	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2003
+	 */
+	class CGroupTab : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CGroupTab(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+		virtual void updateCoords ();
+
+		// select the ctrl tab. -1 will invalidate all.
+		void	select(sint index);
+		sint	getSelection() const;
+
+		// select with a CCtrlTabButton ptr
+		void	selectFromCtrl(CCtrlTabButton *button);
+
+		// select a default activated tab, if the current is a special ctrlTab
+		void	selectDefault(CCtrlTabButton *ifSelectionIs);
+
+		// select a default activated tab, if the current is hid
+		void	selectDefaultIfCurrentHid();
+
+		// add new tab
+		void	addTab(CCtrlTabButton *tabB);
+		void	addTab(CCtrlTabButton *tabB, sint index);
+		int		luaAddTab(CLuaState &ls);
+		int		luaAddTabWithOrder(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		// remove selected tab
+		void	removeTab(sint index);
+		int		luaRemoveTab(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		// remove all tabs
+		void	removeAll();
+		int		luaRemoveAll(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		// tab number
+		void			setTabButtonNb(sint32 /* val */){}
+		sint32			getTabButtonNb() const {return (sint32)_Buttons.size();}
+
+		// selection index
+		void			setIndexSelection(sint32 val){select((sint)val);}
+		sint32			getIndexSelection() const {return (sint32)_NextSelection;}
+
+		// selection index
+		void			setAssociatedGroupSelection(const std::string & /* assG */){}
+		std::string		getAssociatedGroupSelection() const;
+
+		// get group from index
+		CInterfaceGroup*	getGroup(sint index);
+		int					luaGetGroup(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		// get tab from index
+		CCtrlTabButton*	getTabButton(sint index);
+		int					luaGetTabButton(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		// first showed tab button
+		sint32			getFirstTabButton() const {return (sint32)_FirstTabIndex;}
+
+		// last showed tab button
+		sint32			getLastTabButton() const {return (sint32)_LastTabIndex;}
+
+		// update showed tab buttons on function of GroupTab width
+		void				updateFirstTabButton();
+		int					luaShowTabButton(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		void dummySet(sint32 /* value */){}
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupTab, CInterfaceGroup)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addTab", luaAddTab)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addTabWithOrder", luaAddTabWithOrder)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("removeTab", luaRemoveTab)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("removeAll", luaRemoveAll)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getGroup", luaGetGroup)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getTabButton", luaGetTabButton)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("showTabButton", luaShowTabButton)
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("tabButtonNb", getTabButtonNb, setTabButtonNb)
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("selection", getIndexSelection, setIndexSelection)
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("firstTabButton", getFirstTabButton, dummySet)
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("lastTabButton", getLastTabButton, dummySet)
+			REFLECT_STRING ("associatedGroupSelection", getAssociatedGroupSelection, setAssociatedGroupSelection)
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	private:
+
+		std::vector<CCtrlTabButton*>	_Buttons;	// can't be NULL.
+		std::vector<CInterfaceGroup*>	_Groups;	// may be NULL
+		sint							_Selection;
+		sint							_NextSelection;
+		sint							_BaseRenderLayer;
+		bool							_Setuped;
+		bool							_HideOutTabs;
+		sint							_FirstTabIndex;
+		sint							_LastTabIndex;
+
+		std::string						_AHOnChange;
+		std::string						_ParamsOnChange;
+
+		void		setup();
+	};
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 *	Used with CGroupTab
+	 */
+	class CCtrlTabButton : public CCtrlTextButton
+	{
+	public:
+
+		CCtrlTabButton(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+
+		virtual void setActive(bool state);
+
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event);
+
+		void setBlink (bool b);
+
+		std::string		_AssociatedGroup;
+		IActionHandler *_AHOnLeftClick2;
+
+	private:
+
+		sint32			_DefaultX;
+		bool			_Blinking;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_TextColorNormalBlink;
+		bool			_TextModulateGlobalColorNormalBlink;
+		sint64			_BlinkDate;
+		bool			_BlinkState;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_GROUP_TAB_H
+
+/* End of group_tab.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_table.h

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_GROUP_TABLE_H
+#define NL_GROUP_TABLE_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_frame.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text.h"
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_button.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/**
+	  * This group is used to simulate HTML cells.
+	  * They have specific parameters to be aligned like HTML cells.
+	  * (Percent of the table size
+	  */
+	class CGroupCell: public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+		friend class CGroupTable;
+	public:
+		CGroupCell(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		enum TAlign
+		{
+			Left,
+			Center,
+			Right
+		};
+
+		enum TVAlign
+		{
+			Top,
+			Middle,
+			Bottom
+		};
+
+		/// \from CInterfaceElement
+		virtual void draw();
+		virtual sint32 getMaxUsedW() const;
+		virtual sint32 getMinUsedW() const;
+
+		// to be called by CGroupTable
+		bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup, uint columnIndex, uint rowIndex);
+
+		// If the cell is a new line. This is the first <td> after a <tr>
+		bool	NewLine;
+		bool    IgnoreMaxWidth;
+		bool    IgnoreMinWidth;
+		bool	AddChildW;
+
+		// The table width cell ratio. This is the <td width="50%"> parameter
+		float	TableRatio;
+
+		// The Width you want in pixel. This is the <td width="100"> parameter
+		sint32	WidthWanted;
+
+
+		// The min height of the cell
+		sint32	Height;
+
+		// Memorize max width
+		sint32	WidthMax;
+
+		// The cell color
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	BgColor;
+
+		// Texture
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId	_TextureId;	/// Accelerator
+		bool _UserTexture;
+		bool _TextureTiled;
+		bool _TextureScaled;
+
+		// Alignment
+		TAlign	Align;
+		TVAlign	VAlign;
+		sint32	LeftMargin;
+
+		// The cell group
+		CInterfaceGroup	*Group;
+
+		// The cell is nowrap
+		bool	NoWrap;
+
+		void setTexture(const std::string & TxName);
+		void setTextureTile(bool tiled);
+		void setTextureScale(bool scaled);
+
+		static void setDebugUICell( bool d ){ DebugUICell = d; }
+		static bool getDebugUICell(){ return DebugUICell; }
+
+	private:
+		void setEnclosedGroupDefaultParams();
+		static bool DebugUICell;
+	};
+
+	/**
+	  * This group is used to simulate HTML table. Support "percent of the parent width" sizeRef mode.
+	  */
+	class CGroupTable : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
+
+		///constructor
+		CGroupTable(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		// dtor
+		~CGroupTable();
+
+		// Add a cell in the table
+		void addChild (CGroupCell* child);
+
+		// The ratio you want [0 ~1]. This is the <table width="50%"> parameter
+		float	TableRatio;
+
+		// The Width you want in pixel. This is the <table width="100"> parameter
+		sint32	ForceWidthMin;
+
+		// Table borders
+		sint32	Border;
+		sint32	CellPadding;
+		sint32	CellSpacing;
+
+		// The table color
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	BgColor;
+		uint8	CurrentAlpha;
+
+		bool    ContinuousUpdate;
+
+	protected:
+
+		/// \from CInterfaceElement
+		void onInvalidateContent();
+		sint32	getMaxUsedW() const;
+		sint32	getMinUsedW() const;
+		void draw ();
+
+		/**
+		 * init  or reset the children element coords. Orverloaded from CInterfaceGroup because we begin with the last inserted element here
+		 */
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+
+		// Content validated
+		bool	_ContentValidated;
+
+		// Last parent width
+		sint32		_LastParentW;
+
+		// Children
+		std::vector<CGroupCell *>	_Cells;
+
+		// Table column
+		class CColumn
+		{
+		public:
+			CColumn()
+			{
+				Width = 0;
+				WidthMax = 0;
+				WidthWanted = 0;
+				TableRatio = 0;
+				Height = 0;
+			}
+			sint32	Width;
+			sint32	Height;
+			sint32	WidthWanted;
+			sint32	WidthMax;
+			float	TableRatio;
+		};
+
+		// Table row
+		class CRow
+		{
+		public:
+			CRow()
+			{
+				Height = 0;
+			}
+			sint32	Height;
+		};
+
+		// Column table
+		std::vector<CColumn>	_Columns;
+
+		// Column table
+		std::vector<CRow>		_Rows;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_GROUP_TABLE_H
+
+/* End of group_table.h */
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_tree.h

@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_GROUP_TREE_H
+#define NL_GROUP_TREE_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_frame.h"
+#include "nel/misc/smart_ptr.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CViewText;
+	class CViewBitmap;
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CGroupTree : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+
+	public:
+
+		struct SNode;
+		// optional callback that is called when a node has been added
+		struct INodeAddedCallback
+		{
+			/** A node has just been added in the CGroupTree object
+			  *  \param node The logic node from which the ui node was built
+			  *  \param interfaceElement The ui node that was built
+			  */
+			virtual void nodeAdded(SNode *node, CInterfaceElement *interfaceElement) = 0;
+		};
+
+		// Logic structure to initialize the group tree (root node is not displayed and is always opened)
+		struct SNode : public CReflectableRefPtrTarget
+		{
+			typedef NLMISC::CRefPtr<SNode> TRefPtr;
+			// Common
+			std::string			Id;				// If not present auto-generated
+			bool				Opened;
+			bool				DisplayText;	// If false instanciate a template
+			bool				Show;			// If false, the node is not displayed (true default, Root ignored)
+			sint32				YDecal;
+			// Text
+			ucstring			Text;			// Internationalized displayed text
+			sint32				FontSize;		// If -1 (default), then take the groupTree one
+			NLMISC::CRGBA		Color;
+			// Template
+			NLMISC::CSmartPtr<CInterfaceGroup>	Template;
+			// Actions Handlers (for left button)
+			std::string			AHName;
+			std::string			AHCond;
+			std::string			AHParams;
+			// Actions Handlers (for right button)
+			std::string			AHNameRight;
+			std::string			AHParamsRight;
+			// Actions Handlers (close/open node)
+			std::string			AHNameClose;
+			std::string			AHParamsClose;
+			// bitmap at this level of hierarchy
+			std::string			Bitmap; // additionnal bitmap
+			// Hierarchy
+			std::vector<SNode*> Children;
+			SNode				*Father;
+			// updated at display
+			SNode				*LastVisibleSon; // filled at build time, meaningfull only if son is shown and opened, undefined otherwise
+			// Node added callback
+			INodeAddedCallback  *NodeAddedCallback;
+			//
+			CGroupTree			*ParentTree;
+			// ----------------------------
+			SNode();
+			~SNode();
+			void updateLastVisibleSon();
+			void detachChild(SNode *pNode);
+			void deleteChild(SNode *pNode);
+			void addChild (SNode *pNode);
+			bool isChild(SNode *pNode) const;
+			void addChildFront (SNode *pNode);
+			void addChildAtIndex (SNode *pNode, sint index);
+			void addChildSorted(SNode *pNode);
+			void addChildSortedByBitmap(SNode *pNode);
+			void setParentTree(CGroupTree *parent);
+			void setFather(SNode *father);
+			void closeAll();
+			void makeOrphan();
+			bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CGroupTree *parentGroup);
+			uint getNumBitmap() const { return Bitmap.empty() ? 0 : 1; }
+			SNode *getNodeFromId(const std::string &id);
+
+			// accessors
+			void setBitmap(const std::string &bitmap) { Bitmap = bitmap; }
+			std::string getBitmap() const { return Bitmap; }
+			void setOpened(bool opened) { Opened = opened; }
+			bool getOpened() const { return Opened; }
+			void setText(const ucstring &text) { Text = text; }
+			const ucstring& getText() const { return Text; }
+			sint32 getFontSize() const { return FontSize; }
+			void setFontSize(sint32 value) { FontSize = value; }
+			sint32 getYDecal() const { return YDecal; }
+			void setYDecal(sint32 value) { YDecal = value; }
+
+
+			std::string			getId() const { return Id; }
+			void				setId(const std::string &value) { Id = value; }
+			bool				getShow() const { return Show; }
+			void				setShow(bool value) { Show = value; }
+			std::string			getAHName() const { return AHName; }
+			void				setAHName(const std::string &value) { AHName = value; }
+			std::string			getAHCond() const { return AHCond; }
+			void				setAHCond(const std::string &value) { AHCond = value; }
+			std::string			getAHParams() const { return AHParams; }
+			void				setAHParams(const std::string &value) { AHParams = value; }
+			std::string			getAHNameRight() const { return AHNameRight; }
+			void				setAHNameRight(const std::string &value) { AHNameRight = value; }
+			std::string			getAHParamsRight() const { return AHParamsRight; }
+			void				setAHParamsRight(const std::string &value) { AHParamsRight = value; }
+			std::string			getAHNameClose() const { return AHNameClose; }
+			void				setAHNameClose(const std::string &value) { AHNameClose = value; }
+			std::string			getAHParamsClose() const { return AHParamsClose; }
+			void				setAHParamsClose(const std::string &value) { AHParamsClose = value; }
+			NLMISC::CRGBA		getColor() const { return Color; }
+			void				setColor(NLMISC::CRGBA color) { Color = color; }
+			// sort branch & sons alphabetically
+			void				sort();
+			// sort branch & sons alphabetically & by bitmap name (blank bitmap being the first)
+			void				sortByBitmap();
+
+			// lua bindings
+			int luaGetNumChildren(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaGetChild(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaDetachChild(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaDeleteChild(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaAddChild(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaAddChildSorted(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaAddChildSortedByBitmap(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaIsChild(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaAddChildFront (CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaAddChildAtIndex (CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaCloseAll(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaGetFather(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaSort(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaSortByBitmap(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaGetNodeFromId(CLuaState &ls);
+			int luaGetParentTree(CLuaState &ls);
+
+			// get node from first parameter on lua stack and throw necessary exception if not present
+			static SNode *luaGetNodeOnStack(CLuaState &ls, const char *funcName);
+
+			REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupTree::SNode, CReflectable)
+				REFLECT_STRING("Id", getId, setId);
+				REFLECT_STRING("Bitmap", getBitmap, setBitmap);
+				REFLECT_SINT32("FontSize", getFontSize, setFontSize);
+				REFLECT_SINT32("YDecal", getYDecal, setYDecal);
+				REFLECT_STRING("AHName", getAHName, setAHName);
+				REFLECT_STRING("AHCond", getAHCond, setAHCond);
+				REFLECT_RGBA("Color", getColor, setColor);
+				REFLECT_STRING("AHParams", getAHParams, setAHParams);
+				REFLECT_STRING("AHNameRight", getAHNameRight, setAHNameRight);
+				REFLECT_STRING("AHParamsRight", getAHParamsRight, setAHParamsRight);
+				REFLECT_STRING("AHNameClose", getAHNameClose, setAHNameClose);
+				REFLECT_STRING("AHParamsClose", getAHParamsClose, setAHParamsClose);
+				REFLECT_BOOL("Opened", getOpened, setOpened);
+				REFLECT_BOOL("Show", getShow, setShow);
+				REFLECT_UCSTRING("Text", getText, setText);
+				// lua
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getNumChildren", luaGetNumChildren);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getChild", luaGetChild);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("detachChild", luaDetachChild);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("deleteChild", luaDeleteChild);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addChild", luaAddChild);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addChildSorted", luaAddChildSorted);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addChildSortedByBitmap", luaAddChildSortedByBitmap);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addChildFront", luaAddChildFront);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addChildAtIndex", luaAddChildAtIndex);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("isChild", luaIsChild);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("closeAll", luaCloseAll);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getFather", luaGetFather);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("sort", luaSort);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("sortByBitmap", luaSortByBitmap);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getNodeFromId", luaGetNodeFromId);
+				REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getParentTree", luaGetParentTree);
+			REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+
+		};
+
+	public:
+
+		///constructor
+		CGroupTree(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		// dtor
+		virtual ~CGroupTree();
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+
+		virtual void draw();
+
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor& eventDesc);
+
+		void reset();
+
+		// force rebuild the tree at next updateCoords()
+		void forceRebuild();
+
+		// For SNode
+		sint32 getIdNumber() { _IdGenerator++; return _IdGenerator; }
+		sint32 getFontSize() { return _FontSize; }
+		sint32 getYDecal() { return _YDecal; }
+
+		// Set root node and delete the last one the user must not delete all allocated sub node. Nb: selection is reseted
+		void setRootNode (SNode *);
+		// Remove all lines bitmaps and templates or texts
+		void removeAll();
+
+		// unselect current node in tree
+		void unselect();
+
+		// Select a node by its line index (depends on opened nodes). no-op if not possible (AH not here, line>size)
+		void selectLine(uint line, bool runAH = true);
+		// simulate right button click on the given line (this also select the line)
+		bool rightButton(uint line);
+
+		// Get the Selected Node Id. empty if none selected
+		const std::string	&getSelectedNodeId() const;
+
+		// Select by the node Id. return false if not found (selection is not reseted)
+		// NB: if the node was already selected, no-op (no action handler launched)
+		bool			selectNodeById(const std::string &nodeId, bool triggerAH = true);
+
+		// Get the root node (Opened State represent the current state)
+		SNode			*getRootNode () const {return _RootNode;}
+
+		// get current SNode under the mouse (possibly NULL)
+		SNode *getNodeUnderMouse() const;
+
+		// Get/Change the NavigateOneBrnahc option. if false, then perform a reset before
+		bool			getNavigateOneBranch() const {return _NavigateOneBranch;}
+		void			changeNavigateOneBranch(bool newState);
+
+		// should be called by action handler when thy want to cancel the selection of the line that triggered them
+		void			cancelNextSelectLine();
+
+		// Get selected node
+		SNode * getSelectedNode() { return _SelectedNode;}
+
+		// lua bindings
+		int luaGetRootNode(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetRootNode(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaForceRebuild(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSelectNodeById(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetSelectedNodeId(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSelectLine(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaUnselect(CLuaState &ls);
+		int	luaGetNodeUnderMouse(CLuaState &ls);
+		int	luaCancelNextSelectLine(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		// Reflection
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CGroupTree, CInterfaceGroup)
+			REFLECT_BOOL ("navigate_one_branch", getNavigateOneBranch, changeNavigateOneBranch);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getRootNode", luaGetRootNode);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setRootNode", luaSetRootNode);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("forceRebuild", luaForceRebuild);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getSelectedNodeId", luaGetSelectedNodeId);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("selectNodeById", luaSelectNodeById);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("selectLine", luaSelectLine);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("unselect", luaUnselect);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getNodeUnderMouse", luaGetNodeUnderMouse);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("cancelNextSelectLine", luaCancelNextSelectLine);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+	private:
+
+		sint32	_BmpW, _BmpH, _FontSize, _YDecal;
+		sint32	_XExtend;
+
+	private:
+
+		// Display structure
+		struct SLine
+		{
+			CViewBase					*TextOrTemplate;
+			std::vector<CViewBitmap*>	Bmps;
+			SNode::TRefPtr				Node;
+			uint8						Depth;
+
+			SLine()
+			{
+				TextOrTemplate = NULL;
+			}
+
+			~SLine()
+			{
+				Bmps.clear();
+			}
+			uint getNumAdditionnalBitmap() const;
+		};
+
+	protected:
+
+		void rebuild();
+		void addTextLine (uint8 nDepth, SNode *pNode);
+		void addHierarchyBitmaps();
+
+		SNode *selectNodeByIdRecurse(SNode *pNode, const std::string &nodeId);
+
+		SNode				*_RootNode;
+		sint32				_IdGenerator;
+		bool				_MustRebuild;
+		std::vector<SLine>	_Lines;
+		sint32				_OverLine;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA		_OverColor;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA		_OverColorBack;
+		SNode				*_SelectedNode;
+		sint32				_SelectedLine;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA		_SelectedColor;
+
+		// If a node is closed and a son of this node was selected, then this option force the ancestor being the new selection
+		bool				_SelectAncestorOnClose;
+		bool				_NavigateOneBranch;
+		bool				_AvoidSelectNodeByIdIR;
+
+		// when an action handler is run, it can call 'cancelSelectLine' if no selection should be done for real
+		bool				_CancelNextSelectLine;
+
+
+		// Bitmap For arbo
+		std::string			_ArboOpenFirst;
+		std::string			_ArboCloseJustOne;
+		std::string			_ArboSonWithoutSon;
+		std::string			_ArboSonLast;
+		std::string			_ArboSon;
+		std::string			_ArboLevel;
+		std::string			_ArboXExtend;
+
+		// Special rectangle
+		bool				_RectangleOutlineMode;
+		sint32				_RectangleX, _RectangleY;
+		sint32				_RectangleW, _RectangleH;
+		sint32				_RectangleDeltaRL;
+
+		sint32			getHrcIconXStart(sint32 depth);
+		sint32			getHrcIconXEnd(sint32 depth);
+
+		void			drawSelection(sint x, sint y, sint w, NLMISC::CRGBA col);
+
+		CViewBitmap		*createViewBitmap(uint line, const std::string &idPrefix, const std::string &texture);
+	};
+
+}
+
+
+#endif // NL_GROUP_TREE_H
+
+/* End of group_tree.h */
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/group_wheel.h

@@ -19,24 +19,27 @@
 #ifndef RZ_GROUP_CONTAINER_H
 #define RZ_GROUP_CONTAINER_H
 
-#include "interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
 
-
-
-// Special group to handle the mouse wheel message
-class CInterfaceGroupWheel : public CInterfaceGroup
+namespace NLGUI
 {
-public:
+
+	// Special group to handle the mouse wheel message
+	class CInterfaceGroupWheel : public CInterfaceGroup
+	{
+	public:
 		/// Constructor
 		CInterfaceGroupWheel(const TCtorParam &param);
 		/// Coming from CInterfaceElement
 		virtual bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
-	virtual bool handleEvent (const CEventDescriptor &event);
-private:
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event);
+	private:
 		IActionHandler *_AHWheelUp;
 		CStringShared	_AHWheelUpParams;
 		IActionHandler *_AHWheelDown;
 		CStringShared	_AHWheelDownParams;
-};
+	};
+
+}
 
 #endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/input_event_listener.h

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef INPUTEVENTLISTENER_H
+#define INPUTEVENTLISTENER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/event_descriptor.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	/**
+	 @brief Interface for accepting GUI input events.
+	 */
+	class IInputEventListener
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual ~IInputEventListener(){}
+		virtual bool handleEvent( const CEventDescriptor &eventDesc ) = 0;
+	};
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/input_handler.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef INPUT_HANDLER_H
+#define INPUT_HANDLER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/events.h"
+#include "nel/gui/event_descriptor.h"
+#include "nel/gui/input_event_listener.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI{
+	
+	/**
+	  @brief The input event entry point of the GUI library.
+
+	  Translates the NEL input events and forwards them.
+	*/
+	class CInputHandler
+	{
+	public:
+		CInputHandler();
+		~CInputHandler();
+
+		bool handleEvent( const NLMISC::CEvent &evnt );
+		bool handleSetFocusEvent( const NLMISC::CEvent &evnt );
+		bool handleKeyboardEvent( const NLMISC::CEvent &evnt );
+		bool handleMouseEvent( const NLMISC::CEvent &evnt );
+		bool handleMouseMoveEvent( const NLMISC::CEvent &evnt );
+		bool handleMouseButtonDownEvent( const NLMISC::CEvent &evnt );
+		bool handleMouseButtonUpEvent( const NLMISC::CEvent &evnt );
+		bool handleMouseDblClickEvent( const NLMISC::CEvent &evnt );
+		bool handleMouseWheelEvent( const NLMISC::CEvent &evnt );
+
+		void setListener( IInputEventListener* listener );
+
+	private:
+		IInputEventListener *listener;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/interface_anim.h

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_INTERFACE_ANIM_H
+#define RZ_INTERFACE_ANIM_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/interface_property.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_link.h"
+#include "nel/3d/animation_time.h"
+#include "nel/3d/u_track.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/**
+	 * class managing an animation track
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2003
+	 */
+	class CInterfaceTrack
+	{
+
+	public:
+
+		CInterfaceTrack();
+		~CInterfaceTrack();
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+
+		void update (double currentTime);
+
+		bool isDynamic () { return _Dynamic; }
+
+		void eval(); // Evaluate dynamic keys
+
+	private:
+
+		enum ETrackType
+		{
+			Track_Linear,
+			Track_TCB,
+			Track_Bezier
+		};
+
+		struct SDynKey
+		{
+			std::string Time;
+			std::string Value;
+			std::string InTan;
+			std::string OutTan;
+			std::string Step;
+			std::string Tension;
+			std::string Continuity;
+			std::string Bias;
+			std::string EaseTo;
+			std::string EaseFrom;
+		};
+
+		bool					_Dynamic;
+		std::vector<SDynKey>	_DynKeys;
+
+		ETrackType _Type;
+		NL3D::UTrackKeyframer *_TrackKeyFramer;
+		std::vector<CInterfaceLink::CTargetInfo> _Targets;
+	};
+
+	/**
+	 * class managing an animation of the interface
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2003
+	 */
+	class CInterfaceAnim
+	{
+
+	public:
+
+		CInterfaceAnim();
+		~CInterfaceAnim();
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+
+		void update();
+		void start();
+		void stop();
+
+		bool isFinished() { return _Finished; }
+		bool isDisableButtons() { return _DisableButtons; }
+
+	protected:
+
+		CInterfaceGroup *_Parent;
+
+		// Parsed properties
+		double _Duration;
+		bool _DisableButtons;
+
+		std::string _AHOnFinish;
+		std::string _AHOnFinishParams;
+
+		std::string _Id;
+
+		std::vector<CInterfaceTrack*> _Tracks;
+
+		// Current anim
+		double _CurrentTime;
+		bool _Finished;
+		bool _AnimHasToBeStopped;
+
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_INTERFACE_ANIM_H
+
+/* End of interface_anim.h */
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/interface_common.h

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef INTERFACE_COMMON_H
+#define INTERFACE_COMMON_H
+
+enum WindowsPriority
+{
+	WIN_PRIORITY_WORLD_SPACE  = 0,
+	WIN_PRIORITY_LOWEST       = 1,
+	WIN_PRIORITY_LOW          = 2,
+	WIN_PRIORITY_NORMAL       = 3,
+	WIN_PRIORITY_HIGH         = 4,
+	WIN_PRIORITY_HIGHEST      = 5,
+	WIN_PRIORITY_MAX          = 8
+};
+
+enum THotSpot
+{
+	Hotspot_BL = 36,	// 100100,
+	Hotspot_BM = 34,	// 100010,
+	Hotspot_BR = 33,	// 100001,
+	Hotspot_ML = 20,	// 010100,
+	Hotspot_MM = 18,	// 010010
+	Hotspot_MR = 17,	// 010001
+	Hotspot_TL = 12,	// 001100
+	Hotspot_TM = 10,	// 001010
+	Hotspot_TR = 9,		// 001001
+	Hotspot_xR = 1,		// 000001
+	Hotspot_xM = 2,		// 000010
+	Hotspot_xL = 4,		// 000100
+	Hotspot_Bx = 32,	// 100000
+	Hotspot_Mx = 16,	// 010000
+	Hotspot_Tx = 8,		// 001000
+	Hotspot_TTAuto = 0,	// Special For Tooltip PosRef. Auto mode. see CCtrlBase and tooltip info
+};
+
+#define	DECLARE_UI_CLASS(_class_)					\
+	virtual std::string	getClassName() {return #_class_;}		\
+	static	NLMISC::IClassable	*creator() {return new _class_(CViewBase::TCtorParam());}
+#define	REGISTER_UI_CLASS(_class_)  \
+	class CRegisterUIClassHelper_##_class_ \
+	{ \
+	public: \
+		CRegisterUIClassHelper_##_class_() \
+		{ \
+			NLMISC::CClassRegistry::init(); \
+			NLMISC::CClassRegistry::registerClass(#_class_, _class_::creator, typeid(_class_).name()); \
+		} \
+	} RegisterUIClassHelper_##_class_;
+
+
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/interface_element.h

@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_INTERFACE_ELEMENT_H
+#define NL_INTERFACE_ELEMENT_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/misc/string_mapper.h"
+#include "nel/misc/smart_ptr.h"
+#include "nel/misc/vector.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_property.h"
+#include "nel/gui/reflect.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_common.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CGroupList;
+	class CInterfaceLink;
+	class CInterfaceElement;
+	class CInterfaceGroup;
+	class CViewBase;
+	class CCtrlBase;
+	class IActionHandler;
+	class CGroupParagraph;
+
+	/**
+	 * A visitor to walk a tree of interface elements and apply a teartment on them.
+	 *
+	 * For each vsited element, visitElement() is called
+	 * If the element is a control, then visitCtrl() is called, and then visitElement()
+	 * If the element is a view, then visitView() is called, and then visitElement()
+	 * If the element is a group, then visitGoup() is called, and then visitElement()
+	 *
+	 * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2003
+	 */
+	class CInterfaceElementVisitor
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual void visit(CInterfaceElement * /* elem */) {}
+		virtual void visitGroup(CInterfaceGroup * /* group */) {}
+		virtual void visitView(CViewBase * /* view */) {}
+		virtual void visitCtrl(CCtrlBase * /* ctrl */) {}
+	};
+
+
+	/**
+	 * class describing a localisable interface element, i.e. : an element with coordinates
+	 * \author Nicolas Brigand
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CInterfaceElement : public CReflectableRefPtrTarget, public NLMISC::IStreamable
+	{
+	public:
+
+
+		enum EStrech
+		{
+			none=0,
+			width=1,
+			height=2
+		};
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CInterfaceElement()
+		{
+			_Parent = NULL;
+
+			_XReal = _YReal = _WReal = _HReal = 0;
+			_X = _Y = _W = _H = 0;
+			//_Snap = 1;
+
+			_PosRef = Hotspot_BL;
+			_ParentPosRef = Hotspot_BL;
+			_ParentPos = NULL;
+
+			_SizeRef = 0;
+			_SizeDivW = 10;
+			_SizeDivH = 10;
+			_ParentSize = NULL;
+
+			_Links = NULL;
+			_Active= true;
+			// default to 3 pass
+			_InvalidCoords= 3;
+
+			_ModulateGlobalColor= true;
+			_RenderLayer= 0;
+
+			_AvoidResizeParent= false;
+		}
+
+		// dtor
+		virtual ~CInterfaceElement();
+
+		/** Cloning
+		  * Cloning is actually performed using a serial / unserial in a memory stream
+		  * NB Nico : if too slow, should use a CFastStream version instead, that is designedto work in memory only
+		  */
+		virtual CInterfaceElement *clone();
+
+		// help to serialize an action handler
+		static void serialAH(NLMISC::IStream &f, IActionHandler *&ah);
+
+
+		/// Parse the element and initalize it
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+
+		/// Debug info on memory
+		virtual uint32 getMemory () { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+
+		/// helper: display a parse error with the id of the lement
+		void parseError (CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup, const char *reason = NULL);
+
+		/// Accessors : GET
+		const std::string& getId() const { return _Id; }
+		std::string getShortId() const;
+		std::string getIdByValue() const { return _Id; }
+
+		CInterfaceGroup* getParent() const { return _Parent; }
+
+		CInterfaceElement* getParentPos() const { return _ParentPos; }
+
+		CInterfaceElement* getParentSize() const { return _ParentSize; }
+
+		/// Get the master group of this element (recurs call.
+		CInterfaceElement* getMasterGroup() const;
+
+		// get a possible group container
+		CInterfaceGroup* getParentContainer();
+
+		bool getActive() const { return _Active; }
+
+		sint32 getX() const { return _X; }
+
+		sint32 getY() const { return _Y; }
+
+		sint32 getW() const { return (_Active?_W:0); }
+		sint32 getW(bool bTestActive) const { return (bTestActive?(_Active?_W:0):_W); }
+
+		sint32 getH() const { return (_Active?_H:0); }
+		sint32 getH(bool bTestActive) const { return (bTestActive?(_Active?_H:0):_H); }
+
+		/**
+		  * Get the max width used by the window.
+		  *
+		  * The view must return the largest width its content can take if it will be resized at maximum.
+		  * Typical use : for a CTextView multiline, it returns the size of the whole string.
+		  *
+		  * This method is used by the container CCGroupTable that need to know this information about its children in its resizing algorithm.
+		  */
+		virtual sint32	getMaxUsedW() const { return INT_MAX; };
+
+		/**
+		  * Get the min width used by the window.
+		  *
+		  * The view must return the smallest width its content can take if it will be resized at minimum.
+		  * Typical use : for a CTextView multiline without word clipping, it returns the size of the largest word.
+		  *
+		  * This method is used by the container CCGroupTable that need to know this information about its children in its resizing algorithm.
+		  */
+		virtual sint32	getMinUsedW() const { return 0; };
+
+		//bool isSnapped() const { return (_Snap>1); }
+
+		//sint32 getSnapping() const { return _Snap; }
+
+		sint32 getXReal() const { return _XReal; }
+
+		sint32 getYReal() const { return _YReal; }
+
+		sint32 getWReal() const { return (_Active?_WReal:0); }
+
+		sint32 getHReal() const { return (_Active?_HReal:0); }
+
+		THotSpot getPosRef () const { return _PosRef; }
+
+		THotSpot getParentPosRef () const { return _ParentPosRef; }
+
+		sint32   getSizeRef() const { return _SizeRef; } // none == 0, w == 1, h == 2, wh == 3
+
+		void	 setSizeRef(sint32 value) { _SizeRef = value; }
+
+		/// Accessors : SET
+		void setId (const std::string &newID) { _Id = newID; }
+
+		inline void setName(const std::string &name) { _Name = name; }
+		inline const std::string& getName() { return _Name; }
+
+		virtual void setIdRecurse(const std::string &newID);
+
+		void setParent (CInterfaceGroup *pIG) { _Parent = pIG; }
+
+		void setParentPos (CInterfaceElement *pIG) { _ParentPos = pIG; }
+
+		void setParentSize (CInterfaceElement *pIG) { _ParentSize = pIG; }
+
+		virtual void setActive (bool state);
+
+		void setX (sint32 x) { _X = x; }
+		void setXAndInvalidateCoords (sint32 x) { _X = x; invalidateCoords(); }
+
+		void setY (sint32 y) { _Y = y; }
+		void setYAndInvalidateCoords (sint32 y) { _Y = y; invalidateCoords(); }
+
+		void setW (sint32 w);
+		void setWAndInvalidateCoords (sint32 w) { setW(w); invalidateCoords(); }
+
+		void setH (sint32 h);
+		void setHAndInvalidateCoords (sint32 h) { setH(h); invalidateCoords(); }
+
+		void setPosRef (THotSpot hs) { _PosRef = hs; }
+
+		void setParentPosRef (THotSpot hs) { _ParentPosRef = hs; }
+
+		// Get the coordinate of a corner on screen
+		void getCorner(sint32 &px, sint32 &py, THotSpot hotSpot);
+
+		/** Test if the given coordinates are inside this element
+		  */
+		bool isIn(sint x, sint y) const;
+
+		/** Test if the given box intersect the element
+		  */
+		bool isIn(sint x, sint y, uint width, uint height) const;
+
+		/** Test if another interface element intersect this one
+		  */
+		bool isIn(const CInterfaceElement &other) const;
+
+		/**
+		 * get the window containing the element
+		 * \return NULL if the element is not on the window, otherwise returns a pointer to the window
+		 */
+		CInterfaceGroup* getRootWindow();
+
+		/** get the element Depth, ie the number of parent he has (0 if _Parent==NULL)
+		 *	\warning slow test. don't take into account CCtrlBase::getDeltaDepth() (since method not virtual)
+		 */
+		uint	getParentDepth() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * true if the element and all its parents are active (recurs up to the root window)
+		 */
+		bool isActiveThroughParents() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * move the element (add dx and dy to its coords)
+		 * \param dx : value added to _X
+		 * \param dy : value added to _Y
+		 */
+		virtual void move (sint32 dx, sint32 dy);
+
+		//void resizeBR (sint32 sizex, sint32 sizey);
+		//void stopResizeBR();
+		//void startResizeBR();
+
+		// Some tools
+
+		void relativeSInt64Read (CInterfaceProperty &rIP, const std::string &prop, const char *val,
+								const std::string &defVal);
+		void relativeSInt32Read (CInterfaceProperty &rIP, const std::string &prop, const char *val,
+								const std::string &defVal);
+		void relativeBoolRead (CInterfaceProperty &rIP, const std::string &prop, const char *val,
+								const std::string &defVal);
+		void relativeRGBARead (CInterfaceProperty &rIP, const std::string &prop, const char *val,
+								const std::string &defVal);
+
+		// Parse tools
+		static	THotSpot		convertHotSpot (const char *ptr);		//
+		static	void			convertHotSpotCouple (const char *ptr, THotSpot &parentPosRef, THotSpot &posRef);
+		static	NLMISC::CRGBA	convertColor (const char *ptr);
+		static	bool			convertBool (const char *ptr);
+		static	NLMISC::CVector convertVector (const char *ptr);
+		/** Convert a value that is in the form like width="50" or width="10%"
+		  * if the value is absolute like '50' then 'pixels' is filled, else
+		  * the ratio is remapped to the [0, 1] range and is copied in 'ratio'
+		  */
+		static	void convertPixelsOrRatio(const char *ptr, sint32 &pixels, float &ratio);
+
+		// add an interface link to that element (kept in a smart ptr)
+		void addLink(CInterfaceLink *link);
+
+		// remove a link from that element; There's one less reference on the link (which is referenced by a smart ptr)
+		void removeLink(CInterfaceLink *link);
+
+		/** Update all links for this instance and its sons.
+		  * Derivers should override this to update their sons.
+		  */
+		virtual void updateAllLinks();
+
+
+		/** This allow to force opening an element. By default it just activate the element.
+		  * It allow to have different behaviour on more complex containers
+		  */
+		virtual void forceOpen() { setActive(true); }
+
+		virtual void enableBlink(uint /* numBlinks */ = 0) {}
+		virtual void disableBlink() {}
+		virtual bool getBlink() const { return false; }
+
+		// Options for views to be modulated by interface global color or not. Parsed with "global_color". Default: true
+		void		setModulateGlobalColor(bool state) {_ModulateGlobalColor= state;}
+		bool		getModulateGlobalColor() const {return _ModulateGlobalColor;}
+
+
+		void dummySet(sint32 value);
+		void dummySet(const std::string &value);
+
+		// lua methods
+		int luaUpdateCoords(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaInvalidateCoords(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaInvalidateContent(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaCenter(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetPosRef(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaSetParentPos(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		// set sizeref as a string, like "wh", "wh5" ....
+		void setSizeRef(const std::string &sizeref);
+		std::string getSizeRefAsString() const;
+
+		// export some properties
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CInterfaceElement, CReflectable)
+			REFLECT_BOOL ("active", getActive, setActive);
+			REFLECT_BOOL ("global_color", getModulateGlobalColor, setModulateGlobalColor);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("x", getX, setXAndInvalidateCoords);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("y", getY, setYAndInvalidateCoords);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("w", getW, setWAndInvalidateCoords);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("h", getH, setHAndInvalidateCoords);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("x_real", getXReal, dummySet);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("y_real", getYReal, dummySet);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("w_real", getWReal, dummySet);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("h_real", getHReal, dummySet);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("id", getIdByValue, dummySet);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("sizeref", getSizeRefAsString, setSizeRef);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("updateCoords", luaUpdateCoords);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("invalidateCoords", luaInvalidateCoords);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("invalidateContent", luaInvalidateContent);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("center", luaCenter);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setPosRef", luaSetPosRef);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setParentPos", luaSetParentPos);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+
+		/* invalidate coords. set numPass==1 if you are SURE that only XReal/YReal need to be updated
+		 * Default 3 is needed for:
+		 *	1: update _W/_H and _WReal/_HReal according to Sons
+		 *	2: update XReal/YReal (eg: according to Scroll offset)
+		 */
+		void			invalidateCoords(uint8 numPass= 2);
+		uint8			getInvalidCoords() const {return _InvalidCoords;}
+
+		/* Invalidates the content of the window. This method invalidate the content of the window (for CViewText or CGroupTable).
+		 * It invalidates the content of the parent too.
+		 */
+		void			invalidateContent();
+
+		/* This call back is called when the content or the content of a child is been invalidated.
+		 */
+		virtual void	onInvalidateContent() {}
+
+		// called by interfaceManager for master window only
+		void			resetInvalidCoords();
+
+		/// Update the elements coords convert x,y,w,h (parentpos coord) to xreal,yreal,wreal,hreal (BL coord)
+		virtual void	updateCoords();
+		/// Called each frame before draw to possibly invalidateCoords().
+		virtual	void	checkCoords();
+
+		/// Test if this element is son of the given element
+		bool			isSonOf(const CInterfaceElement *other) const;
+
+		/// Called after first frame initialised
+		virtual void	launch () {}
+
+		void  setRenderLayer(sint8 rl) {_RenderLayer= rl;}
+		sint8 getRenderLayer() const { return _RenderLayer; }
+
+		void    copyOptionFrom(const CInterfaceElement &other);
+
+		// center the element in middle of screen
+		void	center();
+
+		// for debug only: draw wired quad to see where groups and hotspots are
+		enum TRenderWired
+		{
+			RenderView,
+			RenderCtrl,
+			RenderGroup
+		};
+		// if uiFilter is not empty, draw a quad only if the element id match
+		virtual void renderWiredQuads(TRenderWired type, const std::string &uiFilter);
+
+		void drawHotSpot(THotSpot hs, NLMISC::CRGBA col);
+
+		// Returns 'true' if that element can be downcasted to a view
+		virtual bool isView() const { return false; }
+
+		// Returns 'true' if that element can be downcasted to a ctrl
+		virtual bool isCtrl() const { return false; }
+
+		// Returns 'true' if that element can be downcasted to an interface group
+		virtual bool isGroup() const { return false; }
+
+
+		/** This is called before the config loading begins. This is the place to restore default state for config info.
+		  */
+		virtual void onLoadConfig() {}
+		/** Tells whether that element wants to save info in a config stream. If this returns true, then serialConfig
+		  * is called.
+		  */
+		virtual bool wantSerialConfig() const { return false; }
+		// Serial config info about that element. This is called only if wantSerialConfig() returns true
+		virtual void serialConfig(NLMISC::IStream &f);
+
+		// visit the node of the ui tree
+		virtual void visit(CInterfaceElementVisitor *visitor);
+
+		/** When user is quitting the interface, this is called. Then the interface config is saved
+		  * This is where the element get the opportunity to do some cleanup.
+		  */
+		virtual void onQuit() {}
+
+		/// Whent an element is added to a CInterfaceGroup via addCtrl, addGroup or addView, this is called after the add.
+		virtual	void onAddToGroup() {}
+
+		/** typically used only in conjunction with CGroupInScene. Such groups move every Frames. so
+		 *	this function is called on each children elements to move the XReal/Yreal only (with a delta)
+		 */
+		virtual void	onFrameUpdateWindowPos(sint dx, sint dy);
+
+		/// if true, InterfaceGroup child resize won't take this element into account
+		bool	avoidResizeParent() const {return _AvoidResizeParent;}
+		void	setAvoidResizeParent(bool state) {_AvoidResizeParent= state;}
+
+		virtual std::string	getClassName()
+		{
+			nlassert(0); // forgot to implement serial & to register the class ?
+			return "";
+		}
+
+	protected:
+
+		///the parent
+		CInterfaceGroup* _Parent;
+
+		///the id of the element
+		std::string _Id;
+
+		std::string	_Name;
+
+		///is the element active?
+		bool	_Active;
+
+		// if 0, don't need updateCoords(), else tell the number of pass needed
+		uint8	_InvalidCoords;
+
+		// Real display coords
+		sint32 _XReal, _YReal, _WReal, _HReal;
+
+		// Relative coords
+		sint32 _X;
+		sint32 _Y;
+		sint32 _W;
+		sint32 _H;
+
+		//sint32 _Snap;
+
+		// position references e.g. : _PosRef=BL, _ParentPosref=MM : the bottom left corner of the element
+		// will be placed on the center (middle middle) of the parent window
+		THotSpot _PosRef;
+		THotSpot _ParentPosRef;
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr<CInterfaceElement>	_ParentPos;		// RefPtr in case of group destroyed in a parent group with posref on it
+
+		sint32 _SizeRef; // none == 0, w == 1, h == 2, wh == 3
+		sint32 _SizeDivW, _SizeDivH;
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr<CInterfaceElement>	_ParentSize;	// RefPtr in case of group destroyed in a parent group with posref on it
+
+		// Friend Class
+		friend class CGroupList;
+		friend class CGroupParagraph;
+
+		// True if must modulate the global color with the view
+		bool		_ModulateGlobalColor;
+		// Index of layer to render it.
+		sint8		_RenderLayer;
+
+		// Used for CInterfaceGroup ChildResize feature
+		bool		_AvoidResizeParent;
+
+
+		virtual void serial(NLMISC::IStream &f);
+
+		void parseSizeRef(const char *sizeRef);
+		void parseSizeRef(const char *sizeRefStr, sint32 &sizeref, sint32 &sizeDivW, sint32 &sizeDivH);
+
+	private:
+		//void	snapSize();
+
+		typedef NLMISC::CSmartPtr<CInterfaceLink> TLinkSmartPtr;
+		typedef std::vector<TLinkSmartPtr> TLinkVect;
+		TLinkVect *_Links; // links, or NULL if no link
+	};
+
+	extern NLMISC::CStringMapper *_UIStringMapper;
+	/**
+	 * class to compress string usage in the interface
+	 * \author Matthieu 'Trap' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date October 2003
+	 */
+	class CStringShared
+	{
+
+	public:
+		CStringShared()
+		{
+			_Id = NLMISC::CStringMapper::emptyId();
+		}
+
+		const CStringShared& operator=(const std::string &str)
+		{
+			_Id = _UIStringMapper->localMap(str);
+			return *this;
+		}
+
+		const CStringShared& operator=(const CStringShared &str)
+		{
+			_Id = str._Id;
+			return *this;
+		}
+
+		const std::string &toString() const
+		{
+			return _UIStringMapper->localUnmap(_Id);
+		}
+
+		operator const std::string &() const
+		{
+			return _UIStringMapper->localUnmap(_Id);
+		}
+
+		bool empty() const
+		{
+			return _Id == NLMISC::CStringMapper::emptyId();
+		}
+
+		static CStringShared emptyString()
+		{
+			return CStringShared();
+		}
+
+		NLMISC::TStringId getStringId() const { return _Id; }
+
+		void serial(NLMISC::IStream &f)
+		{
+			std::string str;
+			if (f.isReading())
+			{
+				f.serial(str);
+				*this = str;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				str = this->toString();
+				f.serial(str);
+			}
+		}
+
+	private:
+
+		NLMISC::TStringId	_Id;
+	};
+
+	inline bool operator==(const CStringShared &lhs, const CStringShared &rhs) { return lhs.getStringId() == rhs.getStringId(); }
+	inline bool operator!=(const CStringShared &lhs, const CStringShared &rhs) { return !(lhs == rhs); }
+
+
+}
+
+using namespace NLGUI;
+
+#endif // NL_INTERFACE_ELEMENT_H
+
+/* End of interface_element.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/interface_expr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef CL_INTERFACE_EXPR_H
+#define CL_INTERFACE_EXPR_H
+
+
+#include "nel/misc/ucstring.h"
+#include "nel/misc/rgba.h"
+
+namespace NLMISC{
+	class ICDBNode;
+	class CCDBNodeLeaf;
+	class CCDBNodeBranch;
+}
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	struct CInterfaceExprUserType;
+	class  CInterfaceExprNode;
+
+	/** a value that can be returned by a CInterfaceExpr instance
+	  * It supports basic type;
+	  * It can be extended by user defined types
+	  */
+	class CInterfaceExprValue
+	{
+	public:
+		enum TType { Boolean = 0, Integer, Double, String, RGBA, UserType, NoType };
+	public:
+		// default ctor
+		CInterfaceExprValue() : _Type(NoType) {}
+		// copy ctor
+		CInterfaceExprValue(const CInterfaceExprValue &other);
+		// assignment operator
+		CInterfaceExprValue &operator = (const CInterfaceExprValue &other);
+		// dtor
+		~CInterfaceExprValue() { clean(); }
+
+		TType                  getType() const { return _Type; }
+		// get. Should be used only if the type is valid
+		bool                   getBool() const;
+		sint64                 getInteger() const;
+		double                 getDouble() const;
+		std::string			   getString() const;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA		   getRGBA() const;
+		const ucstring		  &getUCString() const;
+		CInterfaceExprUserType *getUserType() const;
+		// set
+		void               setBool(bool value) { clean(); _Type = Boolean; _BoolValue = value; }
+		void               setInteger(sint64 value) { clean(); _Type = Integer; _IntegerValue = value; }
+		void               setDouble(double value) { clean(); _Type = Double; _DoubleValue = value; }
+		void               setString(const std::string &value) { clean(); _Type = String; _StringValue = value; }
+		void               setUCString(const ucstring &value) { clean(); _Type = String; _StringValue = value; }
+		void			   setRGBA(NLMISC::CRGBA value) { clean(); _Type = RGBA; _RGBAValue = (uint32)(value.R+(value.G<<8)+(value.B<<16)+(value.A<<24)); }
+		void               setUserType(CInterfaceExprUserType *value);
+		// reset this object to initial state (no type)
+		void			   clean();
+		// conversions. They return true if success
+		bool               toBool();
+		bool               toInteger();
+		bool               toDouble();
+		bool               toString();
+		bool			   toType(TType type);
+		bool			   toRGBA();
+		// test if the value if a bool, double, or integer
+		bool               isNumerical() const;
+		/** evaluate a from a string
+		  * \param expr : where to start the evaluation
+		  * \return the position following the token, or NULL if the parsing failed
+		  */
+		const char        *initFromString(const char *expr);
+
+	/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	private:
+		TType	_Type;
+		union
+		{
+			bool					_BoolValue;
+			sint64					_IntegerValue;
+			double					_DoubleValue;
+			CInterfaceExprUserType *_UserTypeValue;
+			uint32					_RGBAValue;
+		};
+		ucstring					_StringValue; // well, can't fit in union, unless we do some horrible hack..
+	private:
+		const char *evalBoolean(const char *expr);
+		const char *evalNumber(const char *expr);
+		const char *evalString(const char *expr);
+	};
+
+	/**
+	  * Base class for user defined types that are use by the 'CInterfaceExprValue' class
+	  * Derivers should include the 'clone' method
+	  *
+	  * CInterfaceExprValue instances have ownership of this object.
+	  *
+	  * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	  * \author Nevrax France
+	  * \date 2003
+	  */
+	struct CInterfaceExprUserType
+	{
+		// cloning method
+		virtual CInterfaceExprUserType *clone() const = 0;
+		// dtor
+		virtual ~CInterfaceExprUserType() {}
+	};
+
+
+	/** Evaluate expressions used in interface.
+	  * It can retrieve values from the database.
+	  * It can also build a list of database values it depends of.
+	  *
+	  * An expression can be :
+	  *
+	  * - a string : 'toto', 'abcd', 'a\nbcd', 'a\\t', the escape sequences are the one of C
+	  * - a integer 1, 2, 3
+	  * - a double  1.1, 2.2
+	  * - a database entry : @ui:interface:toto:truc. If the address is a leaf, it returns the leaf value and put an observer on it. If not a leaf, it returns 0, but put an observer on it.
+	  * - a database indirection @db:value[db:index] is replaced by @db:value0 if db:index == 0 for example
+	  * - a user function call : fct(expr0, epxr1, ...).
+	  *
+	  * NB : The lua language has been integrated since then (2005), and should be more suited
+	  *      for most of the tasks.
+	  *
+	  *
+	  * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	  * \author Nevrax France
+	  * \date 2002
+	  */
+	class CInterfaceExpr
+	{
+	public:
+		// list of argument for a function
+		typedef std::vector<CInterfaceExprValue> TArgList;
+		/** prototype of a user callable function
+		  * It should return true if the result is meaningful. If not, the rest of the evaluation is stopped
+		  */
+		typedef bool (* TUserFct) (TArgList &args, CInterfaceExprValue &result);
+	public:
+
+		// release memory
+		static void release();
+
+		/** This try to eval the provided expression.
+		  * - This returns a result
+		  * - This eventually fill a vector with a set of database entries it has dependencies on
+		  * \param expr The expression to evaluate
+		  * \param result The result value
+		  * \param nodes If not NULL, will be filled with the database nodes this expression depends on
+		  *              Node will only be inserted once, so we end up with a set of node (not ordered)
+		  * \param noFctCalls when set to true, the terminal function calls will not be made, so the evaluation is only used to see which database entries the expression depends on.
+		  */
+		static bool eval(const std::string &expr, CInterfaceExprValue &result, std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> *nodes = NULL, bool noFctCalls = false);
+
+		/** Build a tree from the given expression so that it can be evaluated quickly.
+		  * This is useful for a fixed expression that must be evaluated often
+		  */
+		static CInterfaceExprNode *buildExprTree(const std::string &expr);
+
+
+		/** Register a function that can have several arguments
+		  * // NB : this is case sensitive
+		  */
+		static void registerUserFct(const char *name, TUserFct fct);
+		// Simple evaluations
+		static bool evalAsInt(const std::string &expr, sint64 &dest);
+		static bool evalAsDouble(const std::string &expr, double &dest);
+		static bool evalAsBool(const std::string &expr, bool &dest);
+		static bool evalAsString(const std::string &expr, std::string &dest);
+	/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	private:
+		// map of user functions
+		typedef std::map<std::string, TUserFct> TUserFctMap;
+	private:
+		static TUserFctMap *_UserFct;
+	private:
+		/** eval the value of a single expression
+		  * \return position to the next valid character
+		  */
+		static const char *evalExpr(const char *expr, CInterfaceExprValue &result, std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> *nodes, bool noFctCalls);
+		static const char *evalFct(const char *expr,CInterfaceExprValue &result,std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> *nodes, bool noFctCalls);
+		static const char *evalDBEntry(const char *expr,CInterfaceExprValue &result,std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> *nodes);
+	public:
+		static const char *unpackDBentry(const char *expr, std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> *nodes, std::string &dest, bool *hasIndirections = NULL);
+
+		/** Build tree of a single expression
+		  * \return position to the next valid character
+		  */
+	private:
+		static const char *buildExprTree(const char *expr,   CInterfaceExprNode *&result);
+		static const char *buildFctNode(const char *expr,    CInterfaceExprNode *&result);
+		static const char *buildDBEntryNode(const char *expr,CInterfaceExprNode *&result);
+	};
+
+
+	// helper macro to register user functions at startup
+	#define REGISTER_INTERFACE_USER_FCT(name, fct) \
+	const struct __InterUserFctRegister__##fct\
+	{\
+		__InterUserFctRegister__##fct() { CInterfaceExpr::registerUserFct(name, fct); }\
+	} __InterUserFctRegisterInstance__##fct;
+
+
+	// helper macro to declare a user function
+	// the code must follow
+	// arguments are available in 'args', result should be put in 'result'
+	#define DECLARE_INTERFACE_USER_FCT(name) \
+	bool name(CInterfaceExpr::TArgList &args, CInterfaceExprValue &result)
+
+
+	// helper macro to declare a C constant mirroring
+	#define DECLARE_INTERFACE_CONSTANT(_name, _cconst)	\
+	static DECLARE_INTERFACE_USER_FCT(_name)			\
+	{													\
+		result.setInteger(_cconst);						\
+		return true;									\
+	}													\
+	REGISTER_INTERFACE_USER_FCT(#_name, _name)
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/interface_expr_node.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef CL_INTERFACE_EXPR_NODE_H
+#define CL_INTERFACE_EXPR_NODE_H
+
+#include "interface_expr.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/** Base node of an interface expression parse tree
+	  * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	  * \author Nevrax France
+	  * \date 2003
+	  */
+	class CInterfaceExprNode
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual ~CInterfaceExprNode() {}
+		// eval result of expression, and eventually get the nodes the epression depends on
+		virtual void eval(CInterfaceExprValue &result) = 0;
+		// The same, but get db nodes the expression depends on (appended to vector)
+		virtual void evalWithDepends(CInterfaceExprValue &result, std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes) = 0;
+		// Get dependencies of the node (appended to vector)
+		virtual void getDepends(std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes) = 0;
+	};
+
+
+	// *******************************************************************************************************
+	/** A constant value already parsed by interface (in a interface expr parse tree)
+	  */
+	class CInterfaceExprNodeValue : public CInterfaceExprNode
+	{
+	public:
+		CInterfaceExprValue Value;
+	public:
+		virtual void eval(CInterfaceExprValue &result);
+		virtual void evalWithDepends(CInterfaceExprValue &result, std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes);
+		virtual void getDepends(std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes);
+	};
+
+	// *******************************************************************************************************
+	/** A fct call (in a interface expr parse tree)
+	  */
+	class CInterfaceExprNodeValueFnCall : public CInterfaceExprNode
+	{
+	public:
+		CInterfaceExpr::TUserFct Func;
+		// list of parameters
+		std::vector<CInterfaceExprNode *> Params;
+	public:
+		virtual void eval(CInterfaceExprValue &result);
+		virtual void evalWithDepends(CInterfaceExprValue &result, std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes);
+		virtual void getDepends(std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes);
+		virtual ~CInterfaceExprNodeValueFnCall();
+	};
+
+	// *******************************************************************************************************
+	/** A db leaf read (in a interface expr parse tree)
+	  */
+	class CInterfaceExprNodeDBLeaf : public CInterfaceExprNode
+	{
+	public:
+		class NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *Leaf;
+	public:
+		virtual void eval(CInterfaceExprValue &result);
+		virtual void evalWithDepends(CInterfaceExprValue &result, std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes);
+		virtual void getDepends(std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes);
+	};
+
+	// *******************************************************************************************************
+	/** A db branch read (in a interface expr parse tree)
+	  */
+	class CInterfaceExprNodeDBBranch : public CInterfaceExprNode
+	{
+	public:
+		class NLMISC::CCDBNodeBranch *Branch;
+	public:
+		virtual void eval(CInterfaceExprValue &result);
+		virtual void evalWithDepends(CInterfaceExprValue &result, std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes);
+		virtual void getDepends(std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes);
+	};
+
+	// *******************************************************************************************************
+	/** A dependant db read (in a interface expr parse tree)
+	  * This is rarely used so no real optim there..
+	  */
+	class CInterfaceExprNodeDependantDBRead : public CInterfaceExprNode
+	{
+	public:
+		std::string Expr;
+	public:
+		virtual void eval(CInterfaceExprValue &result);
+		virtual void evalWithDepends(CInterfaceExprValue &result, std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes);
+		virtual void getDepends(std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> &nodes);
+	};
+
+
+}
+
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/interface_group.h

@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_INTERFACE_GROUP_H
+#define NL_INTERFACE_GROUP_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/action_handler.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CInterfaceGroup : public CCtrlBase
+	{
+	public:
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS(CInterfaceGroup)
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CInterfaceGroup(const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		/// Destructor
+		virtual ~CInterfaceGroup();
+
+		virtual void setIdRecurse(const std::string &id);
+
+		/// Coming from CInterfaceElement
+		virtual bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+
+		virtual uint32 getMemory ();
+
+		virtual CInterfaceElement* getElement (const std::string &id);
+		CInterfaceElement* findFromShortId(const std::string &id);
+
+		/// Dynamic creation
+		virtual void addView  (CViewBase *child , sint eltOrder = -1);
+		virtual void addCtrl  (CCtrlBase *child, sint eltOrder = -1);
+		virtual void addGroup (CInterfaceGroup *child, sint eltOrder = -1);
+
+		CViewBase*		 getView (const std::string &id);
+		CCtrlBase*		 getCtrl (const std::string &id);
+		CInterfaceGroup* getGroup(const std::string &id) const;
+
+		// Delete know type by ptr (return true if found and removed)
+		virtual bool delView  (CViewBase *child, bool dontDelete = false);
+		virtual bool delCtrl  (CCtrlBase *child, bool dontDelete = false);
+		virtual bool delGroup (CInterfaceGroup * child, bool dontDelete = false);
+
+		// Delete know type by name (return true if found and removed)
+		virtual bool delView  (const std::string &id, bool dontDelete = false);
+		virtual bool delCtrl  (const std::string &id, bool dontDelete = false);
+		virtual bool delGroup (const std::string &id, bool dontDelete = false);
+
+		// Delete unknow type by name or ptr. NB: additionaly, if it's a group, unmakeWindow() is called as necessary
+		bool delElement (const std::string &id, bool noWarning=false);
+		bool delElement (CInterfaceElement *pIE, bool noWarning=false);
+
+		uint getNumGroup() const { return (uint)_ChildrenGroups.size(); }
+		CInterfaceGroup *getGroup(uint index) const;
+
+		sint32	getMaxUsedW() const;
+		sint32	getMinUsedW() const;
+
+		/// Coming from CCtrlBase
+		virtual bool handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event);
+
+		void executeControl (const std::string &sControlName);
+
+		const std::vector<CInterfaceGroup*> & getGroups () { return _ChildrenGroups; }
+		const std::vector<CCtrlBase*> & getControls() { return _Controls; }
+		const std::vector<CViewBase*> & getViews() { return _Views; }
+
+		// test is a group is a direct child of this interface group
+		bool isChildGroup(const CInterfaceGroup *group) const;
+
+		virtual bool isWindowUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y); // Virtual for menu that is not square
+		CInterfaceGroup *getGroupUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y);
+		virtual bool getViewsUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 clipX, sint32 clipY, sint32 clipW, sint32 clipH, std::vector<CViewBase*> &vVB); // Return true if x,y under the group
+		virtual bool getCtrlsUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 clipX, sint32 clipY, sint32 clipW, sint32 clipH, std::vector<CCtrlBase*> &vICL);
+		virtual bool getGroupsUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 clipX, sint32 clipY, sint32 clipW, sint32 clipH, std::vector<CInterfaceGroup *> &vIGL);
+
+		void absoluteToRelative (sint32 &x, sint32 &y);
+
+		/// Coming from CViewBase
+		virtual void draw ();
+		// Draw with no clip (if clip is done by parent)
+		virtual void drawNoClip();
+
+		/// Tool function to draw a single Element that should exist in the group (clipped by the group)
+		void	drawElement (CViewBase *el);
+
+
+		/**
+		 * update the elements coords
+		 */
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+
+		/// remove all views
+		virtual void clearViews();
+
+		/// remove all controls
+		virtual void clearControls();
+
+		/// remove all groups
+		virtual void clearGroups();
+
+		void setParentSizeMax(CInterfaceElement *pIE) { _ParentSizeMax = pIE; }
+		void setMaxW (sint32 maxw)	{ _MaxW = maxw; }
+		void setMaxH (sint32 maxh)	{ _MaxH = maxh; }
+		void setOfsX (sint32 x)		{ _OffsetX = x; }
+		void setOfsY (sint32 y)		{ _OffsetY = y; }
+		bool moveSBTrackY (CInterfaceGroup *target, sint32 dy);
+		bool moveSBTargetY (CInterfaceGroup *target, sint32 dy);
+		void setResizeFromChildW(bool resize) { _ResizeFromChildW = resize; }
+		void setResizeFromChildH(bool resize) { _ResizeFromChildH = resize; }
+
+		// Valid only for windows InterfaceGroup.
+		// escapable
+		void setEscapable(bool b) { _Escapable= b; }
+		bool getEscapable() const { return _Escapable; }
+		void setAHOnEscape(const std::string &ah) { _AHOnEscape = CAHManager::getInstance()->getAH(ah, _AHOnEscapeParams); }
+		const std::string &getAHOnEscape() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnEscape); }
+		void setAHOnEscapeParams(const std::string &ah) { _AHOnEscapeParams = ah; }
+		const std::string &getAHOnEscapeParams() const { return _AHOnEscapeParams; }
+		// enterable
+		void setAHOnEnter(const std::string &ah) { _AHOnEnter = CAHManager::getInstance()->getAH(ah, _AHOnEnterParams); }
+		const std::string &getAHOnEnter() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnEnter); }
+		void setAHOnEnterParams(const std::string &ah) { _AHOnEnterParams = ah; }
+		const std::string &getAHOnEnterParams() const { return _AHOnEnterParams; }
+		uint8 getPriority() const { return _Priority; }
+		void setPriority(uint8 nprio);
+
+
+		sint32 getMaxW () const { return _MaxW; }
+		sint32 getMaxH () const { return _MaxH; }
+		sint32 getMaxWReal () const { return _Active ? _MaxWReal : 0; }
+		sint32 getMaxHReal () const { return _Active ? _MaxHReal : 0; }
+		sint32 getOfsX () const { return _OffsetX; }
+		sint32 getOfsY () const { return _OffsetY; }
+		bool   getResizeFromChildW() const { return _ResizeFromChildW; }
+		bool   getResizeFromChildH() const { return _ResizeFromChildH; }
+		sint32 getResizeFromChildWMargin() const { return _ResizeFromChildWMargin; }
+		sint32 getResizeFromChildHMargin() const { return _ResizeFromChildHMargin; }
+		void   setResizeFromChildWMargin(sint32 margin) { _ResizeFromChildWMargin = margin; }
+		void   setResizeFromChildHMargin(sint32 margin) { _ResizeFromChildHMargin = margin; }
+		bool   getOverlappable() const { return _Overlappable; }
+
+		virtual void setActive (bool state);
+
+		// eval dimension of children bbox
+		void evalChildrenBBox(bool resizeFromChildW, bool resizeFromChildH, sint &width, sint &height) const;
+
+		virtual void	launch ();
+
+
+		// right & left clicks handler
+		void	setLeftClickHandler(const std::string &handler);
+		void	setRightClickHandler(const std::string &handler);
+		void	setLeftClickHandlerParams(const std::string &params) { _AHOnLeftClickParams = params; }
+		void	setRightClickHandlerParams(const std::string &params) { _AHOnRightClickParams = params; }
+		void	setOnActiveHandler(const std::string &h) { _AHOnActive = CAHManager::getInstance()->getAH(h,_AHOnActiveParams); }
+		void	setOnActiveParams(const std::string &p) { _AHOnActiveParams = p; }
+		void	setOnDeactiveHandler(const std::string &h) { _AHOnDeactive = CAHManager::getInstance()->getAH(h,_AHOnDeactiveParams); }
+		void	setOnDeactiveParams(const std::string &p) { _AHOnDeactiveParams = p; }
+
+		const std::string &getLeftClickHandler() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnLeftClick); }
+		const std::string &getLeftClickHandlerParams() const { return _AHOnLeftClickParams; }
+		const std::string &getRightClickHandler() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnRightClick); }
+		const std::string &getRightClickHandlerParams() const { return _AHOnRightClickParams; }
+		const std::string &getOnActiveHandler() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnActive); }
+		const std::string &getOnActiveParams() const { return _AHOnActiveParams; }
+		const std::string &getOnDeactiveHandler() const { return CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(_AHOnDeactive); }
+		const std::string &getOnDeactiveParams() const { return _AHOnDeactiveParams; }
+
+		// find a sub view/ctrl/group in this group from its id
+		int luaFind(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetEnclosingContainer(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaDeleteLUAEnvTable(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaAddGroup(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaDelGroup(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetNumGroups(CLuaState &ls);
+		int luaGetGroup(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		void setMaxSizeRef(const std::string &maxSizeRef);
+		std::string getMaxSizeRefAsString() const;
+
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CInterfaceGroup, CCtrlBase)
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("find", luaFind);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("deleteLUAEnvTable", luaDeleteLUAEnvTable);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getEnclosingContainer", luaGetEnclosingContainer);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("addGroup", luaAddGroup);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("delGroup", luaDelGroup);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getNumGroups", luaGetNumGroups);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("getGroup", luaGetGroup);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("left_click", getLeftClickHandler, setLeftClickHandler);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("right_click", getRightClickHandler, setRightClickHandler);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("left_click_params", getLeftClickHandlerParams, setLeftClickHandlerParams);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("right_click_params", getRightClickHandlerParams, setRightClickHandlerParams);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("on_active", getOnActiveHandler, setOnActiveHandler);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("on_active_params", getOnActiveParams, setOnActiveParams);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("on_deactive", getOnDeactiveHandler, setOnDeactiveHandler);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("on_deactive_params", getOnDeactiveParams, setOnDeactiveParams);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("on_enter", getAHOnEnter, setAHOnEnter);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("on_enter_params", getAHOnEnterParams, setAHOnEnterParams);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("on_escape", getAHOnEscape, setAHOnEscape);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("on_escape_params", getAHOnEscapeParams, setAHOnEscapeParams);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("ofsx", getOfsX, setOfsX);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("ofsy", getOfsY, setOfsY);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("child_resize_w", getResizeFromChildW, setResizeFromChildW);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("child_resize_wmargin", getResizeFromChildWMargin, setResizeFromChildWMargin);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("child_resize_h", getResizeFromChildH, setResizeFromChildH);
+			REFLECT_SINT32("child_resize_hmargin", getResizeFromChildHMargin, setResizeFromChildHMargin);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("ofsy", getOfsY, setOfsY);
+			REFLECT_STRING("max_sizeref", getMaxSizeRefAsString, setMaxSizeRef);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("max_w", getMaxW, setMaxW);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("max_h", getMaxH, setMaxH);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("max_w_real", getMaxWReal, dummySet);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("max_h_real", getMaxHReal, dummySet);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+
+
+		// From CCtrlBase
+		virtual void updateAllLinks();
+
+		/// return true for some containers. false by default
+		virtual bool	isMovable() const {return false;}
+
+		virtual sint32 getAlpha() const;
+		virtual void setAlpha (sint32 a);
+
+		/// Eval current clip coords. This is not incremental as with makeNewClip, and thus more slow. This also doesn't change the current clip window.
+		void getClip(sint32 &x, sint32 &y, sint32 &w, sint32 &h) const;
+
+		// quick way to know if the group is a CGroupContainer
+		bool isGroupContainer() const { return _IsGroupContainer; }
+		bool isGroupScrollText() const{ return _IsGroupScrollText; }
+		bool isGroupInScene() const{ return _IsGroupInScene; }
+		bool isGroupList() const{ return _IsGroupList; }
+
+		CInterfaceGroup* getEnclosingContainer();
+
+		sint getInsertionOrder(CViewBase *vb) const;
+
+		// for debug only
+		void dumpGroups();
+		void dumpEltsOrder();
+
+		virtual void renderWiredQuads(CInterfaceElement::TRenderWired type, const std::string &uiFilter);
+
+		virtual bool isGroup() const { return true; }
+
+		// clear all edit box in the ui
+		virtual void    clearAllEditBox();
+		// restore all backuped positions for containers
+		virtual void    restoreAllContainersBackupPosition();
+
+		virtual void	dumpSize(uint depth = 0) const;
+
+		// From CInterfaceElement
+		virtual void visit(CInterfaceElementVisitor *visitor);
+
+		/// Visits only this group's sub-groups and then the group itself
+		virtual void visitGroupAndChildren( CInterfaceElementVisitor *visitor );
+
+		// Check cursor
+		void	setUseCursor(bool use);
+		bool	getUseCursor() const { return _UseCursor; }
+
+
+		// From CInterfaceElement
+		virtual void	onFrameUpdateWindowPos(sint dx, sint dy);
+		// true for CGroupInScene for instance
+		bool	isNeedFrameUpdatePos() const {return _NeedFrameUpdatePos;}
+
+
+		/// \name LUA specific
+		// @{
+		// Create a LUA Environement if don't exist, then push it on the LUA stack
+		void	pushLUAEnvTable();
+		// Free the LUA Env Table
+		void	deleteLUAEnvTable(bool recurse = false);
+		// Set the LUA script to execute at checkCoords time (empty to reset)
+		void	setLuaScriptOnDraw(const std::string &script);
+		//
+		void	executeLuaScriptOnDraw();
+		// Set the LUA script to execute when a list of DB change (of forms: "@DB1,@DB2" ....). The dbList is the key
+		void	addLuaScriptOnDBChange(const std::string &dbList, const std::string &script);
+		// Remove the LUA script to execute when a list of DB change
+		void	removeLuaScriptOnDBChange(const std::string &dbList);
+		// @}
+
+		virtual CInterfaceElement *clone();
+		virtual void serial(NLMISC::IStream &f);
+
+		// Return the current Depth, with no ZBias applied.
+		float getDepthForZSort() const { return _DepthForZSort; }
+
+	protected:
+
+		void makeNewClip (sint32 &oldClipX, sint32 &oldClipY, sint32 &oldClipW, sint32 &oldClipH);
+		void restoreClip (sint32 oldSciX, sint32 oldSciY, sint32 oldSciW, sint32 oldSciH);
+
+		// Compute clip contribution for current window, and a previous clipping rectangle. This doesn't change the clip window in the driver.
+		void computeCurrentClipContribution(sint32 prevX, sint32 prevY, sint32 prevW, sint32 prevH,
+								sint32 &newX, sint32 &newY, sint32 &newW, sint32 &newH) const;
+
+		void delEltOrder (CViewBase *pElt);
+
+		// update coords one time
+		void doUpdateCoords();
+
+		// notify children controls & groups that 'active' has been called on one of their parent
+		void notifyActiveCalled(const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorActiveCalledOnParent &desc);
+
+	protected:
+
+		/// children interface elements
+		std::vector<CInterfaceGroup*>	_ChildrenGroups;
+		std::vector<CCtrlBase*>			_Controls;
+		std::vector<CViewBase*>			_Views;
+
+		std::vector<CViewBase*>			_EltOrder;
+
+		/// Scroll properties
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr<CInterfaceElement>	_ParentSizeMax;	 // RefPtr in case of group destroyed in a parent group with posref on it
+		sint32 _MaxW, _MaxH;
+		sint32 _MaxWReal, _MaxHReal;
+		sint32 _OffsetX, _OffsetY;
+
+		uint8 _Priority;
+
+		// Misc prop
+		bool	_Overlappable		: 1;
+		bool	_ResizeFromChildW	: 1;
+		bool	_ResizeFromChildH	: 1;
+		bool	_Escapable			: 1;
+		bool	_UseCursor			: 1;
+		bool	_IsGroupContainer	: 1;	// faster than a virual call
+		bool	_IsGroupScrollText  : 1;
+		bool    _IsGroupInScene     : 1;
+		bool	_IsGroupList		: 1;
+		bool	_NeedFrameUpdatePos	: 1;	// typically For CGroupInScene
+		sint32	_ResizeFromChildWMargin;
+		sint32	_ResizeFromChildHMargin;
+		sint32  _GroupSizeRef;
+
+		// Projected Depth with no ZBias applied
+		float				_DepthForZSort;
+
+		// handler for activation
+		IActionHandler	*_AHOnActive;
+		CStringShared	_AHOnActiveParams;
+		IActionHandler	*_AHOnDeactive;
+		CStringShared	_AHOnDeactiveParams;
+
+		// right & left clicks
+		IActionHandler	*_AHOnLeftClick;
+		CStringShared	_AHOnLeftClickParams;
+		IActionHandler	*_AHOnRightClick;
+		CStringShared	_AHOnRightClickParams;
+
+		// enter params.
+		IActionHandler	*_AHOnEnter;
+		CStringShared	_AHOnEnterParams;
+
+		// escape AH
+		IActionHandler	*_AHOnEscape;
+		CStringShared	_AHOnEscapeParams;
+
+	private:
+
+		void addToEltOrder(CViewBase *view, sint order);
+
+		/// \name LUA specific
+		// @{
+		// Lua Env Table created. Table is in the LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, with key as this CInterfaceGroup* userdata
+		bool			_LUAEnvTableCreated;
+		// The LUA script to be executed on Draw (checkCoords)
+		CStringShared	_LUAOnDraw;
+		// The InterfaceLink created specialy for Lua Script to be executed at some DB change
+		typedef std::map<std::string, NLMISC::CSmartPtr<CInterfaceLink> >	TLUAOnDbChange;
+		TLUAOnDbChange	_LUAOnDbChange;
+		void	removeAllLUAOnDbChange();
+	protected:
+		void parseMaxSizeRef(const char *ptr);
+		// @}
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_INTERFACE_GROUP_H
+
+/* End of interface_group.h */
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/interface_link.h

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef CL_INTERFACE_LINK_H
+#define CL_INTERFACE_LINK_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/cdb_branch.h"
+#include "nel/misc/cdb_branch_observing_handler.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CReflectedProperty;
+	class CInterfaceExprValue;
+	class CInterfaceExprNode;
+	class CInterfaceElement;
+	class CInterfaceGroup;
+
+	/** A link in an interface.
+	  * A link is an object that can read one or several values from the database, that can evaluate an expression
+	  * on these database entries (simple computation, using the CInterfaceExpr class), and that can affect the result to
+	  * an interface property that has been exported by an interface element (the export system uses reflect.h).
+	  * The first time it is created, it places observers on the database entries that are needed by the expression, so each
+	  * time a database value changes, the link is marked as 'triggered'
+	  * When updateTrigeredLinks() is called, all links are effectively updated.
+	  *
+	  * Example of use : connecting a change in the db tree to the 'active' state of a window
+	  *
+	  * NB : an additionnal action handler can be provided
+	  * NB : The links are owned by the interface element (using a smart pointer)
+	  * NB : Several targets may be used.
+	  *
+	  * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	  * \author Nevrax France
+	  * \date 2002
+	  */
+	class CInterfaceLink : public NLMISC::ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver
+	{
+	public:
+		#ifdef NL_DEBUG
+			// for debugging purposes : if this link is 'named' e.g is owner by CInterfaceManager
+			// and was created by calling CInterfaceManager::addLink, contains the name of this link
+			std::string LinkName;
+		#endif
+	public:
+		struct CTargetInfo
+		{
+			CInterfaceElement *Elem;
+			std::string        PropertyName;
+			/** Affect a value to this target.
+			  * \return true if the affectation could be made
+			  */
+			bool affect(const CInterfaceExprValue &value);
+		};
+
+
+		/// Updates triggered interface links when triggered by the observed branch
+		class CInterfaceLinkUpdater : public NLMISC::CCDBBranchObservingHandler::IBranchObserverCallFlushObserver
+		{
+		public:
+			CInterfaceLinkUpdater();
+			~CInterfaceLinkUpdater();
+			void onObserverCallFlush();
+		};
+
+	public:
+		CInterfaceLink();
+		~CInterfaceLink(); // this object should only be destroyed by a CInterfaceElement
+		/** Make a link between the given interface element properties and a value that depends on database entries.
+		  * The link is automatically added in the link list of the targets element (it calls CInterfaceElement::addLink), so when all target elements are removed, the link is.
+		  * If there are no target element, the link is permanent (removed at exit)
+		  * NB : The target is not updated during this call.
+		  */
+		bool				init(const std::vector<CTargetInfo> &targets, const std::string &expr, const std::string &actionHandler, const std::string &ahParams, const std::string &ahCond, CInterfaceGroup *parent);
+		// force all the links that have been created to update their targets. This can be called when the interface has been loaded, and when the databse entries have been retrieved.
+		static void			updateAllLinks();
+		// force all trigered links to be updated
+		static void			updateTrigeredLinks();
+		// remove from the _LinksWithNoTarget list if the link has no target
+		void				uninit();
+
+		// Force an update of the target of this link
+		void				update();
+		/** Remove a target element. It won't be updated anymore by that link
+		  * NB : this don't call removeLink() on the target
+		  */
+		void				removeTarget(CInterfaceElement *elem);
+		// Get the number of targets of this link
+		uint				getNumTargets() const { return (uint)_Targets.size(); }
+		// Get the i-th target
+		CInterfaceElement	*getTarget(uint index) const { return _Targets[index]._InterfaceElement; }
+
+		static void			removeAllLinks();
+
+		static void			setTargetProperty (const std::string & Target, const CInterfaceExprValue &val);
+
+		static bool				isUpdatingAllLinks() { return _UpdateAllLinks; }
+
+		/** From a target name of a link, retrieve the target element and its target target property
+		  * \return true if the target is valid
+		  */
+		static bool splitLinkTarget(const std::string &target, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup, std::string &propertyName, CInterfaceElement *&targetElm);
+
+		/** From several target names of a link (seprated by ','), retrieve the target elements and their target properties
+		  * \return true if all targets are valid
+		  */
+		static bool splitLinkTargets(const std::string &targets, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup, std::vector<CInterfaceLink::CTargetInfo> &targetsVect);
+	////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	private:
+		friend struct CRemoveTargetPred;
+		// a target property
+		struct CTarget
+		{
+			CInterfaceElement	        *_InterfaceElement;
+			const CReflectedProperty    *_Property;
+		};
+	private:
+		typedef std::list<CInterfaceLink *> TLinkList;
+		typedef NLMISC::CSmartPtr<CInterfaceLink> TLinkSmartPtr;
+		typedef std::vector<TLinkSmartPtr> TLinkVect;
+		typedef std::vector<NLMISC::ICDBNode *> TNodeVect;
+	private:
+		std::vector<CTarget>         _Targets;
+		TNodeVect					 _ObservedNodes;
+		std::string					 _Expr;
+		CInterfaceExprNode			 *_ParseTree;
+		std::string					 _ActionHandler;
+		std::string					 _AHParams;
+		std::string					 _AHCond;
+		CInterfaceGroup				*_AHParent;
+		static TLinkList             _LinkList;
+		TLinkList::iterator			 _ListEntry;
+		bool						 _On;
+		static TLinkVect             _LinksWithNoTarget; // there should be an owner for links with no targets
+		static bool					 _UpdateAllLinks;
+		///\ name triggered link mgt
+		//@{
+			// next/previous link that was trigered. NULL means end or start of list
+			// each ptr is duplicated because with manage 2 lists : one list in which links are added, and one list in which we update links.
+			// This way one link can trigger another with no prb
+			CInterfaceLink				*_PrevTriggeredLink[2];
+			CInterfaceLink				*_NextTriggeredLink[2];
+			bool						 _Triggered[2];
+			// global lists
+			static CInterfaceLink       *_FirstTriggeredLink[2];
+			static CInterfaceLink       *_LastTriggeredLink[2];
+			// iterators in current list being updated : they're global so that deleting a CInterfaceLink instance prevent them from becoming dangling pointers
+			static CInterfaceLink		*_CurrUpdatedLink;
+			static CInterfaceLink		*_NextUpdatedLink;
+			// Index of the list in which triggered link must be inserted
+			static uint					 _CurrentTriggeredLinkList;
+
+			//
+			void	linkInTriggerList(uint list);
+			void	unlinkFromTriggerList(uint list);
+		//@}
+
+	private:
+		/** Inherited from ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver
+		  * This doesn't update the node directly, but mark it as 'triggered'
+		  * The node is really updated during the call to 'updateTrigeredLinks()'
+		  */
+		virtual void update(NLMISC::ICDBNode *node);
+		void    createObservers(const TNodeVect &nodes);
+		void    removeObservers(const TNodeVect &nodes);
+		// debug : check that there are as many targets as reference to a link
+		void    checkNbRefs();
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/interface_options.h

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_INTERFACE_LAYER_H
+#define RZ_INTERFACE_LAYER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/debug.h"
+#include "nel/misc/smart_ptr.h"
+#include "nel/misc/rgba.h"
+#include "libxml/globals.h"
+#include "nel/misc/xml_auto_ptr.h"
+
+namespace NL3D
+{
+	class UAnimationSet;
+}
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	class CInterfaceOptionValue
+	{
+	public:
+		CInterfaceOptionValue()
+		{
+			_Color= NLMISC::CRGBA::White;
+			_Int= 0;
+			_Float= 0;
+			_Boolean= false;
+		}
+
+		const std::string		&getValStr	() const {return _Str;}
+		sint32					getValSInt32() const {return _Int;}
+		float					getValFloat	() const {return _Float;}
+		NLMISC::CRGBA			getValColor	() const {return _Color;}
+		bool					getValBool	() const {return _Boolean;}
+
+		void					init(const std::string &str);
+
+		// returned when InterfaceOptions param not found
+		static const CInterfaceOptionValue	NullValue;
+
+	private:
+
+		std::string		_Str;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_Color;
+		sint32			_Int;
+		float			_Float;
+		bool			_Boolean;
+	};
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	class CInterfaceOptions : public NLMISC::CRefCount
+	{
+
+	public:
+
+		CInterfaceOptions();
+		virtual ~CInterfaceOptions();
+
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur);
+
+		// return NullValue if param not found
+		const CInterfaceOptionValue		&getValue(const std::string &sParamName) const;
+
+		// shortcuts to getValue(paramName).getValXXX()
+		const std::string		&getValStr		(const std::string &sParamName) const;
+		sint32					getValSInt32	(const std::string &sParamName) const;
+		float					getValFloat		(const std::string &sParamName) const;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA			getValColor		(const std::string &sParamName) const;
+		bool					getValBool		(const std::string &sParamName) const;
+
+		// copy basic map only from other CInterfaceOptions (non virtual method)
+		void	copyBasicMap(const CInterfaceOptions &other);
+
+	protected:
+
+		std::map<std::string, CInterfaceOptionValue> _ParamValue;
+
+	};
+
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	class COptionsLayer : public CInterfaceOptions
+	{
+
+	public:
+		COptionsLayer();
+		~COptionsLayer();
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur);
+
+		// Container optimizer
+
+		sint32 Tile_Blank;
+		sint32 Tile_M_Header, Tile_M_Scrollbar;
+		sint32 Tile_T, Tile_B, Tile_L, Tile_R;
+		sint32 Tile_B_Open, Tile_EM_Open, Tile_M_Open;
+
+		sint32 Scrollbar_Offset_X;
+		sint32 Scrollbar_W;
+		sint32 TxId_B_Scrollbar, W_B_Scrollbar, H_B_Scrollbar;
+		sint32 TxId_M_Scrollbar, W_M_Scrollbar, H_M_Scrollbar;
+		sint32 TxId_T_Scrollbar, W_T_Scrollbar, H_T_Scrollbar;
+
+		sint32 TxId_L_Header, W_L_Header, H_L_Header;
+		sint32 TxId_M_Header, W_M_Header, H_M_Header;
+		sint32 TxId_R_Header, W_R_Header, H_R_Header;
+
+		sint32 TxId_TL,		W_TL, H_TL;
+		sint32 TxId_T,		W_T,  H_T;
+		sint32 TxId_TR,		W_TR, H_TR;
+		sint32 TxId_L,		W_L,  H_L;
+		sint32 TxId_R,		W_R,  H_R;
+		sint32 TxId_Blank,	W_Blank, H_Blank;
+		sint32 TxId_BL,		W_BL, H_BL;
+		sint32 TxId_B,		W_B,  H_B;
+		sint32 TxId_BR,		W_BR, H_BR;
+
+		sint32 TxId_BL_Open, W_BL_Open, H_BL_Open;
+		sint32 TxId_B_Open,  W_B_Open,  H_B_Open;
+		sint32 TxId_BR_Open, W_BR_Open, H_BR_Open;
+		sint32 TxId_EL_Open, W_EL_Open, H_EL_Open;
+		sint32 TxId_EM_Open, W_EM_Open, H_EM_Open;
+		sint32 TxId_ER_Open, W_ER_Open, H_ER_Open;
+		sint32 TxId_E_Open,	 W_E_Open,  H_E_Open;
+		sint32 TxId_M_Open,	 W_M_Open,  H_M_Open;
+
+		sint32 TxId_TL_HighLight;
+		sint32 TxId_T_HighLight;
+		sint32 TxId_TR_HighLight;
+		sint32 TxId_L_HighLight;
+		sint32 TxId_R_HighLight;
+		sint32 TxId_BL_HighLight;
+		sint32 TxId_B_HighLight;
+		sint32 TxId_BR_HighLight;
+
+		sint32	HeaderH;
+	};
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	class COptionsContainerInsertion : public CInterfaceOptions
+	{
+	public:
+		COptionsContainerInsertion();
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur);
+
+		sint32 TxId_R_Arrow;
+		sint32 TxId_L_Arrow;
+		sint32 TxId_T_Arrow;
+		sint32 TxId_B_Arrow;
+		sint32 TxId_InsertionBar;
+	};
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	class COptionsContainerMove : public CInterfaceOptions
+	{
+	public:
+		COptionsContainerMove();
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur);
+
+		sint32 TrackW;
+		sint32 TrackH;
+		sint32 TrackY;
+		sint32 TrackYWithTopResizer;
+		sint32 TrackHWithTopResizer;
+		sint32 ResizerSize;
+	};
+
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 *	read a list of <param> with no name. id auto incremented
+	 */
+	class COptionsList : public CInterfaceOptions
+	{
+	public:
+		COptionsList();
+		virtual bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur);
+
+		uint	getNumParams() const {return _NumParams;}
+
+		// get a value by its index (from 0 to numParams)
+		const CInterfaceOptionValue		&getValue(uint paramId) const;
+
+	private:
+		uint		_NumParams;
+	};
+
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_INTERFACE_LAYER_H
+
+/* End of interface_layer.h */
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/interface_property.h

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_INTERFACE_PROPERTY_H
+#define NL_INTERFACE_PROPERTY_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/misc/rgba.h"
+#include "nel/misc/cdb.h"
+#include "nel/misc/cdb_leaf.h"
+#include "nel/misc/cdb_branch.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/**
+	 * interface property
+	 * class used to managed all the interface member values
+	 * As the database contains only sint64, several methods are needed to do the conversion
+	 * \author Nicolas Brigand
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CInterfaceProperty
+	{
+	public:
+		//enum defining a hot spot
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CInterfaceProperty()
+		{
+			_VolatileValue = NULL;
+		}
+
+		NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf* getNodePtr() const
+		{
+			return _VolatileValue;
+		}
+
+		void setNodePtr(NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *ptr)
+		{
+			_VolatileValue = ptr;
+		}
+
+
+		bool link (const char *DBProp);
+		bool link( NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *dbNode );
+		bool link( NLMISC::CCDBNodeBranch *dbNode, const std::string &leafId, NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *defaultLeaf = NULL  );
+
+		/// float operations
+		void setDouble (double value) {setSInt64((sint64&) value);}
+		double getDouble () const {sint64 i = getSInt64(); return (double &) i;	}
+		void readDouble (const char* value, const std::string& id);
+
+		/// sint32 operations
+		void setSInt32 (sint32 value) {_VolatileValue->setValue32 (value);}
+		sint32 getSInt32 () const {return _VolatileValue->getValue32();}
+		void readSInt32(const char* value, const std::string& id);
+
+		/// sint64 operations
+		void setSInt64 (sint64 value) {_VolatileValue->setValue64(value);}
+		sint64 getSInt64 () const {return _VolatileValue->getValue64();}
+		void readSInt64(const char* value, const std::string& id);
+
+		/// CRGBA operations
+		void setRGBA (const NLMISC::CRGBA & value);
+		NLMISC::CRGBA getRGBA () const;
+		void readRGBA (const char* value, const std::string& id);
+
+		/// HotSpot operations
+
+		void readHotSpot (const char* value, const std::string& id);
+
+		/// bool operations
+		void setBool (bool value);
+		bool getBool () const;
+		void readBool (const char* value, const std::string& id);
+
+		// Swap the content of this 2 property (no-op if one is NULL)
+		void	swap32(CInterfaceProperty &o);
+
+	private:
+		/// volatile value of the property (pointer to a leaf of the database)
+		NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf* _VolatileValue;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_INTERFACE_PROPERTY_H
+
+/* End of interface_property.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/libwww.h

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+
+#ifndef CL_LIB_WWW_H
+#define CL_LIB_WWW_H
+
+extern "C"
+{
+#include "WWWInit.h"
+}
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CCtrlBaseButton;
+	class CCtrlScroll;
+	class CGroupList;
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+
+	// Init the libwww
+	void initLibWWW();
+
+	// Get an url and setup a local domain
+	const std::string &setCurrentDomain(const std::string &url);
+
+	extern std::string CurrentCookie;
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+
+	// Some DTD table
+
+	// Here, modify the DTD table to change the HTML parser (add new tags for exemples)
+
+	#undef HTML_ATTR
+	#define HTML_ATTR(t,a) MY_HTML_##t##_##a
+
+	enum
+	{
+		HTML_ATTR(A,ACCESSKEY) = 0,
+			HTML_ATTR(A,CHARSET),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,CLASS),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,COORDS),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,DIR),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,HREF),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,HREFLANG),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,ID),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,NAME),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,REL),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,REV),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,SHAPE),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,STYLE),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,TABINDEX),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,TARGET),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,TYPE),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,TITLE),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,Z_ACTION_CATEGORY),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,Z_ACTION_PARAMS),
+			HTML_ATTR(A,Z_ACTION_SHORTCUT),
+	};
+
+	enum
+	{
+		HTML_ATTR(TABLE,ALIGN) = 0,
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,BGCOLOR),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,BORDER),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,CELLPADDING),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,CELLSPACING),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,CLASS),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,DIR),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,FRAME),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,ID),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,L_MARGIN),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,LANG),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,NOWRAP),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,RULES),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,SUMMARY),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,STYLE),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,TITLE),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,VALIGN),
+			HTML_ATTR(TABLE,WIDTH)
+	};
+
+	enum
+	{
+		HTML_ATTR(TR,ALIGN) = 0,
+			HTML_ATTR(TR,BGCOLOR),
+			HTML_ATTR(TR,L_MARGIN),
+			HTML_ATTR(TR,NOWRAP),
+			HTML_ATTR(TR,VALIGN),
+	};
+
+	enum
+	{
+		HTML_ATTR(TD,ABBR) = 0,
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,ALIGN),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,AXIS),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,BGCOLOR),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,CHAR),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,CHAROFF),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,CLASS),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,COLSPAN),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,DIR),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,ID),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,HEADERS),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,HEIGHT),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,L_MARGIN),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,LANG),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,NOWRAP),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,ROWSPAN),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,SCOPE),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,STYLE),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,TITLE),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,VALIGN),
+			HTML_ATTR(TD,WIDTH),
+	};
+
+	enum
+	{
+		HTML_ATTR(IMG,ALIGN) = 0,
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,ALT),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,BORDER),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,CLASS),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,DIR),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,GLOBAL_COLOR),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,HEIGHT),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,HSPACE),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,ID),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,ISMAP),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,LANG),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,LONGDESC),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,SRC),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,STYLE),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,TITLE),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,USEMAP),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,VSPACE),
+			HTML_ATTR(IMG,WIDTH),
+	};
+
+	enum
+	{
+		HTML_ATTR(INPUT,ACCEPT) = 0,
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,ACCESSKEY),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,ALIGN),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,ALT),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,CHECKED),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,CLASS),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,DIR),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,DISABLED),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,GLOBAL_COLOR),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,ID),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,LANG),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,MAXLENGTH),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,NAME),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,READONLY),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,SIZE),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,SRC),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,STYLE),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,TABINDEX),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,TITLE),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,TYPE),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,USEMAP),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,VALUE),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,Z_BTN_TMPL),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,Z_INPUT_TMPL),
+			HTML_ATTR(INPUT,Z_INPUT_WIDTH),
+	};
+
+	enum
+	{
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,CLASS) = 0,
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,COLS),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,DIR),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,DISABLED),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,ID),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,LANG),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,NAME),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,READONLY),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,ROWS),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,STYLE),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,TABINDEX),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,TITLE),
+		HTML_ATTR(TEXTAREA,Z_INPUT_TMPL),
+	};
+
+	enum
+	{
+		HTML_ATTR(P,QUICK_HELP_CONDITION) = 0,
+			HTML_ATTR(P,QUICK_HELP_EVENTS),
+			HTML_ATTR(P,QUICK_HELP_LINK),
+			HTML_ATTR(P,NAME),
+	};
+
+	enum
+	{
+		HTML_ATTR(DIV,CLASS) = 0,
+		HTML_ATTR(DIV,ID),
+		HTML_ATTR(DIV,NAME),
+		HTML_ATTR(DIV,STYLE),
+	};
+
+
+	#undef HTML_ATTR
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+
+	// A smart ptr for LibWWW strings
+	class C3WSmartPtr
+	{
+	public:
+		C3WSmartPtr ()
+		{
+			_Ptr = NULL;
+		}
+		C3WSmartPtr (const char *ptr)
+		{
+			_Ptr = ptr;
+		}
+		~C3WSmartPtr ()
+		{
+			clear();
+		}
+		void operator=(const char *str)
+		{
+			clear ();
+			_Ptr = str;
+		}
+		operator const char *() const
+		{
+			return _Ptr;
+		}
+		void clear()
+		{
+			if (_Ptr)
+			{
+				void *ptr = (void*)_Ptr;
+				HT_FREE(ptr);
+			}
+			_Ptr = NULL;
+		}
+	private:
+		const char *_Ptr;
+	};
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+
+	// Read a width HTML parameter. "100" or "100%". Returns true if percent (0 ~ 1) else false
+	bool getPercentage (sint32 &width, float &percent, const char *str);
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+
+	// Parse a HTML color
+	NLMISC::CRGBA getColor (const char *color);
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+
+	void _VerifyLibWWW(const char *function, bool ok, const char *file, int line);
+	#define VerifyLibWWW(a,b) _VerifyLibWWW(a,(b)!=FALSE,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+
+	// Standard request terminator
+	int requestTerminater (HTRequest * request, HTResponse * response, void * param, int status) ;
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/libwww_nel_stream.h

@@ -23,8 +23,6 @@
 #include "HTProt.h"
 
 extern "C" HTProtCallback HTLoadNeLFile;
-
-extern "C" PUBLIC HTInputStream * HTNeLReader_new (HTHost * host, HTChannel * ch,
-										void * param, int mode);
+extern "C" PUBLIC HTInputStream * HTNeLReader_new (HTHost * host, HTChannel * ch, void * param, int mode);
 
 #endif // LIBWWW_NEL_STREAM_H

code/nel/include/nel/gui/lua_helper.h

@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef RZ_LUA_HELPER_H
+#define RZ_LUA_HELPER_H
+
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/misc/smart_ptr.h"
+
+extern "C"
+{
+	#include "lua_loadlib.h"
+}
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CLuaState;
+
+	namespace LuaHelperStuff
+	{
+		void formatLuaStackContext( std::string &stackContext );
+		std::string	formatLuaErrorSysInfo( const std::string &error );
+		std::string formatLuaErrorNlWarn( const std::string &error );
+	}
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/** Helper class to see if a stack is restored at its initial size (or with n return results).
+	  * Check that the stack size remains unchanged when the object goes out of scope
+	  */
+	class CLuaStackChecker
+	{
+	public:
+		CLuaStackChecker(CLuaState *state, int numWantedResults = 0);
+		~CLuaStackChecker();
+		/** Increment exception context counter
+		  * When an exception is thrown, lua stack checker do any assert bu will
+		  * rather restore the lua stack at its original size, and will
+		  * let the exception a chance to propagate
+		  */
+		static void incrementExceptionContextCounter();
+		static void decrementExceptionContextCounter();
+
+	private:
+		CLuaState    *_State;
+		int          _FinalWantedSize;
+		static uint  _ExceptionContextCounter;
+
+	};
+
+	// **************************************************************************
+	/** Helper class to restore the lua stack to the desired size when this object goes out of scope
+	  */
+	class CLuaStackRestorer
+	{
+	public:
+		CLuaStackRestorer(CLuaState *state, int finalSize);
+		~CLuaStackRestorer();
+	private:
+		int _FinalSize;
+		CLuaState *_State;
+	};
+
+	////////////////
+	// EXCEPTIONS //
+	////////////////
+
+	class ELuaError : public NLMISC::Exception
+	{
+	public:
+		ELuaError() { CLuaStackChecker::incrementExceptionContextCounter(); }
+		virtual ~ELuaError() throw() { CLuaStackChecker::decrementExceptionContextCounter(); }
+		ELuaError(const std::string &reason) : Exception(reason) { CLuaStackChecker::incrementExceptionContextCounter(); }
+		// what(), plus append the Reason
+		virtual std::string luaWhat() const throw() {return NLMISC::toString("LUAError: %s", what());}
+	};
+
+	// A parse error occured
+	class ELuaParseError : public ELuaError
+	{
+	public:
+		ELuaParseError() {}
+		ELuaParseError(const std::string &reason) : ELuaError(reason) {}
+		virtual ~ELuaParseError() throw() { }
+		// what(), plus append the Reason
+		virtual std::string luaWhat() const throw() {return NLMISC::toString("ELuaParseError: %s", what());}
+	};
+
+	/** Exception thrown when something went wrong inside a wrapped function called by lua
+	  */
+	class ELuaWrappedFunctionException : public ELuaError
+	{
+	public:
+		ELuaWrappedFunctionException(CLuaState *luaState);
+		ELuaWrappedFunctionException(CLuaState *luaState, const std::string &reason);
+		ELuaWrappedFunctionException(CLuaState *luaState, const char *format, ...);
+		virtual ~ELuaWrappedFunctionException() throw() { }
+		virtual const char	*what() const throw() {return _Reason.c_str();}
+	protected:
+		void	init(CLuaState *ls, const std::string &reason);
+	protected:
+		std::string	_Reason;
+	};
+
+	// A execution error occured
+	class ELuaExecuteError : public ELuaError
+	{
+	public:
+		ELuaExecuteError() {}
+		ELuaExecuteError(const std::string &reason) : ELuaError(reason) {}
+		virtual ~ELuaExecuteError() throw() { }
+		// what(), plus append the Reason
+		virtual std::string luaWhat() const throw() {return NLMISC::toString("ELuaExecuteError: %s", what());}
+	};
+
+	// A bad cast occured when using lua_checkcast
+	class ELuaBadCast : public ELuaError
+	{
+	public:
+		ELuaBadCast() {}
+		ELuaBadCast(const std::string &reason) : ELuaError(reason) {}
+		// what(), plus append the Reason
+		virtual std::string luaWhat() const throw() {return NLMISC::toString("ELuaBadCast: %s", what());}
+	};
+
+	// Error when trying to indexate an object that is not a table
+	class ELuaNotATable : public ELuaError
+	{
+	public:
+		ELuaNotATable() {}
+		ELuaNotATable(const std::string &reason) : ELuaError(reason) {}
+		// what(), plus append the Reason
+		virtual std::string luaWhat() const throw() {return NLMISC::toString("ELuaNotATable: %s", what());}
+	};
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	// a function to be used with a CLuaState instance
+	typedef int (* TLuaWrappedFunction) (CLuaState &ls);
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/** C++ version of a lua state
+	  */
+	class CLuaState : public NLMISC::CRefCount
+	{
+	public:
+		typedef NLMISC::CRefPtr<CLuaState>   TRefPtr;
+
+		// Create a new environement
+		CLuaState( bool debugger = false );
+		~CLuaState();
+
+
+		/// \name Registering
+		// @{
+		// register a wrapped function
+		void				registerFunc(const char *name, TLuaWrappedFunction function);
+		// @}
+
+
+		/// \name Script execution
+		// @{
+
+		/** Parse a script and push as a function in top of the LUA stack
+		 *	\throw ELuaParseError
+		 *	\param dbgSrc is a string for debug. Should be a filename (preceded with '@'), or a short script.
+		 */
+		void				loadScript(const std::string &code, const std::string &dbgSrc);
+
+		/** Execute a script from a string, possibly throwing an exception if there's a parse error
+		 *	\throw ELuaParseError, ELuaExecuteError
+		 */
+		void				executeScript(const std::string &code, int numRet = 0);
+
+		/** Execute a script from a string. If an errors occurs it is printed in the log
+		 *	\return true if script execution was successful
+		 */
+		bool				executeScriptNoThrow(const std::string &code, int numRet = 0);
+
+		/** Load a Script from a File (maybe in a BNP), and execute it
+		 *	\return false if file not found
+		 *	\throw ELuaParseError, ELuaExecuteError
+		 */
+		bool				executeFile(const std::string &pathName);
+
+		/** execute a very Small Script (a function call for instance)
+		 *	It is different from doString() in such there is a cache (where the key is the script itself)
+		 *	so that the second time this script is executed, there is no parsing
+		 *	Note: I experienced optim with about 10 times faster than a executeScript() on a simple "a= a+1;" script
+		 *	\throw ELuaParseError, ELuaExecuteError
+		 */
+		void				executeSmallScript(const std::string &script);
+
+		// @}
+
+
+		/// \name Stack Manipulation
+		// @{
+		// stack manipulation (indices start at 1)
+		void				setTop(int index);     // set new size of stack
+		void				clear() { setTop(0); }
+		int					getTop();
+		bool				empty() { return getTop() == 0; }
+		void				pushValue(int index);  // copie nth element of stack to the top of the stack
+		void				remove(int index);     // remove nth element of stack
+		void				insert(int index);     // insert last element of the stack before the given position
+		void				replace(int index);    // replace nth element of the stack with the top of the stack
+		void				pop(int numElem = 1);  // remove n elements from the top of the stack
+		// test the type of an element in the stack
+		// return one of the following values :
+		// LUA_TNIL
+		// LUA_TNUMBER
+		// LUA_TBOOLEAN
+		// LUA_TSTRING
+		// LUA_TTABLE
+		// LUA_TFUNCTION
+		// LUA_TUSERDATA
+		// LUA_TTHREAD
+		// LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA
+		int					type(int index = -1);
+		const char			*getTypename(int type);
+		bool				isNil(int index = -1);
+		bool				isBoolean(int index = -1);
+		bool				isNumber(int index = -1);
+		bool				isString(int index = -1);
+		bool				isTable(int index = -1);
+		bool				isFunction(int index = -1);
+		bool				isCFunction(int index = -1);
+		bool				isUserData(int index = -1);
+		bool				isLightUserData(int index = -1);
+		// converting then getting a value from the stack
+		bool				toBoolean(int index = -1);
+		lua_Number			toNumber(int index = -1);
+		const char			*toString(int index = -1);
+		void				toString(int index, std::string &str);		// convert to a std::string, with a NULL check.
+		size_t				strlen(int index = -1);
+		lua_CFunction		toCFunction(int index = -1);
+		void				*toUserData(int index = -1);
+		const void			*toPointer(int index = -1);
+		/** Helper functions : get value of the wanted type in the top table after conversion
+		* A default value is used if the stack entry is NULL.
+		* If conversion fails then an exception is thrown (with optional msg)
+		*/
+		bool				getTableBooleanValue(const char *name, bool        defaultValue= false);
+		double				getTableNumberValue(const char *name,  double      defaultValue= 0);
+		const char			*getTableStringValue(const char *name, const char *defaultValue= NULL);
+		// pushing value onto the stack
+		void				push(bool value);
+		void				push(lua_Number value);
+		void				push(const char *str);
+		void				push(const char *str, int length);
+		void				push(const std::string &str);
+		void				pushNil();
+		void				push(lua_CFunction f);
+		void                push(TLuaWrappedFunction function);
+		void				pushLightUserData(void *);			// push a light user data (use newUserData to push a full userdata)
+		// metatables
+		bool				getMetaTable(int index = -1);
+		bool				setMetaTable(int index = -1);  // set the metatable at top of stack to the object at 'index' (usually -2), then pop the metatable
+														   // even if asignment failed
+		// comparison
+		bool				equal(int index1, int index2);
+		bool				rawEqual(int index1, int index2);
+		bool				lessThan(int index1, int index2);
+		// concatenation of the n element at the top of the stack (using lua semantic)
+		void				concat(int numElem);
+		// tables
+		void				newTable(); // create a new table at top of the stack
+		void				getTable(int index); // get value from a table at index 'index' (key is at top)
+		void				rawGet(int index);
+		void				setTable(int index); // set (key, value) from top of the stack into the given table
+												 // both key and value are poped
+		void				rawSet(int index);
+		bool				next(int index);  // table traversal
+		// UserData
+		void				*newUserData(uint size);
+		// seting value by int index in a table
+		void				rawSetI(int index, int n);
+		void				rawGetI(int index, int n);
+		/** Calling functions (it's up to the caller to clear the results)
+		  * The function should have been pushed on the stack
+		  */
+		void				call(int nargs, int nresults);
+		int					pcall(int nargs, int nresults, int errfunc = 0);
+		/** Helper : Execute a function by name. Lookup for the function is done in the table at the index 'funcTableIndex'
+		  * the behaviour is the same than with call of pcall.
+		  */
+		int                 pcallByName(const char *functionName, int nargs, int nresults, int funcTableIndex = LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, int errfunc = 0);
+
+		// push a C closure (pop n element from the stack and associate with the function)
+		void				pushCClosure(lua_CFunction function, int n);
+		// @}
+
+
+		/// \name Misc
+		// @{
+		/** Retrieve pointer to a CLuaState environment from its lua_State pointer, or NULL
+		  * if there no such environment
+		  */
+		static CLuaState	*fromStatePointer(lua_State *state);
+		// Get state pointer. The state should not be closed (this object has ownership)
+		lua_State			*getStatePointer() const {return _State;}
+		// check that an index is valid when accessing the stack
+		// an assertion is raised if the index is not valid
+		void				checkIndex(int index);
+
+		// registering C function to use with a lua state pointer
+		void				registerFunc(const char *name, lua_CFunction function);
+
+		// Garbage collector
+		int					getGCCount();      // get memory in use in KB
+		int					getGCThreshold();  // get max memory in KB
+		void				setGCThreshold(int kb);   // set max memory in KB (no-op with ref-counted version)
+
+		// handle garbage collector for ref-counted version of lua (no-op with standard version, in which case gc handling is automatic)
+		void				handleGC();
+
+		/** For Debug: get the Stack context of execution (filename / line)
+		 *	\param stackLevel: get the context of execution of the given stackLevel.
+		 *		0 for the current function
+		 *		1 for the function that called 0
+		 *		2 ....
+		 *	NB: if called from a C function called from LUA, remember that stackLevel 0 is the current function.
+		 *		Hence if you want to know what LUA context called you, pass stackLevel=1!
+		 *	\param ret string cleared if any error, else filled with formated FileName / LineNumber
+		 */
+		void				getStackContext(std::string &ret, uint stackLevel);
+		// @}
+
+		// for debug : dump the current content of the stack (no recursion)
+		void				dumpStack();
+		static void			dumpStack(lua_State *ls);
+		void				getStackAsString(std::string &dest);
+
+
+	private:
+		lua_State			*_State;
+
+		#ifdef LUA_NEVRAX_VERSION
+			int				 _GCThreshold; // if refcounted gc is used, then garbage collector is handled manually
+		#endif
+		// Small Script Cache
+		uint						_SmallScriptPool;
+		typedef std::map<std::string, uint>	TSmallScriptCache;
+		TSmallScriptCache			_SmallScriptCache;
+		static const char *			_NELSmallScriptTableName;
+
+	private:
+		// this object isn't intended to be copied
+		CLuaState(const CLuaState &/* other */):NLMISC::CRefCount() { nlassert(0); }
+		CLuaState &operator=(const CLuaState &/* other */) { nlassert(0); return *this; }
+
+		void				executeScriptInternal(const std::string &code, const std::string &dbgSrc, int numRet = 0);
+
+	};
+
+
+	// Access to lua function
+	// one should not include lua.h directly because if a debugger is present, lua
+	// function pointer will be taken from a dynamic library.
+
+
+
+	//=============================================================================================
+	// include implementation
+	#define RZ_INCLUDE_LUA_HELPER_INLINE
+		#include "lua_helper_inline.h"
+	#undef RZ_INCLUDE_LUA_HELPER_INLINE
+
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/lua_ihm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef NL_LUA_IHM_H
+#define NL_LUA_IHM_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/lua_helper.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_element.h"
+
+#define IHM_LUA_METATABLE		"__ui_metatable"
+#define IHM_LUA_ENVTABLE		"__ui_envtable"
+
+namespace NLMISC
+{
+	class CPolygon2D;
+	class CVector2f;
+	class CRGBA;
+}
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CReflectable;
+	class CReflectedProperty;
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/* 	Use this Exception for all LUA Error (eg: scripted passes bad number of paramters).
+	 *	Does not herit from Exception because avoid nlinfo,    because sent twice (catch then resent)
+	 *	This is special to lua and IHM since it works with CLuaStackChecker,    and also append to the error msg
+	 *	the FileName/LineNumber
+	 */
+	class ELuaIHMException : public ELuaWrappedFunctionException
+	{
+	private:
+		static CLuaState *getLuaState();
+	public:
+		ELuaIHMException() : ELuaWrappedFunctionException(getLuaState())
+		{
+		}
+		ELuaIHMException(const std::string &reason) :   ELuaWrappedFunctionException(getLuaState(),    reason)
+		{
+		}
+		ELuaIHMException(const char *format,    ...) : ELuaWrappedFunctionException(getLuaState())
+		{
+			std::string	reason;
+			NLMISC_CONVERT_VARGS (reason,    format,    NLMISC::MaxCStringSize);
+			init(getLuaState(),    reason);
+		}
+	};
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * Define Functions to export from C to LUA
+	 * \author Lionel Berenguier
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2004
+	 */
+	class CLuaIHM
+	{
+	public:
+		static void	registerAll(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		/** CReflectableInterfaceElement management on stack, stored by a CRefPtr.
+		  * May be called as well for ui element, because they derive from CReflectableRefPtrTarget
+		  */
+		static void pushReflectableOnStack(CLuaState &ls, class CReflectableRefPtrTarget *pRPT);
+		static bool	isReflectableOnStack(CLuaState &ls, sint index);
+		static CReflectableRefPtrTarget	*getReflectableOnStack(CLuaState &ls, sint index);
+
+
+		// ucstring
+		static bool pop(CLuaState &ls, ucstring &dest);
+		static void push(CLuaState &ls, const ucstring &value);
+		static bool	isUCStringOnStack(CLuaState &ls, sint index);
+		static bool getUCStringOnStack(CLuaState &ls, sint index, ucstring &dest);
+
+
+		// RGBA
+		static bool pop(CLuaState &ls, NLMISC::CRGBA &dest);
+
+		// CVector2f
+		static bool pop(CLuaState &ls, NLMISC::CVector2f &dest);
+
+		// helper : get a 2D poly (a table of cvector2f) from a lua table (throw on fail)
+		static void getPoly2DOnStack(CLuaState &ls, sint index, NLMISC::CPolygon2D &dest);
+
+		// argument checkin helpers
+		static void	checkArgCount(CLuaState &ls, const char* funcName, uint nArgs);		// check that number of argument is exactly the one required
+		static void	checkArgMin(CLuaState &ls, const char* funcName, uint nArgs);		// check that number of argument is at least the one required
+		static void	checkArgMax(CLuaState &ls, const char* funcName, uint nArgs);		// check that number of argument is at most the one required
+		static void	check(CLuaState &ls, bool ok, const std::string &failReason);
+		static void	checkArgType(CLuaState &ls, const char *funcName, uint index, int argType);
+		static void	checkArgTypeRGBA(CLuaState &ls, const char *funcName, uint index);
+		static void	checkArgTypeUCString(CLuaState &ls, const char *funcName, uint index);
+		/** throw a lua expection (inside a C function called from lua) with the given reason, and the current call stack
+		  * The various check... function call this function when their test fails
+		  */
+		static void fails(CLuaState &ls, const char *format, ...);
+
+		// pop a sint32 from a lua stack, throw an exception on fail
+		static bool popSINT32(CLuaState &ls, sint32 & dest);
+		bool popString(CLuaState &ls, std::string & dest);
+
+		/** read/write between values on a lua stack & a property exported from a 'CReflectable' derived object
+		  * (throws on error)
+		  */
+		static void luaValueToReflectedProperty(CLuaState &ls, int stackIndex, CReflectable &target, const CReflectedProperty &property) throw(ELuaIHMException);
+
+		// push a reflected property on the stack
+		// NB : no check is done that 'property' is part of the class info of 'reflectedObject'
+		static void luaValueFromReflectedProperty(CLuaState &ls, CReflectable &reflectedObject, const CReflectedProperty &property);
+		
+	private:
+		// Functions for the ui metatable
+		static class CInterfaceElement* getUIRelative( CInterfaceElement *pIE, const std::string &propName );
+		static int luaUIIndex( CLuaState &ls );
+		static int luaUINewIndex( CLuaState &ls );
+		static int luaUIEq( CLuaState &ls );
+		static int luaUINext( CLuaState &ls );
+		static int luaUIDtor( CLuaState &ls );
+
+
+		static void	registerBasics(CLuaState &ls);
+		static void	registerIHM(CLuaState &ls);
+		static void createLuaEnumTable(CLuaState &ls, const std::string &str);
+
+	public:
+		static void pushUIOnStack(CLuaState &ls, CInterfaceElement *pIE);
+		static bool	isUIOnStack(CLuaState &ls, sint index);
+		static CInterfaceElement	*getUIOnStack(CLuaState &ls, sint index);
+		static void	checkArgTypeUIElement(CLuaState &ls, const char *funcName, uint index);
+
+	private:
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////// Exported functions //////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+		static uint32		getLocalTime();
+		static double		getPreciseLocalTime();
+		static std::string	findReplaceAll(const std::string &str, const std::string &search, const std::string &replace);
+		static ucstring		findReplaceAll(const ucstring &str, const ucstring &search, const ucstring &replace);
+		static ucstring		findReplaceAll(const ucstring &str, const std::string &search, const std::string &replace);
+		static ucstring		findReplaceAll(const ucstring &str, const std::string &search, const ucstring &replace);
+		static ucstring		findReplaceAll(const ucstring &str, const ucstring &search, const std::string &replace);
+
+		//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+		static int luaMethodCall(lua_State *ls);
+		
+		static int	setOnDraw(CLuaState &ls);		// params: CInterfaceGroup*, "script". return: none
+		static int	addOnDbChange(CLuaState &ls);	// params: CInterfaceGroup*, "dblist", "script". return: none
+		static int	removeOnDbChange(CLuaState &ls);// params: CInterfaceGroup*. return: none
+		static int  setCaptureKeyboard(CLuaState &ls);
+		static int  resetCaptureKeyboard(CLuaState &ls);
+		static int	getUIId(CLuaState &ls);			// params: CInterfaceElement*. return: ui id (empty if error)
+		static int	runAH(CLuaState &ls);			// params: CInterfaceElement *, "ah", "params". return: none
+		static int  getWindowSize(CLuaState &ls);
+		static int	setTopWindow(CLuaState &ls); // set the top window
+		static int  getTextureSize(CLuaState &ls);
+		static int	disableModalWindow(CLuaState &ls);
+		static int	deleteUI(CLuaState &ls);		// params: CInterfaceElement*.... return: none
+		static int	deleteReflectable(CLuaState &ls);		// params: CInterfaceElement*.... return: none
+		static int	getCurrentWindowUnder(CLuaState &ls);		// params: none. return: CInterfaceElement*  (nil if none)
+		static bool	fileExists(const std::string &fileName);
+		static int	runExprAndPushResult(CLuaState &ls, const std::string &expr);		// Used by runExpr and runFct
+		static int	runExpr(CLuaState &ls);			// params: "expr". return: any of: nil,bool,string,number, RGBA, UCString
+		static int	runFct(CLuaState &ls);			// params: "expr", param1, param2.... return: any of: nil,bool,string,number, RGBA, UCString
+		static int  runCommand(CLuaState &ls);      // params: "command name", param1, param2 ... return true or false
+		static int  isUCString(CLuaState &ls);
+		static int	concatUCString(CLuaState &ls); // workaround for + operator that don't work in luabind for ucstrings ...
+		static int	concatString(CLuaState &ls); // speedup concatenation of several strings
+		static int	tableToString(CLuaState &ls); // concat element of a table to build a string
+		static int	getPathContent(CLuaState &ls);
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_LUA_IHM_H
+
+/* End of lua_ihm.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/lua_manager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef LUA_MANAGER_H
+#define LUA_MANAGER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/smart_ptr.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CLuaState;
+
+	/// Provides a single global access point to the Lua state, and related stuff. :(
+	class CLuaManager
+	{
+	public:
+		~CLuaManager();
+
+		static CLuaManager& getInstance()
+		{
+			if( instance == NULL )
+			{
+				instance = new CLuaManager();
+			}
+			return *instance;
+		}
+
+		/// Enables attaching the Lua debugger in the CLuaState instance, only matters on startup.
+		static void enableLuaDebugging(){ debugLua = true;	}
+
+		NLGUI::CLuaState* getLuaState() const{ return luaState; }
+
+		bool executeLuaScript( const std::string &luaScript, bool smallScript = false );
+
+	private:
+		CLuaManager();
+
+		static CLuaManager *instance;
+		static bool debugLua;
+
+		NLMISC::CSmartPtr< NLGUI::CLuaState > luaState;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/lua_object.h

@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef RZ_LUA_OBJECT
+#define RZ_LUA_OBJECT
+
+
+#include "nel/misc/smart_ptr.h"
+#include "nel/misc/rgba.h"
+#include "nel/gui/lua_helper.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CLuaEnumeration;
+
+	/**
+	  * Wrapper to a lua value
+	  *
+	  * Useful to navigate through lua tables without having to deal with the stack.
+	  *
+	  * The following types are tracked by reference :
+	  * - lua table
+	  * - lua user data
+	  * - lua functions
+	  *
+	  * The following types are kept by value :
+	  *
+	  * - lua numbers
+	  * - lua strings ?
+	  * - lua boolean
+	  * - lua light user datas
+	  * - lua 'pointers'
+	  *
+	  * Each reference object has an id giving its path in order to track bugs more easily
+	  */
+	class CLuaObject
+	{
+	public:
+		CLuaObject() {}
+		~CLuaObject();
+		// Build this object by popping it from the given lua state
+		CLuaObject(CLuaState &state, const char *id ="");
+		CLuaObject(CLuaState &state, const std::string &id);
+		// Build this object from another object
+		CLuaObject(const CLuaObject &other);
+		// Copy refrence to another lua object
+		CLuaObject &operator=(const CLuaObject &other);
+		// Get id for that object
+		const std::string &getId() const { return _Id; }
+		// Set id for that object
+		void  setId(const std::string &id) { _Id = id; }
+		// See if the obj
+		bool            isValid() const;
+		// Pop a new value for this lua object from the top of the stack. The stack must not be empty
+		void            pop(CLuaState &luaState, const char *id ="");
+		// Push the object that is being referenced on the stack
+		// An assertion is raised if 'pop' hasn't been called or
+		// if the lua state has been destroyed
+		void            push() const;
+		// Get the lua state in which the object resides.
+		CLuaState      *getLuaState() const;
+		// Release the object. 'pop' must be called to make the object valid again
+		void            release();
+		// type queries
+		int             type() const;
+		const char		*getTypename() const;
+		bool            isNil() const;
+		bool            isNumber() const;
+		bool            isBoolean() const;
+		bool            isString() const;
+		bool            isFunction() const;
+		bool            isCFunction() const;
+		bool            isTable() const;
+		bool	        isUserData() const;
+		bool	        isLightUserData() const;
+		bool			isRGBA() const;
+		// equality
+		bool			rawEqual(const CLuaObject &other) const;
+		// conversions (no throw) : the actual value of object is not modified!!
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	toRGBA() const; // default to black if not a crgba
+		bool			toBoolean() const;
+		lua_Number		toNumber() const;
+		std::string 	toString() const;
+		lua_CFunction	toCFunction() const;
+		void			*toUserData() const;
+		const void		*toPointer() const;
+		// implicit conversions (no throw)
+		operator bool() const;
+		operator float() const;
+		operator double() const;
+		operator std::string() const;
+		/** create a sub table for this object, with a string as a key
+		  * This object must be a table or an exception if thrown
+		  */
+		CLuaObject newTable(const char *tableName) throw(ELuaNotATable);
+
+
+		/** Set a value in a table.
+		  * If this object is not a table then an exception is thrown
+		  * NB : value should came from the same lua environment
+		  * \TODO other type of keys
+		  */
+		void       setValue(const char *key, const CLuaObject &value) throw(ELuaNotATable);
+		void	   setValue(const std::string &key, const CLuaObject &value) throw(ELuaNotATable) { setValue(key.c_str(), value); }
+		void       setValue(const char *key, const std::string &value) throw(ELuaNotATable);
+		void       setValue(const char *key, const char *value) throw(ELuaNotATable);
+		void       setValue(const char *key, bool value) throw(ELuaNotATable);
+		void       setValue(const char *key, TLuaWrappedFunction value) throw(ELuaNotATable);
+		void       setValue(const char *key, double value) throw(ELuaNotATable);
+		void	   setValue(const std::string &key, const std::string &value) throw(ELuaNotATable) { setValue(key.c_str(), value); }
+		void       setNil(const char *key) throw(ELuaNotATable);
+		void       setNil(const std::string &key) throw(ELuaNotATable) { setNil(key.c_str()); }
+		/** Erase a value in a table by its key.
+		  * If this object is not a table then an exception is thrown.
+		  * \TODO other type of keys
+		  */
+		void       eraseValue(const char *key) throw(ELuaNotATable);
+		void       eraseValue(const std::string &key) throw(ELuaNotATable) { eraseValue(key.c_str()); }
+		// test is this object is enumerable
+		bool	   isEnumerable() const;
+		// Enumeration of a table. If the object is not a table, an exception is thrown.
+		CLuaEnumeration enumerate() throw(ELuaNotATable);
+		// retrieve metatable of an object (or nil if object has no metatable)
+		CLuaObject getMetaTable() const;
+		// set metatable for this object
+		bool setMetaTable(CLuaObject &metatable);
+		/** Access to a sub element of a table (no throw).
+		  * if the element is not a table, then 'nil' is returned
+		  * TODO nico : add other key types if needed
+		  * TODO nico : version that takes destination object as a reference in its parameter to avoid an object copy
+		  */
+		CLuaObject      operator[](double key) const;
+		CLuaObject      operator[](const char *key) const;
+		CLuaObject      operator[](const std::string &key) const { return operator[](key.c_str()); }
+		/** Checked access to a sub element of a table. An exception is thrown is the element is not a table.
+		  */
+		CLuaObject      at(const char *key) const throw (ELuaNotATable);
+		CLuaObject      at(const std::string &key) const { return at(key.c_str()); }
+
+		// Test is that table has the given key. The object must be a table or an exception is thrown
+		bool            hasKey(const char *key) const;
+
+		/** debug : recursively get value (useful for table)
+		  * \param maxDepth (0 for no limit)
+		  * \param alreadySeen pointer to lua tables that have already been displayed by the command (to avoid infinite recursion when a cycluic graph is encountered)
+		  */
+		std::string     toStringRecurse(uint depth = 0, uint maxDepth = 20, std::set<const void *> *alreadySeen = NULL) const;
+
+		/** dump the value in the log (includes tables)
+		  * \param alreadySeen pointer to lua tables that have already been displayed by the command (to avoid infinite recursion when a cycluic graph is encountered)
+		  */
+		void		    dump(uint maxDepth = 20, std::set<const void *> *alreadySeen = NULL) const;
+		// concatenate identifiers, adding a dot between them if necessary. If right is a number then brackets are added
+		static std::string concatId(const std::string &left, const std::string &right);
+		// If this object is a function, then call it and return true on success
+		bool callNoThrow(int numArgs, int numRet);
+		// Call a method of this table by name (no throw version)
+		bool callMethodByNameNoThrow(const char *name, int numArgs, int numRet);
+	private:
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr<CLuaState> _LuaState;
+		std::string		           _Id;
+	};
+
+
+	/** enumeration of the content of a lua table
+	  *
+	  * Example of use :
+	  *
+	  *\code
+		CLuaObject table;
+		table.pop(luaState); // retrieve table from the top of a lua stack
+		CLuaEnumeration enueration = table.enumerate();
+		while (enumeration.hasNext())
+		{
+			nlinfo('key   = %s", enumeration.nextKey().toString().c_str());
+			nlinfo('value = %s", enumeration.nextValue().toString().c_str());
+			enumeration.next();
+		};
+	  \endcode
+	  *
+	  * There is a macro called 'ENUM_LUA_TABLE' to automate that process.
+	  * Previous code would then be written as follow :
+	  *
+	  *
+	  *\code
+		CLuaObject table;
+		table.pop(luaState); // retrieve table from the top of a lua stack
+		ENUM_LUA_TABLE(table, enumeration);
+		{
+			nlinfo('key   = %s", enumeration.nextKey().toString().c_str());
+			nlinfo('value = %s", enumeration.nextValue().toString().c_str());
+		};
+	  \endcode
+	  *
+	  */
+	class CLuaEnumeration
+	{
+	public:
+		// is there a next key,value pair in the table
+		bool		       hasNext() { return _HasNext; }
+		// Return next key. Assertion if 'hasNext' is false
+		const CLuaObject  &nextKey() const;
+		// Return next value. Assertion if 'hasNext' is false
+		CLuaObject        &nextValue();
+		// Go to the next value. Assertion if there's no such value
+		void next();
+	private:
+		friend class CLuaObject;
+		// current value & key
+		CLuaObject _Table;
+		CLuaObject _Key;
+		CLuaObject _Value;
+		CLuaObject _NextFunction; // pointer to the global 'next' function
+		bool       _HasNext;
+		// construction from a table on the stack
+		CLuaEnumeration(CLuaObject &table);
+	};
+
+
+
+
+	/** macro to ease lua table enumeration
+	  * \param object A CLuaObject which must be a table, and on which enumeration is done. An exception will be thrown as 'CLuaObject::enumerate' is
+	  *               called if this is not the case
+	  * \param enumerator The enumerator object
+	  */
+	#define ENUM_LUA_TABLE(object, enumerator) for(CLuaEnumeration enumerator = (object).enumerate();  enumerator.hasNext(); enumerator.next())
+
+
+	//opitmized lua string for fast comparison
+	class CLuaString
+	{
+	public:
+		explicit CLuaString(const char *value = "")
+		{
+			nlassert( value != NULL );
+			_Str = value;
+		}
+		const std::string& getStr() const{ return _Str; }
+	private:
+		std::string _Str;
+		mutable CLuaState::TRefPtr _LuaState;	// ref ptr so that statics get rebuilt on lua restart
+		mutable CLuaObject _InLua;
+	};
+
+	inline bool operator==(const char* lh, const CLuaString& rh)
+	{
+		return std::string(lh) == rh.getStr();
+	}
+
+	inline bool operator==( const CLuaString& lh, const CLuaString& rh)
+	{
+		return lh.getStr() == rh.getStr();
+	}
+
+	inline bool operator==(const CLuaString& lh, const char* rh)
+	{
+		return std::string(rh) == lh.getStr();
+	}
+
+	inline bool operator==( const CLuaString& lh, const std::string& rh)
+	{
+		return lh.getStr() == rh;
+	}
+
+	inline bool operator==(const std::string& lh, const CLuaString& rh)
+	{
+		return lh == rh.getStr();
+	}
+
+	class CLuaHashMapTraits
+	{
+	public:
+		static const size_t bucket_size = 4;
+		static const size_t min_buckets = 8;
+		CLuaHashMapTraits()
+		{}
+
+		// hasher for lua string  -> they are unique pointers for each string, so just hash a pointer instead of a string...
+		size_t operator()(const char *value) const { return ((size_t) value) >> 3; }
+
+		// equality for lua string for hash_map -> they are unique pointer -> compare pointers instead of string content
+		bool operator()(const char *lhs, const char *rhs) const { return lhs < rhs; }
+	};
+
+
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/reflect.h

@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef CL_REFLECT_H
+#define CL_REFLECT_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/rgba.h"
+#include "nel/gui/lua_object.h"
+#include <string>
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CReflectable;
+	class CLuaState;
+	struct CClassInfo;
+
+	/** A property of a reflectable object
+	  * NB: multiple inheritance not supported
+	  */
+	class CReflectedProperty
+	{
+	public:
+		enum TType { Boolean = 0,
+					 SInt32,
+					 UInt32,
+					 Float,
+					 String,
+					 UCString,
+					 RGBA,
+					 LuaMethod
+					}; // other types will be added when needed
+		// define some pointer-to-member types
+		typedef bool			(CReflectable::* TGetBool) () const;
+		typedef sint32			(CReflectable::* TGetSInt32) () const;
+		typedef uint32			(CReflectable::* TGetUInt32) () const;
+		typedef float			(CReflectable::* TGetFloat) () const;
+		typedef std::string		(CReflectable::* TGetString) () const;
+		typedef ucstring		(CReflectable::* TGetUCString) () const;
+		typedef NLMISC::CRGBA	(CReflectable::* TGetRGBA) () const;
+		//
+		typedef void   (CReflectable::* TSetBool) (bool);
+		typedef void   (CReflectable::* TSetSInt32) (sint32);
+		typedef void   (CReflectable::* TSetUInt32) (uint32);
+		typedef void   (CReflectable::* TSetFloat) (float);
+		typedef void   (CReflectable::* TSetString) (const std::string &);
+		typedef void   (CReflectable::* TSetUCString) (const ucstring &);
+		typedef void   (CReflectable::* TSetRGBA) (NLMISC::CRGBA col);
+		//
+		typedef int   (CReflectable:: *TLuaMethod) (CLuaState &luaState);
+
+	public:
+		TType Type;
+		// In each union we have method pointers to retrieve / set the data of the desired type (as told in 'Type')
+		union
+		{
+			TGetBool		GetBool;
+			TGetSInt32		GetSInt32;
+			TGetUInt32		GetUInt32;
+			TGetFloat		GetFloat;
+			TGetString		GetString;
+			TGetUCString	GetUCString;
+			TGetRGBA		GetRGBA;
+			TLuaMethod		GetLuaMethod; // lua method can only be obtained, not written ...
+		} GetMethod;
+		union
+		{
+			TSetBool		SetBool;
+			TSetSInt32		SetSInt32;
+			TSetUInt32		SetUInt32;
+			TSetFloat		SetFloat;
+			TSetString		SetString;
+			TSetUCString	SetUCString;
+			TSetRGBA		SetRGBA;
+		} SetMethod;
+		// name of the property
+		std::string Name;
+		mutable CLuaObject LuaMethodRef; // cache pointer to function call if type == LuaMethod
+		const CClassInfo *ParentClass; // filled when 'registerClass' is called
+	};
+
+	// a vector of reflected properties
+	typedef std::vector<CReflectedProperty> TReflectedProperties;
+
+
+	struct CClassInfo;
+
+	/** Base class for a reflectable object
+	  * NB: multiple inheritance not supported
+	  */
+	class CReflectable
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual ~CReflectable() {}
+		virtual const char *getReflectedClassName() const { return "CReflectable"; }
+		virtual const char *getRflectedParentClassName() const { return ""; }
+
+		/** When registering classes, the reflect system will call this function on each class
+		  * to know which properties they exports.
+		  * To defines which properties are exported use the REFLECT_EXPORT_** macros.
+		  * By doing so, a new 'getReflectedProperties' function will be defined
+		  */
+		static void getReflectedProperties(TReflectedProperties &/* props */)
+		{
+		}
+		// get class infos for this reflectable object
+		const CClassInfo *getClassInfo();
+
+		/** get a property from this object by name
+		  * TODO nico : optimized version for lua string (found in CLuaIHM) would maybe fit better here ...
+		  */
+		const CReflectedProperty *getReflectedProperty(const std::string &propertyName, bool dspWarning= true) const;
+	};
+
+	struct CLuaIndexedProperty
+	{
+		const CReflectedProperty *Prop;
+		CLuaString		   Id; // must keep id here, so that we are sure the string is not gc in lua and its pointer remains valid
+	};
+
+
+	struct CClassInfo
+	{
+		TReflectedProperties Properties;  // the properties exported by this class
+		const CClassInfo     *ParentClass; // pointer to infos of the parent class, or NULL if it is a root class
+		std::string			 ClassName;
+		/** For lua speedup (used by CLuaIHM) : because lua string are unique, we can use them to access property directly.
+		  */
+		typedef CHashMap<const char *, CLuaIndexedProperty, CLuaHashMapTraits> TLuaStrToPropMap;
+		mutable TLuaStrToPropMap LuaStrToProp;
+	};
+
+	/** Simple reflection system.
+	  * Used by the GUI and some other objects.
+	  * It is used to export some properties so that we can easily manipulate them in the GUI scripts (either lua or with CInterfaceExpr).
+	  * NB: multiple inheritance not supported
+	  *
+	  * Example of use : a class exporting a boolean
+	  *
+	  * class CTestClass : public CReflectable
+	  * {
+	  *    public:
+	  *       void setValue(bool value) { _Value = value; }
+	  *       bool getValue() const { return _Value; }
+	  *       \\ export the bool value
+	  *       REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CTestClass, CReflectable)
+	  *			REFLECT_BOOL("myValue", setValue, getValue)
+	  *       REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+	  *    private:
+	  *       bool _Value;
+	  * };
+	  *
+	  * The class must then be registered with :
+	  *
+	  * REGISTER_REFLECTABLE_CLASS(CTestClass, CReflectable)
+	  *
+	  * NB: It should be registered after its parents
+	  *
+	  *
+	  * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	  * \author Nevrax France
+	  * \date 2002
+	  */
+	class CReflectSystem
+	{
+	public:
+
+		typedef std::map<std::string, CClassInfo> TClassMap;
+
+	public:
+		// release memory
+		static void release();
+
+		/** register a class and its properties
+		  * NB : class should be registered after their parent have been, or an assertion will be raised
+		  */
+		static void registerClass(const std::string &className, const std::string &parentName, const TReflectedProperties properties);
+
+		// retrieve a property of a reflectable class, or NULL if unknown
+		static const CReflectedProperty *getProperty(const std::string &className, const std::string &propertyName, bool dspWarning= true);
+
+		// get the list of class for debug or read purpose (NULL if no register has been called)
+		static const TClassMap	*getClassMap() {return _ClassMap;}
+
+	/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	private:
+		static TClassMap *_ClassMap; // each class and its infos
+	};
+
+
+	/** Helper macros to export properties of a reflectable class
+	  */
+
+	/** Start a declaration of a reflectable class exports
+	  * Should be placed inside the class
+	  */
+	#define REFLECT_EXPORT_START(className, parentName)                                        \
+		virtual const char *getReflectedClassName() const { return #className; }			   \
+		virtual const char *getReflectedParentClassName() const { return #parentName; }		   \
+		static void getReflectedProperties(TReflectedProperties &props)                        \
+		{                                                                                      \
+			typedef className A;                                                               \
+			typedef bool			(className::* TGetBoola) () const;                         \
+			typedef sint32			(className::* TGetSInt32a) () const;                       \
+			typedef uint32			(className::* TGetUInt32a) () const;                       \
+			typedef float			(className::* TGetFloata) () const;                        \
+			typedef std::string		(className::* TGetStringa) () const;                       \
+			typedef ucstring		(className::* TGetUCStringa) () const;                     \
+			typedef NLMISC::CRGBA	(className::* TGetRGBAa) () const;                         \
+			typedef void   (className::* TSetBoola) (bool);                                    \
+			typedef void   (className::* TSetSInt32a) (sint32);                                \
+			typedef void   (className::* TSetUInt32a) (uint32);                                \
+			typedef void   (className::* TSetFloata) (float);                                  \
+			typedef void   (className::* TSetStringa) (const std::string &);                   \
+			typedef void   (className::* TSetUCStringa) (const ucstring &);                    \
+			typedef void   (className::* TSetRGBAa) (NLMISC::CRGBA col);                       \
+			typedef int   (className:: *TLuaMethoda) (CLuaState &luaState);                    \
+			nlunreferenced(props);
+
+
+	// export a boolean value, by giving the name of the get and the set method
+	#define REFLECT_BOOL(exportName, getMethod, setMethod)                  \
+	{                                                                       \
+		CReflectedProperty prop;                                            \
+		prop.Name = exportName;                                             \
+		prop.Type = CReflectedProperty::Boolean;                            \
+		prop.GetMethod.GetBool = (CReflectedProperty::TGetBool) (TGetBoola) &A::getMethod; \
+		prop.SetMethod.SetBool = (CReflectedProperty::TSetBool) (TSetBoola) &A::setMethod; \
+		props.push_back(prop);                                              \
+	}
+
+	// export a sint32 value, by giving the name of the get and the set method
+	#define REFLECT_SINT32(exportName, getMethod, setMethod)                           \
+	{                                                                                  \
+		CReflectedProperty prop;                                                       \
+		prop.Name = exportName;                                                        \
+		prop.Type = CReflectedProperty::SInt32;                                        \
+		prop.GetMethod.GetSInt32 = (CReflectedProperty::TGetSInt32) (TGetSInt32a) &A::getMethod;        \
+		prop.SetMethod.SetSInt32 = (CReflectedProperty::TSetSInt32) (TSetSInt32a) &A::setMethod;        \
+		props.push_back(prop);                                                         \
+	}
+
+	// export a sint32 value, by giving the name of the get and the set method
+	#define REFLECT_UINT32(exportName, getMethod, setMethod)                           \
+	{                                                                                  \
+		CReflectedProperty prop;                                                       \
+		prop.Name = exportName;                                                        \
+		prop.Type = CReflectedProperty::UInt32;                                        \
+		prop.GetMethod.GetUInt32 = (CReflectedProperty::TGetUInt32) (TGetUInt32a) &A::getMethod;        \
+		prop.SetMethod.SetUInt32 = (CReflectedProperty::TSetUInt32) (TSetUInt32a) &A::setMethod;        \
+		props.push_back(prop);                                                         \
+	}
+
+	// export a float value, by giving the name of the get and the set method
+	#define REFLECT_FLOAT(exportName, getMethod, setMethod)                            \
+	{                                                                                  \
+		CReflectedProperty prop;                                                       \
+		prop.Name = exportName;                                                        \
+		prop.Type = CReflectedProperty::Float;                                         \
+		prop.GetMethod.GetFloat = (CReflectedProperty::TGetFloat) (TGetFloata) &A::getMethod;          \
+		prop.SetMethod.SetFloat = (CReflectedProperty::TSetFloat) (TSetFloata) &A::setMethod;          \
+		props.push_back(prop);                                                         \
+	}
+
+	// export a string value, by giving the name of the get and the set method
+	#define REFLECT_STRING(exportName, getMethod, setMethod)                           \
+	{                                                                                  \
+		CReflectedProperty prop;                                                       \
+		prop.Name = exportName;                                                        \
+		prop.Type = CReflectedProperty::String;                                        \
+		prop.GetMethod.GetString = (CReflectedProperty::TGetString) (TGetStringa) &A::getMethod;        \
+		prop.SetMethod.SetString = (CReflectedProperty::TSetString) (TSetStringa) &A::setMethod;        \
+		props.push_back(prop);                                                         \
+	}
+
+	// export a unicode string value, by giving the name of the get and the set method
+	#define REFLECT_UCSTRING(exportName, getMethod, setMethod)                         \
+	{                                                                                  \
+		CReflectedProperty prop;                                                       \
+		prop.Name = exportName;                                                        \
+		prop.Type = CReflectedProperty::UCString;                                      \
+		prop.GetMethod.GetUCString = (CReflectedProperty::TGetUCString) (TGetUCStringa) &A::getMethod;    \
+		prop.SetMethod.SetUCString = (CReflectedProperty::TSetUCString) (TSetUCStringa) &A::setMethod;    \
+		props.push_back(prop);                                                         \
+	}
+
+
+	// export a color value, by giving the name of the get and the set method
+	#define REFLECT_RGBA(exportName, getMethod, setMethod)							   \
+	{                                                                                  \
+		CReflectedProperty prop;                                                       \
+		prop.Name = exportName;                                                        \
+		prop.Type = CReflectedProperty::RGBA;										   \
+		prop.GetMethod.GetRGBA = (CReflectedProperty::TGetRGBA) (TGetRGBAa) &A::getMethod;		       \
+		prop.SetMethod.SetRGBA = (CReflectedProperty::TSetRGBA) (TSetRGBAa) &A::setMethod;			   \
+		props.push_back(prop);                                                         \
+	}
+
+	// export a lua method
+	#define REFLECT_LUA_METHOD(exportName, method)					                   \
+	{                                                                                  \
+		CReflectedProperty prop;                                                       \
+		prop.Name = exportName;                                                        \
+		prop.Type = CReflectedProperty::LuaMethod;									   \
+		prop.GetMethod.GetLuaMethod = (CReflectedProperty::TLuaMethod) (TLuaMethoda) &A::method;		   \
+		props.push_back(prop);                                                         \
+	}
+
+
+
+	// ends an export declaration
+	#define REFLECT_EXPORT_END  }
+
+
+	// This macro registers a reflectable class to the manager
+	#define REGISTER_REFLECTABLE_CLASS(className, parentName)          \
+	{                                                                  \
+		TReflectedProperties props;                                    \
+		className::getReflectedProperties(props);                      \
+		CReflectSystem::registerClass(#className, #parentName, props); \
+	}
+
+
+
+	/** Reflectable refcounted object
+	  * NB nico : added this intermediate class so that the binding from lua to the reflection
+	  * system that are found in CLuaIHM can be reused for other objects as well
+	  * NOTE: The class is named 'CReflectableRefPtrTarget' and not 'CReflectableRefCount'
+	  * because the refcount part is only used for ref pointing in the ui
+	  */
+	class CReflectableRefPtrTarget : public CReflectable, public NLMISC::CRefCount
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual ~CReflectableRefPtrTarget();
+	};
+
+
+	class CReflectableLuaRef
+	{
+	public:
+		CReflectableLuaRef(CReflectableRefPtrTarget *ptr = NULL) : Ptr(ptr), _ClassInfo(NULL) {}
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr<CReflectableRefPtrTarget> Ptr;
+		const CClassInfo						  &getClassInfo() const;
+		// IMPORTANT : luaStringPtr should have been obtained from lua, see remark in CClassInfo
+		const CReflectedProperty				  *getProp(const char *luaStringPtr) const;
+	private:
+		// cache to class definition of the pointee object (once a CReflectableLuaRef created in lua, it remains a *const* pointer)
+		mutable const CClassInfo							  *_ClassInfo;
+	};
+
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/string_case.h

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#ifndef STRING_CASE_H
+#define STRING_CASE_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/misc/ucstring.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	enum TCaseMode
+	{
+		CaseNormal = 0,					// Nothing done
+		CaseLower,						// All letters in lowercase
+		CaseUpper,						// All letters in uppercase
+		CaseFirstStringLetterUp,		// The first letter of the string is uppercase, the others are lowercase
+		CaseFirstSentenceLetterUp,		// The first letter of the string and each sentences are uppercase, the others are lowercase. Sentences are seprated with '.'.
+		CaseFirstWordLetterUp,			// The first letter of each word is uppercase, the others are lowercase
+		CaseCount
+	};
+
+
+	void setCase( ucstring &str, TCaseMode mode );
+
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_base.h

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_VIEW_BASE_H
+#define RZ_VIEW_BASE_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/misc/factory.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_element.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CViewBase : public CInterfaceElement
+	{
+	public:
+
+		// for factory construction
+		struct TCtorParam
+		{};
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CViewBase(const TCtorParam &/* param */) : CInterfaceElement()
+		{
+		}
+
+		/// Destructor
+		virtual ~CViewBase();
+
+		// Returns 'true' if that element can be downcasted to a view
+		virtual bool isView() const { return true; }
+
+		/// Draw the view from XReal, YReal, WReal, HReal (implemented by derived classes)
+		/// this coordinates are relative to the screen bottom left and begins the bottom left of the view
+		virtual void draw () = 0;
+
+		virtual void updateCoords() { CInterfaceElement::updateCoords(); }
+
+		/// Debug
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+
+		/// Reflection
+		virtual sint32 getAlpha() const  { return -1; }	// Not obliged to implement this
+		virtual void setAlpha (sint32 /* a */) {}				// Not obliged to implement this
+
+
+		void    copyOptionFrom(const CViewBase &other)
+		{
+			CInterfaceElement::copyOptionFrom(other);
+		}
+
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CViewBase, CInterfaceElement)
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("alpha", getAlpha, setAlpha);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+		virtual void	dumpSize(uint depth = 0) const;
+
+		// from CInterfaceElement
+		virtual void visit(CInterfaceElementVisitor *visitor);
+
+		// special for mouse over : return true and fill the name of the cursor to display
+		virtual bool getMouseOverShape(std::string &/* texName */, uint8 &/* rot */, NLMISC::CRGBA &/* col */) { return false; }
+
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // RZ_VIEW_BASE_H
+
+/* End of view_base.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_bitmap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_VIEW_BITMAP_H
+#define NL_VIEW_BITMAP_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/view_base.h"
+#include "nel/3d/u_texture.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_renderer.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/**
+	 * class implementing a bitmap view
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CViewBitmap : public CViewBase
+	{
+	public:
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS(CViewBitmap)
+		enum EType { Stretched = 0, Tiled, TypeCount };
+	public:
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CViewBitmap(const TCtorParam &param) : CViewBase(param)
+		{
+			_Color = NLMISC::CRGBA(255,255,255,255);
+			_Scale = false;
+			_Rot = 0;
+			_Flip = false;
+			_Tile = false;
+			_Align = 0;
+			_Type = Stretched;
+			_InheritGCAlpha = false;
+
+			// Default parameters for createTexture
+			_TxtOffsetX = 0;
+			_TxtOffsetY = 0;
+			_TxtWidth = -1;
+			_TxtHeight = -1;
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * parse an xml node and initialize the base view mambers. Must call CViewBase::parse
+		 * \param cur : pointer to the xml node to be parsed
+		 * \param parentGroup : the parent group of the view
+		 * \partam id : a refence to the string that will receive the view ID
+		 * \return true if success
+		 */
+		bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+
+		virtual void updateCoords ();
+
+		/// Draw the view
+		virtual void draw ();
+
+		bool  getScale() const { return _Scale; }
+		void setScale (bool s) { _Scale = s; }
+		bool  getTile() const { return _Tile; }
+		void setTile (bool s) { _Tile = s; }
+		void setColor (const NLMISC::CRGBA &r) { _Color = r; }
+
+		// Reflected
+
+		virtual void setTexture(const std::string & TxName);
+		virtual std::string getTexture () const;
+
+		/** Force the bitmap to match current texture size
+		  * The 'scale' flag isnot modified
+		  */
+		void fitTexture();
+
+		bool isTextureValid() const { return _TextureId != -1; }
+
+		void setColorAsString(const std::string & col);
+		std::string getColorAsString() const;
+
+		void	setColorAsInt(sint32 col);
+		sint32	getColorAsInt() const;
+
+		void			setColorRGBA(NLMISC::CRGBA col);
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getColorRGBA() const;
+
+		virtual sint32 getAlpha() const { return _Color.A; }
+		virtual void setAlpha (sint32 a) { _Color.A = (uint8)a; }
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CViewBitmap, CViewBase)
+			REFLECT_STRING ("color", getColorAsString, setColorAsString);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("color_as_int", getColorAsInt, setColorAsInt);
+			REFLECT_RGBA ("color_rgba", getColorRGBA, setColorRGBA);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("alpha", getAlpha, setAlpha);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("texture", getTexture, setTexture);
+			REFLECT_BOOL("scale", getScale, setScale);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+		/// \from CInterfaceElement
+		sint32	getMaxUsedW() const;
+		sint32	getMinUsedW() const;
+
+		virtual void serial(NLMISC::IStream &f);
+
+	protected:
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId	_TextureId;	/// Accelerator
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	_Color;
+		sint32	_Rot;
+		sint32	_Align;		/// 1st bit - Left/Right (0/1) 2nd bit - Bottom/Top (0/1)
+		EType	_Type;
+		bool	_Scale          : 1;
+		bool	_Flip           : 1;
+		bool	_Tile           : 1;
+		bool	_InheritGCAlpha : 1;
+
+		// For single texture
+
+		sint32	_TxtOffsetX;		// Offset X of the single texture
+		sint32	_TxtOffsetY;		// Offset Y of the single texture
+		sint32	_TxtWidth;			// Width of the single texture
+		sint32	_TxtHeight;			// Height of the single texture
+
+	};
+
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_VIEW_BITMAP_H
+
+/* End of view_bitmap.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_bitmap_combo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_VIEW_BITMAP_COMBO_H
+#define NL_VIEW_BITMAP_COMBO_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/cdb.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_base.h"
+#include "nel/3d/u_texture.h"
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/** Description of a combo box, this can be parsed from an xml node
+	  * The bitmap layout is as follow :
+	  *
+	  *                I   W    I   W   I   W
+	  *                t   G    t   G   t   G
+	  *                e   a    e   a   e   a
+	  *                m   p    m   p   m   p
+	  *                W   S    W       W
+	  *                i   e    i       i
+	  *                d   l    d       d
+	  *                t   e    t       t
+	  *                h   c    h       h
+	  *                    t
+	  *                    e
+	  *                    d
+	  *             +----+---+----+---+---+---+---+--...
+	  *             |ssss|   |****|   |***|   |***|
+	  * ItemHeight  |ssss|   |****|   |***|   |***
+	  *             +----+---+----+---+---+---+---+--...
+	  *             |    |   |    |   |   |   |   |
+	  * HGapSeleted |    |   |    |   |   |   |   |
+	  *             +----+---+----+---+---+---+---+--...
+	  *             |****|   |****|   |***|   |***|
+	  * ItemHeight  |****|   |****|   |***|   |***|
+	  *             +----+---+----+---+---+---+---+--...
+	  *             |    |   |    |   |   |   |   |
+	  * HGap        |    |   |    |   |   |   |   |
+	  *             +----+---+----+---+---+---+---+--...
+	  *             |****|   |****|   |***|   |***|
+	  * ItemHeight  |****|   |****|   |***|   |***|
+	  *             .    .   .    .   .   .   .   .
+	  *             .    .   .    .   .   .   .   .
+	  * s : selected item.   .    .   .   .   .   .
+	  * * : where bitmap are displayed
+	  */
+
+
+	struct CComboBoxDesc
+	{
+		bool	parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceElement *owner);
+		void	addObserver(NLMISC::ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver *obs);
+		void	getGridSize(uint &numRow,uint &numCol) const;
+		void    getDimensions(uint &width, uint &height) const;
+		CInterfaceProperty      NumRow;
+		CInterfaceProperty      NumCol;
+		CInterfaceProperty      CurrSelected;
+		CInterfaceProperty		ItemWidth;
+		CInterfaceProperty		ItemHeight;
+		CInterfaceProperty		Unrolled;
+		CInterfaceProperty      WGapSelected;
+		CInterfaceProperty      WGap;
+		CInterfaceProperty      HGapSelected;
+		CInterfaceProperty      HGap;
+		CInterfaceProperty      NumSel;
+		CInterfaceProperty      Align;
+
+	};
+
+
+
+
+	/**
+	 * A combo box with several bitmaps in it
+	 * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CViewBitmapCombo : public CViewBase, public NLMISC::ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver
+	{
+	public:
+		typedef std::vector<sint32> TIdArray;
+		typedef std::vector<std::string> TStringArray;
+		typedef std::vector<NLMISC::CRGBA>		 TColorArray;
+	public:
+		/// ctor
+		CViewBitmapCombo(const TCtorParam &param);
+		/**
+		 * parse an xml node and initialize the base view members. Must call CViewBase::parse
+		 * \param cur : pointer to the xml node to be parsed
+		 * \param parentGroup : the parent group of the view
+		 * \partam id : a refence to the string that will receive the view ID
+		 * \return true if success
+		 */
+		bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+		/**
+		 * draw the view
+		 */
+		void draw();
+
+		// access to texture & colors
+		const TStringArray &getTexs() const { return _Texs; }
+		const TStringArray &getTexsOver() const { return _TexsOver; }
+		const TStringArray &getTexsPushed() const { return _TexsPushed; }
+		//
+		const TColorArray &getColors() const { return _Col; }
+		const TColorArray &getColorsOver() const { return _ColOver; }
+		const TColorArray &getColorsPushed() const { return _ColPushed; }
+		//
+		void  setTexs(const char * const tex[], uint numTex);
+		void  setTexsOver(const char * const tex[], uint numTex);
+		void  setTexsPushed(const char * const tex[], uint numTex);
+		//
+		void  setColors(const NLMISC::CRGBA colors[], uint numColors);
+		void  setColorsOver(const NLMISC::CRGBA colors[], uint numColors);
+		void  setColorsPushed(const NLMISC::CRGBA colors[], uint numColors);
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+	///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	private:
+		//
+		TStringArray				_Texs;
+		TStringArray				_TexsOver;
+		TStringArray				_TexsPushed;
+		TIdArray					_TexsId;
+		TIdArray					_TexsOverId;
+		TIdArray					_TexsPushedId;
+		TColorArray				    _Col;
+		TColorArray				    _ColOver;
+		TColorArray				    _ColPushed;
+		CComboBoxDesc				_CD;
+		CInterfaceElement *_Owner;
+	private:
+		void	parseTexList(const std::string &names, TStringArray &dest);
+		void	parseColList(const std::string &names, TColorArray &dest);
+		void	setupSize();
+		void	getDimensions(uint &numRow, uint &numCol);
+		// From ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver
+		void update(NLMISC::ICDBNode *leaf);
+		// Return a color from the array, or white if it is empty
+		static NLMISC::CRGBA getCol(const TColorArray &array, uint index);
+		static const std::string   *getTex(const TStringArray &array, uint index);
+		static sint32 getTexId(const TIdArray &array, uint index);
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_link.h

@@ -19,18 +19,23 @@
 #ifndef NL_VIEW_LINK_H
 #define NL_VIEW_LINK_H
 
-#include "view_text.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text.h"
 
-/**
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CGroupHTML;
+
+	/**
 	 * class implementing a link view
 	 * \author Cyril 'Hulud' Corvazier
 	 * \author Nicolas Vizerie
 	 * \author Nevrax France
 	 * \date 2003
 	 */
-class CViewLink : public CViewText
-{
-public:
+	class CViewLink : public CViewText
+	{
+	public:
 
 		// Default constructor
 		CViewLink (const TCtorParam &param);
@@ -41,15 +46,16 @@ public:
 		std::string		LinkTitle;
 
 		// Set the main group
-	void	setHTMLView(class CGroupHTML *html);
+		void	setHTMLView( CGroupHTML *html);
 		bool	getMouseOverShape(std::string &texName, uint8 &rot, NLMISC::CRGBA &col);
 
-protected:
+	protected:
 
 		// The main HTML group
 		CGroupHTML		*HTML;
-};
+	};
 
+}
 
 #endif // NL_VIEW_LINK_H
 

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_pointer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_VIEW_POINTER_H
+#define RZ_VIEW_POINTER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/misc/events.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_pointer_base.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CCtrlBase;
+	class CGroupContainer;
+
+	/**
+	 * class describing the pointer
+	 * \author Matthieu 'Trap' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+
+	class CViewPointer : public CViewPointerBase
+	{
+
+	public:
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS( CViewPointer )
+		
+		CViewPointer( const TCtorParam &param );
+		virtual ~CViewPointer(){}
+
+		bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		void draw();
+
+		// Set cursor mode
+		void setStringMode (bool stringCursor);
+		bool getStringMode() const {return _StringMode;}
+
+		// Set cursor string
+		void setString (const ucstring &str);
+
+		// TEMP PATCH
+		void setCursor (const std::string &name)
+		{
+			_TxDefault = name;
+			_TxIdDefault = -2;
+		}
+		// TEMP PATCH
+
+		/// Show or hide the pointer. Please, use SetMouseMode (bool freelook) instead.
+		void show(bool s) {_PointerVisible = s;}
+
+		static void setHWMouse( bool hw ){ hwMouse = hw; }
+
+	private:
+
+		/// Drawing helpers
+		virtual bool drawResizer(CCtrlBase* pCB, NLMISC::CRGBA col){ return false; }
+		virtual bool drawRotate(CCtrlBase* pCB, NLMISC::CRGBA col){ return false; }
+		virtual bool drawScale(CCtrlBase* pCB, NLMISC::CRGBA col){ return false; }
+		virtual bool drawColorPicker(CCtrlBase* pCB, NLMISC::CRGBA col){ return false; }
+		virtual bool drawLink(CCtrlBase* pCB, NLMISC::CRGBA col){ return false; }
+		virtual bool drawBrowse(CCtrlBase* pCB, NLMISC::CRGBA col){ return false; }
+		virtual bool drawPan(CCtrlBase* pCB, NLMISC::CRGBA col){ return false; }
+		virtual bool drawCustom(CCtrlBase* pCB);
+
+	protected:
+
+		// Look of the cursor in different situation
+		std::string	_TxDefault;
+		std::string	_TxMoveWindow;
+		std::string _TxResizeBRTL;
+		std::string _TxResizeBLTR;
+		std::string _TxResizeTB;
+		std::string _TxResizeLR;
+		std::string _TxRotate;
+		std::string _TxScale;
+		std::string _TxColPick;
+		std::string _TxPan;
+		std::string _TxCanPan;
+		std::string _TxPanR2;
+		std::string _TxCanPanR2;
+
+		sint32 _TxIdDefault;
+		sint32 _TxIdMoveWindow;
+		sint32 _TxIdResizeBRTL;
+		sint32 _TxIdResizeBLTR;
+		sint32 _TxIdResizeTB;
+		sint32 _TxIdResizeLR;
+		sint32 _TxIdRotate;
+		sint32 _TxIdScale;
+		sint32 _TxIdColPick;
+		sint32 _TxIdPan;
+		sint32 _TxIdCanPan;
+		sint32 _TxIdPanR2;
+		sint32 _TxIdCanPanR2;
+
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _Color;
+
+		sint32		_OffsetX;
+		sint32		_OffsetY;
+
+		CGroupContainer *_LastHightLight;
+
+		// Cursor mode
+		bool				_StringMode;
+		bool				_ForceStringMode;
+		CInterfaceGroup		*_StringCursor;
+		CInterfaceGroup		*_StringCursorHardware;
+		ucstring			_ContextString;
+
+		// draw current cursor with the given texture, or, if in hardware mode, change the hardware cursor shape
+		void drawCursor(sint32 texId, NLMISC::CRGBA col, uint8 rot);
+
+	private:
+		// set the string into frame for software or hardware version
+		void setString (const ucstring &str, CInterfaceGroup *target);
+
+		static bool hwMouse;
+
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // RZ_VIEW_POINTER_H
+
+/* End of view_pointer.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_pointer_base.h

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef VIEW_POINTER_BASE_H
+#define VIEW_POINTER_BASE_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/events.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_base.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CViewPointerBase : public CViewBase
+	{
+	public:
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS( CViewPointerBase )
+
+		CViewPointerBase( const TCtorParam &param );
+		virtual ~CViewPointerBase();
+
+		// Set the pointer position.
+		void setPointerPos (sint32 x, sint32 y);
+		void setPointerDispPos (sint32 x, sint32 y);
+
+		void resetPointerPos ();
+		void setPointerDown (bool pd);
+		void setPointerDownString (const std::string &s);
+
+		void getPointerPos (sint32 &x, sint32 &y);
+		void getPointerDispPos (sint32 &x, sint32 &y);
+
+		void getPointerOldPos (sint32 &x, sint32 &y);
+		void getPointerDownPos (sint32 &x, sint32 &y);
+		bool getPointerDown ();
+		std::string getPointerDownString ();
+		bool getPointerDrag ();
+
+		/// Is the pointer visible ?
+		bool show() const {return _PointerVisible;}
+
+		void draw(){}
+		
+		/// set button state
+		void setButtonState(NLMISC::TMouseButton state) { _Buttons = state; }
+		/// get buttons state
+		NLMISC::TMouseButton getButtonState() const { return _Buttons; }
+
+	protected:
+		// (x,y) is from the TopLeft corner of the window
+		sint32		_PointerX;				// Current pointer position (raw, before snapping)
+		sint32		_PointerY;
+		sint32		_PointerOldX;			// Previous frame pointer position
+		sint32		_PointerOldY;
+		bool		_PointerDown;			// Is the pointer down ?
+		sint32		_PointerDownX;			// Pointer down position
+		sint32		_PointerDownY;
+		std::string	_PointerDownString;		// What is under the pointer at the down position
+		bool		_PointerDrag;			// Is the pointer down and we have moved ?
+		bool		_PointerVisible;		// Is the pointer visible or hidden ?
+
+		NLMISC::TMouseButton _Buttons;
+
+	private:
+
+
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_polygon.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_VIEW_POLYGON_H
+#define RZ_VIEW_POLYGON_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/view_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_renderer.h"
+#include "nel/misc/geom_ext.h"
+#include "nel/misc/polygon.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/** Display of an arbitrary polygon in the ui.
+	  * polygon is clipped & batched
+	  *
+	  * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	  * \author Nevrax France
+	  * \date 1/2006
+	  */
+	class CViewPolygon : public CViewBase
+	{
+	public:
+		CViewPolygon();
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+		virtual void draw();
+		void	setVertices(const std::vector<NLMISC::CVector> &vertices);
+		// color
+		void			setColorRGBA(NLMISC::CRGBA col) { _Color = col; }
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getColorRGBA() const { return _Color; }
+		// from CViewBase
+		virtual sint32 getAlpha() const { return (sint32) _Color.A; }
+		virtual void setAlpha (sint32 a);
+	private:
+		NLMISC::CPolygon _Poly;
+		bool _Touched;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA				   _Color;
+		std::vector<NLMISC::CTriangle> _Tris;
+		std::vector<NLMISC::CTriangle> _RealTris; // clipped tris in screen coordinates
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_quad.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef RZ_VIEW_QUAD_H
+#define RZ_VIEW_QUAD_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/view_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_renderer.h"
+#include "nel/misc/geom_ext.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/** Display of an arbitrary textured quad in the UI. The applied texture is filtered.
+	  * Unlike CViewBitmap, the texture is always scaled here, and this ui element coordinates
+	  * are driven by the quad vertices coordinates (see setQuad)
+	  *
+	  * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	  * \author Nevrax France
+	  * \date 12/2005
+	  */
+	class CViewQuad : public CViewBase
+	{
+	public:
+		enum TWrapMode { Repeat = 0, Clamp, WrapModeCount };
+
+
+		CViewQuad();
+
+		// from CInterfaceElement
+		bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup);
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+		virtual void draw();
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+
+		// from CViewBase
+		virtual sint32 getAlpha() const { return (sint32) _Color.A; }
+		virtual void setAlpha (sint32 a);
+
+		// texture
+		void setTexture(const std::string &texName);
+		std::string getTexture () const;
+
+		// color
+		void			setColorRGBA(NLMISC::CRGBA col) { _Color = col; }
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getColorRGBA() const { return _Color; }
+
+		/** Set a new quad relative to parent pos
+		  * x,y, w, h & hotspot are updated to fit the bounding rect of the quad
+		  */
+		void setQuad(const NLMISC::CQuad &quad);
+		void setQuad(const NLMISC::CVector &start, const NLMISC::CVector &end, float thickness);
+		/** Fit the given texture size (no hotspot for now, always centered)
+		  * NB : current texture is not modified.
+		  */
+		void setQuad(const std::string &texName, const NLMISC::CVector &pos, float angle = 0.f, float offCenter = 0.f);
+		void setQuad(const NLMISC::CVector &pos, float radius, float angle = 0.f);
+		const NLMISC::CQuad &getQuad() const { return _Quad; }
+
+		void setAdditif(bool additif);
+		bool getAdditif() const { return _Additif; }
+
+		void setPattern(float umin, float umax, TWrapMode wrapMode);
+
+	private:
+		NLMISC::CRGBA				_Color;
+		NLMISC::CQuad				_Quad;
+		NLMISC::CQuadUV				_RealQuad; // absolute coords
+		float						_ClampedUCorrection;
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId	_TextureId;	/// Accelerator
+		bool						_Additif;
+		float						_UMin;
+		float						_UMax;
+		TWrapMode					_WrapMode;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_renderer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_VIEW_RENDERER_H
+#define NL_VIEW_RENDERER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/misc/rgba.h"
+#include "nel/misc/uv.h"
+#include "nel/misc/plane.h"
+#include "nel/3d/u_texture.h"
+#include "nel/3d/u_material.h"
+#include "nel/3d/u_text_context.h"
+#include "nel/3d/u_driver.h"
+#include "nel/3d/frustum.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	#define	VR_NUM_LAYER	32
+	#define	VR_BIAS_LAYER	(VR_NUM_LAYER/2)
+	#define	VR_LAYER_MAX	(VR_NUM_LAYER-VR_BIAS_LAYER-1)
+	#define	VR_LAYER_MIN	(-VR_BIAS_LAYER)
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * class rendering the views
+	 * All the quads of the interface are displayed in the following order
+	 *
+	 *  3--2
+	 *  |  |
+	 *  0--1
+	 *
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CViewRenderer
+	{
+	public:
+		enum	TSystemTexture
+		{
+			QuantityCrossTexture= 0,
+			DefaultBrickTexture,
+			DefaultItemTexture,
+			ItemPlanTexture,
+			SkillTexture,
+			ItemEnchantedTexture,
+			DragCopyTexture,
+			ItemWornedTexture,
+			OutOfRangeTexture,
+			RegenTexture,
+			RegenBackTexture,
+			GlowStarTexture,
+			ItemLockedByOwnerTexture,
+			NumSystemTextures,		
+		};
+
+
+	public:
+
+		/** That class hold a texture id. It handle texture id destruction.
+		*	Please use this class in your view and not sint32 to hold a texture id
+		*/
+		class CTextureId
+		{
+		public:
+
+			// Default constructor
+			CTextureId ()
+			{
+				_TextureId = -2;
+			}
+
+			// Destructor call deleteTextureId;
+			~CTextureId ();
+
+			// Set the texture id
+			bool setTexture (const char *textureName, sint32 offsetX = 0, sint32 offsetY = 0, sint32 width = -1, sint32 height = -1,
+							bool uploadDXTC=true, bool bReleasable=true);
+
+			// Convert in texture id
+			operator sint32 () const
+			{
+				return _TextureId;
+			}
+
+			void serial(NLMISC::IStream &f);
+
+		private:
+			sint32	_TextureId;
+		};
+
+	private:
+		CViewRenderer();
+		~CViewRenderer();
+
+	public:
+		static CViewRenderer* getInstance();
+
+		/// setup the default values for everything
+		void setup();
+
+		/// init when TextContext and Driver are created
+		void init();
+
+		/// set the driver render states for the interface
+		void setRenderStates ();
+
+		/// Delete all textures and the like and reset the view renderer
+		void reset();
+
+		/// Retrieves the 3d driver we are using
+		static NL3D::UDriver* getDriver();
+
+		/// Sets the current TextContext.
+		static void setTextContext( NL3D::UTextContext *textcontext );
+
+		/// Sets the current driver
+		static void setDriver( NL3D::UDriver *driver );
+
+		/*
+		 * setClipWindow : set the current clipping window
+		 * (this window do not inherit properties from parent or whatever)
+		 */
+		void setClipWindow (sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 w, sint32 h);
+
+		/*
+		 * getClipWindow : get the current clipping region
+		 */
+		void getClipWindow (sint32 &x, sint32 &y, sint32 &w, sint32 &h)
+		{
+			x = _ClipX;
+			y = _ClipY;
+			w = _ClipW;
+			h = _ClipH;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * true if the clipping region is empty: clipW or clipH is <=0
+		 */
+		bool isClipWindowEmpty() const {return _ClipW<=0 || _ClipH<=0;}
+
+		/*
+		 * checkNewScreenSize : check if the opengl screen size. This is SLOW !
+		 * NB: if the window is minimized (w==h==0), then the old screen size is kept, and isMinimized() return true
+		 */
+		void checkNewScreenSize ();
+
+		/*
+		 * getScreenSize : get the screen window size changed (at last checkNewScreenSize called)
+		 */
+		void getScreenSize (uint32 &w, uint32 &h);
+
+		/*
+		 * get OOW / OOH
+		 */
+		void getScreenOOSize (float &oow, float &ooh);
+
+		/*
+		 * is the Screen minimized?
+		 */
+		bool isMinimized() const {return _IsMinimized;}
+
+		/*
+		 * drawBitmap : this is the interface with all the views
+		 *
+		 */
+		void drawRotFlipBitmap (sint layerId, sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 width, sint32 height, uint8 rot, bool flipv,
+						sint32 nTxId, const NLMISC::CRGBA &col = NLMISC::CRGBA(255,255,255,255));
+
+		/*
+		 *	Draw a simple wired quad. No flushing is done as the draw is done instantly (usually for debug)
+		 */
+		void drawWiredQuad(sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 width, sint32 height, NLMISC::CRGBA col = NLMISC::CRGBA::White);
+
+		/*
+		 *	Draw a simple filled quad. No flushing is done as the draw is done instantly (usually for debug)
+		 */
+		void drawFilledQuad(sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 width, sint32 height, NLMISC::CRGBA col = NLMISC::CRGBA::White);
+
+		/*
+		 * drawBitmap : Tiled version
+		 * \param tileOrigin 2 bits 1 - Left/Right (0/1) 2 - Bottom/Top (0/1) (0-BL)(1-BR)(2-TL)(3-TR)
+		 *
+		 */
+		void drawRotFlipBitmapTiled (sint layerId, sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 width, sint32 height, uint8 rot, bool flipv,
+									 sint32 nTxId, uint tileOrigin, const NLMISC::CRGBA &col = NLMISC::CRGBA(255,255,255,255));
+
+
+
+		/*
+		 * drawBitmap : draw a bitmap roted by 90 degrees in CW 'rot times'
+		 *				flipv is a boolean that indicates if there is a vertical flip
+		 *				this is a 1:1 ratio so if texture is x long there are x pixels on screen
+		 */
+		void draw11RotFlipBitmap (sint layerId, sint32 x, sint32 y, uint8 rot, bool flipv, sint32 nTxId,
+									const NLMISC::CRGBA &col = NLMISC::CRGBA(255,255,255,255));
+
+		/** Draw an arbitrary quad (fast version) , possibly clipping it. Unlike draw11RotFlipBitmap & the like, texture is filtered here.
+		  * quads are all batched in the same render layer
+		  */
+		void drawQuad(sint layerId, const NLMISC::CQuadUV &quadUV, sint32 nTxId,
+					  NLMISC::CRGBA col, bool additif, bool filtered = true);
+		/** Draw a set of untextured triangle in the given layer. all triangles of the same layer are batched
+		  */
+		void drawUnclippedTriangles(sint layerId, const std::vector<NLMISC::CTriangle> &tris, NLMISC::CRGBA col);
+
+		/*
+		 *	Draw a text
+		 */
+		void drawText (sint layerId, float x, float y, uint wordIndex, float xmin, float ymin, float xmax, float ymax, NL3D::UTextContext &textContext);
+
+		/*
+		 * loadTextures : load all textures associated with the interface
+		 *				this function add a globaltexture to the vector of global textures
+		 */
+		void loadTextures (const std::string &textureFileName, const std::string &uvFileName, bool uploadDXTC);
+
+		/*
+		 *	createTexture : create a texture for the interface, possibly from an externally created texture
+		 *  If no external texture is given, then 'sGlobalTextureName' is the filename of the big texture
+		 *  You should call deleteTexture when the texture is not used anymore
+		 *	The method returns the texture id of the new texture
+		 */
+		sint32 createTexture (const std::string &sGlobalTextureName, // unique id identifying this big texture, (its filename if not externally created)
+							  sint32 offsetX = 0,
+							  sint32 offsetY = 0,
+							  sint32 width = -1,
+							  sint32 height = -1,
+							  bool uploadDXTC=true,
+							  bool bReleasable=true
+							 );
+
+
+		// change position of a sub-texture (inside its big texture) from the sub-texture filename
+		void updateTexturePos(const std::string &texturefileName,
+							  sint32 offsetX = 0,
+							  sint32 offsetY = 0,
+							  sint32 width = -1,
+							  sint32 height = -1
+							 );
+
+		/** Add / change a global texture from an externally created texture
+		  * \param defaultTexWidth width to used when CTextureId::createTexture is used without giving the width (e.g width = -1), useful for cropped textures
+		  * \param defaultTexHeight height to used when CTextureId::createTexture is used without giving the height (e.g height = -1), useful for cropped textures
+		  */
+
+		void setExternalTexture(const std::string &sGlobalTextureName,
+								NL3D::UTexture	*externalTexture = NULL,
+								uint32			 externalTexWidth = 1,
+								uint32			 externalTexHeight = 1,
+								uint32			 defaultTexWidth = 1,
+								uint32			 defaultTexHeight = 1
+							   );
+
+		/*
+		 *	deleteTexture : create a texture for the interface
+		 */
+		void deleteTexture (sint32 textureId);
+
+		// get a global texture pointer from its name
+		NL3D::UTexture		*getGlobalTexture(const std::string &name);
+
+		/*
+		 * Flush all parsed view and computed strings to screen
+		 */
+		void flush ();
+
+		/**
+		 * get a texture file pointer from a string name. O(logN)
+		 * \param id : the id of the texture
+		 * \return a texture file pointer. -1 if not found or if sName is empty()
+		 */
+		sint32 getTextureIdFromName (const std::string &sName) const;
+		std::string getTextureNameFromId (sint32 TxID);
+		void getTextureSizeFromId (sint32 id, sint32 &width, sint32 &height);
+		NLMISC::CRGBA getTextureColor(sint32 id, sint32 x, sint32 y);
+
+
+		/**
+		 * \return the texture associated with the param figur
+		 */
+		sint32 getFigurTextureId(uint index)
+		{
+			nlassert(index < 10);
+			return _IndexesToTextureIds[index];
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * \return the texture for figur separator '-'
+		 */
+		sint32 getFigurSeparator() const { return _FigurSeparatorTextureId; }
+
+		sint32 getFigurTextureW() const {return _WFigurTexture;}
+		sint32 getFigurTextureH() const {return _HFigurTexture;}
+		sint32 getFigurSeparatorW() const {return _WFigurSeparatorTexture;}
+		sint32 getFigurSeparatorH() const {return _HFigurSeparatorTexture;}
+
+
+		sint32 getFigurBlankTextureId ()
+		{
+			return _FigurBlankId;
+		}
+		sint32 getBlankTextureId ()
+		{
+			return _BlankId;
+		}
+
+
+		sint32 getTypoTextureW(char c);
+		sint32 getTypoTextureH(char c);
+		sint32 getTypoTextureId(char c);
+
+		/// System Texture Manager. Used to avoid storing an id in each Ctrl for some texture code is aware of
+		// @{
+		sint32	getSystemTextureId(TSystemTexture e) const {return _SystemTextures[e].Id;}
+		sint32	getSystemTextureW(TSystemTexture e) const {return _SystemTextures[e].W;}
+		sint32	getSystemTextureH(TSystemTexture e) const {return _SystemTextures[e].H;}
+		// @}
+
+		/// For string rendering, get the RenderBuffer to the specified layer
+		NL3D::URenderStringBuffer		*getStringRenderBuffer(sint layerId);
+
+
+		/** Custom Rendering Interface
+		 * Note that this function is EXTREMLY SLOW so it should be used with care
+		 * This function flush the quad cache, clip the quad passed with current clipping region
+		 * and draw (with drawQuedUV2) it with the material passed in parameter. There is no cache operation done.
+		 * uv used are from (0,0) -> (1,1) for the 2 stages
+		 */
+		void drawCustom (sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 width, sint32 height, NLMISC::CRGBA col, NL3D::UMaterial Mat);
+		// Same but we can control uv mapping of first stage
+		void drawCustom (sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 width, sint32 height,
+						const NLMISC::CUV &uv0Min, const NLMISC::CUV &uv0Max,
+						NLMISC::CRGBA col, NL3D::UMaterial Mat);
+		// Same but we can control uv mapping of 2 stages
+		void drawCustom (sint32 x, sint32 y, sint32 width, sint32 height,
+						const NLMISC::CUV &uv0Min, const NLMISC::CUV &uv0Max, const NLMISC::CUV &uv1Min, const NLMISC::CUV &uv1Max,
+						NLMISC::CRGBA col, NL3D::UMaterial Mat);
+
+		// **** World space interface methods
+
+		/** Set the current Z in projCenter.z.
+		 *	If you want to scale the window position, set a scale!=1. projCenter.x/y  is used as the
+		 *	pivot (in window coordinates)
+		 */
+		void setInterfaceDepth (const NLMISC::CVector &projCenter, float scale);
+
+		// Activate world space transformation
+		void activateWorldSpaceMatrix (bool activate);
+
+		// Set the screen to world space matrix
+		void setWorldSpaceFrustum (const NL3D::CFrustum &cameraFrustum);
+
+		// Get the current Frustum
+		const NL3D::CFrustum &getFrustum () const
+		{
+			return _CameraFrustum;
+		}
+
+	private:
+		/**
+		 * init the map _IndexesToTextures
+		 */
+		void initIndexesToTextureIds ();
+		void initTypo ();
+
+		bool needClipping (const NLMISC::CQuad &q);
+
+		void clip (NLMISC::CQuadColorUV &qout, const NLMISC::CQuadColorUV &qin, uint rot);
+		void clip (NLMISC::CQuadColorUV2 &qout, const NLMISC::CQuadColorUV2 &qin);
+	private:
+
+		// A layer is a vector of Quads.
+		class	CLayer
+		{
+		public:
+			// unfiltered quads
+			std::vector<NLMISC::CQuadColorUV>	Quads;
+			uint32								NbQuads;
+			std::vector<NLMISC::CTriangleColorUV>	Tris;
+			// filtered alpha blended quads
+			std::vector<NLMISC::CQuadColorUV>		FilteredAlphaBlendedQuads;
+			// filtered alpha blended tris
+			std::vector<NLMISC::CTriangleColorUV>	FilteredAlphaBlendedTris;
+			// filtered additif blended quads
+			std::vector<NLMISC::CQuadColorUV>		FilteredAdditifQuads;
+			// filtered additif blended tris
+			std::vector<NLMISC::CTriangleColorUV>	FilteredAdditifTris;
+
+			CLayer()
+			{
+				NbQuads= 0;
+			}
+		};
+
+		// SGlobalTexture is a texture that regroup other texture. We store also current quads to render
+		struct SGlobalTexture
+		{
+			SGlobalTexture ()
+			{
+				FromGlobaleTexture = true;
+			}
+			uint32				Width, Height;
+			uint32				DefaultWidth, DefaultHeight;
+			NL3D::UTexture		*Texture;
+			std::string			Name;
+			bool				FromGlobaleTexture;
+			// Array of layers
+			CLayer				Layers[VR_NUM_LAYER];
+		};
+
+		// For each Layer, store a string Buffer
+		NL3D::URenderStringBuffer		*_StringRBLayers[VR_NUM_LAYER];
+
+		// For each Layer, tells if empty or not
+		bool							_EmptyLayer[VR_NUM_LAYER];
+
+		// SImage is one texture of the SGlobalTexture textures
+		struct SImage
+		{
+			std::string		Name;
+			SGlobalTexture	*GlobalTexturePtr;
+			NLMISC::CUV		UVMin, UVMax;
+
+			// Assign UV of this image to a quad depending on the flip and rot
+			void setupQuadUV(bool flipv, uint8 rot, NLMISC::CQuadColorUV &dest);
+		};
+
+		// ***************************************************************************
+		// \name Texture management
+		// ***************************************************************************
+
+		// SImage accessors
+		SImage	*getSImage(sint32 textureId)
+		{
+			return &(*(_SImageIterators[textureId]));
+		}
+
+
+		// Add a SImage
+		sint32 addSImage(const SImage &image)
+		{
+			uint i;
+			for (i=0; i<_SImageIterators.size(); i++)
+			{
+				// Free ?
+				if (_SImageIterators[i] == _SImages.end())
+					break;
+			}
+
+			// Nothing free ?
+			if (i == _SImageIterators.size())
+				_SImageIterators.push_back(_SImages.end());
+
+			_SImages.push_back(image);
+			_SImageIterators[i] = _SImages.end();
+			_SImageIterators[i]--;
+			return (sint32)i;
+		}
+
+		// Remove a SImage
+		void removeSImage(sint32 textureId)
+		{
+			// Allocated ?
+			nlassert (_SImageIterators[textureId] != _SImages.end());
+
+			// Remove the image
+			_SImages.erase (_SImageIterators[textureId]);
+
+			// Remove the index entry
+			_SImageIterators[textureId] = _SImages.end();
+		}
+
+		typedef std::list<SGlobalTexture>	TGlobalTextureList;
+		typedef std::list<SImage>			TSImageList;
+		typedef std::vector<std::list<SImage>::iterator>	TSImageIterator;
+
+		// List of global textures
+		TGlobalTextureList			_GlobalTextures;
+
+		// List of SImage
+		TSImageList					_SImages;
+
+		// Array used to convert a texture ID in _SImages iterator
+		TSImageIterator				_SImageIterators;
+
+		// ***************************************************************************
+
+		typedef	std::map<std::string, uint>		TTextureMap;
+		TTextureMap					_TextureMap;
+
+		NL3D::UMaterial _Material;
+
+		// Clip & screen system
+		sint32 _ClipX, _ClipY, _ClipW, _ClipH;
+		float _XMin, _XMax, _YMin, _YMax;
+
+		sint32		_ScreenW, _ScreenH;
+		float		_OneOverScreenW, _OneOverScreenH;
+		bool		_IsMinimized;
+
+
+		//map linking a uint to a bitmap. Used to display figurs
+		std::vector<sint32> _IndexesToTextureIds;
+		sint32				_FigurSeparatorTextureId;
+		sint32 _FigurBlankId, _BlankId;
+		sint32	_WFigurTexture;
+		sint32	_HFigurTexture;
+		sint32  _WFigurSeparatorTexture;
+		sint32  _HFigurSeparatorTexture;
+		NLMISC::CUV		_BlankUV;
+		SGlobalTexture	*_BlankGlobalTexture;
+
+		// System textures
+		class	CSystemTexture
+		{
+		public:
+			sint32	Id;
+			sint32	W;
+			sint32	H;
+
+			CSystemTexture()
+			{
+				Id= -1;
+				W= H= 0;
+			}
+		};
+		CSystemTexture		_SystemTextures[NumSystemTextures];
+
+		// Typo texture
+		enum
+		{
+			NumTypoChar= 127,
+		};
+		sint32				_TypoCharToTextureIds[NumTypoChar];
+		sint32				_TypoCharWs[NumTypoChar];
+		sint32				_TypoH;
+
+
+		void	addSystemTexture(TSystemTexture e, const char *s);
+		void	initSystemTextures();
+
+		/**
+		 * put a new quad in the cache (call flush if texture different)
+		 */
+		void putQuadInLayer (SGlobalTexture &gt, sint layerId, const NLMISC::CQuadColorUV &qcoluv, uint rot);
+
+		// World space interface methods
+		void worldSpaceTransformation (NLMISC::CQuadColorUV &qcoluv);
+
+		bool				_WorldSpaceTransformation;	// Transform into world space
+		float				_CurrentZ;					// Current z used for the scene
+		NL3D::CFrustum		_CameraFrustum;				// Transform from screen space to world space
+		NLMISC::CMatrix		_WorldSpaceMatrix;			// Matrix to be applied for world space transformation
+		bool				_WorldSpaceScale;
+		
+		
+		static CViewRenderer *instance;
+		static NL3D::UDriver *driver;
+		static NL3D::UTextContext *textcontext;
+
+	public:
+		static NL3D::UTextContext* getTextContext(){ return textcontext; }
+
+		static std::set< std::string > *hwCursors;
+		static float hwCursorScale;
+
+	};
+
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_VIEW_RENDERER_H
+
+/* End of view_renderer.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_text.h

@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_VIEW_TEXT_H
+#define NL_VIEW_TEXT_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/view_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/string_case.h"
+#include "nel/3d/u_text_context.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	class CCtrlToolTip;
+
+	/**
+	 * class implementing a text view
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nicolas Vizerie
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CViewText : public CViewBase
+	{
+	public:
+		enum TTextMode { ClipWord, DontClipWord, Justified };
+	public:
+
+		DECLARE_UI_CLASS(CViewText)
+
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CViewText (const TCtorParam &param);
+
+		/// Constructor
+		CViewText (const std::string& id, const std::string Text="", sint FontSize=12,
+					NLMISC::CRGBA Color=NLMISC::CRGBA(255,255,255), bool Shadow=false);
+
+		virtual ~CViewText();
+
+		CViewText &operator=(const CViewText &vt);
+
+		void parseTextOptions (xmlNodePtr cur);
+		bool parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		virtual uint32 getMemory() { return (uint32)(sizeof(*this)+_Id.size()); }
+
+		/// Updating
+		virtual void draw ();
+		void updateTextContext ();
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+		virtual void updateCoords();
+		virtual	void onAddToGroup();
+
+		/// From CInterfaceElement
+		sint32	getMaxUsedW() const;
+		sint32	getMinUsedW() const;
+
+		/// Accessors
+
+		/// Set
+
+		void setText (const ucstring &text);
+		void setFontSize (sint nFontSize);
+		void setColor (const NLMISC::CRGBA &color);
+		void setShadow (bool bShadow);
+		void setShadowColor (const NLMISC::CRGBA &color);
+		void setLineMaxW (sint nMaxW, bool invalidate=true);
+		void setMultiLine (bool bMultiLine);
+		void setMultiLineSpace (sint nMultiLineSpace);
+		void setMultiLineMaxWOnly (bool state);
+		void setMultiLineClipEndSpace (bool state);	// use it for multiline edit box for instance
+		void setFirstLineX (uint firstLineX);
+		void setMultiMaxLine(uint l) { _MultiMaxLine = l; }
+
+		// Force only a subset of letter to be displayed. Default is 0/0xFFFFFFFF
+		void enableStringSelection(uint start, uint end);
+		void disableStringSelection();
+
+		/// Get
+
+		ucstring		getText() const		{ return _Text; }
+		sint			getFontSize() const;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getColor()			{ return _Color; }
+		bool			getShadow()			{ return _Shadow; }
+		NLMISC::CRGBA	getShadowColor()	{ return _ShadowColor; }
+		sint			getLineMaxW()		const { return _LineMaxW; }
+		bool			getMultiLine() const		{ return _MultiLine; }
+		sint			getMultiLineSpace()	const	{ return _MultiLineSpace; }
+		bool			getMultiLineMaxWOnly()	const	{ return _MultiLineMaxWOnly; }
+		uint32			getMultiMaxLine() const { return _MultiMaxLine; }
+
+		// get current Hint font width, in pixels
+		uint            getFontWidth() const;
+		// get current font height, in pixels
+		uint            getFontHeight() const;
+		// get current font leg height, in pixels
+		uint            getFontLegHeight() const;
+		// Set the display mode (supported with multiline only for now)
+		void			setTextMode(TTextMode mode);
+		TTextMode		getTextMode() const	{ return _TextMode; }
+		uint			getNumLine() const;
+		uint			getFirstLineX() const;
+		uint			getLastLineW () const;
+		void			setUnderlined (bool underlined) { _Underlined = underlined; }
+		bool			getUnderlined () const { return _Underlined; }
+		// true if the viewText is a single line clamped.
+		bool			isSingleLineTextClamped() const {return _SingleLineTextClamped;}
+
+		// Character positions
+
+		/** Get position of the ith character, position are relative to the BR corner of the text.
+		  * \param lineEnd. When set to true, return the coordinate of the previous line if the index is at the start of a line.
+		  *  When looking at standard edit box, we see that if a line is split accross to line with no
+		  * This also returns the height of the line
+		  */
+		void getCharacterPositionFromIndex(sint index, bool lineEnd, sint &x, sint &y, sint &height) const;
+		/** From a coordinate relative to the BR BR corner of the text, return the index of a character.
+		  * If no character is found at the given position, the closest character is returned (first or last character, for the line or the whole text)
+		  */
+		void getCharacterIndexFromPosition(sint x, sint y, uint &index, bool &lineEnd) const;
+		/** From a character index, get the index of the line it belongs to, or -1 if the index is invalid
+		  * \param cursorDisplayedAtEndOfPreviousLine true if the cursor is displayed at the end of the previous line that match its index
+		  */
+		sint getLineFromIndex(uint index, bool cursorDisplayedAtEndOfPreviousLine = true) const;
+		/// From a line number, get the character at which it starts, or -1 if invalid
+		sint getLineStartIndex(uint line) const;
+		/// From a line number, get the character at which it ends (not including any '\n' ), or -1 if invalid
+		void getLineEndIndex(uint line, sint &index, bool &endOfPreviousLine) const;
+
+		std::string getHardText() const { std::string result; _Text.toString (result); return result; }
+		void        setHardText (const std::string &ht);
+
+		std::string getColorAsString() const;
+		void        setColorAsString(const std::string &ht);
+
+		NLMISC::CRGBA getColorRGBA() const;
+		void        setColorRGBA(NLMISC::CRGBA col);
+
+		virtual sint32 getAlpha() const { return _Color.A; }
+		virtual void setAlpha (sint32 a) { _ShadowColor.A = _Color.A = (uint8)a; }
+
+		/** Setup a Text with Format Tags. Text is store without color/format tags, and special array is allocated for Format association
+		 */
+		void	setTextFormatTaged(const ucstring &text);
+
+		void	setSingleLineTextFormatTaged(const ucstring &text);
+
+		// Remove end space
+		void removeEndSpaces();
+
+		// Reset the text index because the text context has changed
+		void resetTextIndex();
+
+		// Case mode
+		void	setCaseMode (TCaseMode caseMode);
+		TCaseMode	getCaseMode () const;
+
+		// OverExtendViewText
+		void	setOverExtendViewText(bool state) {_OverExtendViewText= state;}
+		bool	getOverExtendViewText() const {return _OverExtendViewText;}
+
+		// OverExtendViewTextUseParentRect
+		void	setOverExtendViewTextUseParentRect(bool state) {_OverExtendViewTextUseParentRect= state;}
+		bool	getOverExtendViewTextUseParentRect() const {return _OverExtendViewTextUseParentRect;}
+
+		// see if text ellipsis if done at right side of the text
+		bool	isClampRight() const { return _ClampRight; }
+
+		int luaSetLineMaxW(CLuaState &ls);
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CViewText, CViewBase)
+			REFLECT_STRING("hardtext", getHardText, setHardText);
+			REFLECT_UCSTRING("uc_hardtext", getText, setText);
+			REFLECT_UCSTRING("uc_hardtext_format", getText, setTextFormatTaged);
+			REFLECT_UCSTRING("uc_hardtext_single_line_format", getText, setSingleLineTextFormatTaged);
+			REFLECT_STRING ("color", getColorAsString, setColorAsString);
+			REFLECT_RGBA ("color_rgba", getColorRGBA, setColorRGBA);
+			REFLECT_SINT32 ("alpha", getAlpha, setAlpha);
+			REFLECT_BOOL ("overExtendViewText", getOverExtendViewText, setOverExtendViewText);
+			REFLECT_BOOL ("overExtendViewTextUseParentRect", getOverExtendViewTextUseParentRect, setOverExtendViewTextUseParentRect);
+			REFLECT_LUA_METHOD("setLineMaxW", luaSetLineMaxW);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+
+			virtual void serial(NLMISC::IStream &f);
+
+	protected:
+
+		/// Text to display.
+		ucstring _Text;
+		/// index of the computed String associated to this text control
+		uint _Index;
+		/// info on the computed String associated to this text control
+		NL3D::UTextContext::CStringInfo _Info;
+		/// the font size
+		sint	_FontSize;
+		// width of the font in pixel. Just a Hint for tabing format (computed with '_')
+		uint	_FontWidth;
+		// height of the font in pixel.
+		// use getFontHeight
+		uint	_FontHeight;
+		uint	_FontLegHeight;
+		float	_SpaceWidth;
+		/// the text color
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _Color;
+		/// the shadow mode
+		bool	_Shadow;
+		/// the case mode
+		TCaseMode	_CaseMode;
+		/// the text shadow color
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _ShadowColor;
+		/// Is the line (under p loop) should be considered at bottom (if false bottom is under p leg)
+		/// maxw for the line/multiline
+		sint32		_LineMaxW;
+		/// For single line, true if the text is clamped (ie displayed with "...")
+		bool		_SingleLineTextClamped;
+
+		/// Multiple lines handling
+		bool		 _MultiLine;
+		bool		 _MultiLineMaxWOnly;
+		bool		 _MultiLineClipEndSpace;
+		uint8		 _AutoClampOffset;
+		TTextMode    _TextMode;
+		sint		_MultiLineSpace;
+		sint		_LastMultiLineMaxW;
+		uint32		_MultiMaxLine;
+
+
+		/// FormatTag handling
+		struct CFormatInfo
+		{
+			// The color to change
+			NLMISC::CRGBA	Color;
+			// The Tabulation to apply, in number of "_" characters.
+			uint			TabX;
+			// Index in vector
+			sint			IndexTt;
+
+			CFormatInfo()
+			{
+				Color= NLMISC::CRGBA::White;
+				TabX= 0;
+				IndexTt = -1;
+			}
+
+			bool	operator==(const CFormatInfo &o) const {return Color==o.Color && TabX==o.TabX && IndexTt==o.IndexTt;}
+			bool	operator!=(const CFormatInfo &o) const {return !operator==(o);}
+		};
+		struct CFormatTag : public CFormatInfo
+		{
+			uint			Index;
+
+			// compare 2 tags, not a tag and a CFormatInfo
+			bool	sameTag(const CFormatTag &o) const
+			{
+				return CFormatInfo::operator==(o) && Index==o.Index;
+			}
+		};
+		std::vector<CFormatTag>		_FormatTags;
+
+		/// Get the current maxW for multiline, accordgin to parent and _MultiLineOptionMaxW
+		sint		getCurrentMultiLineMaxW() const;
+
+
+
+
+		NL3D::ULetterColors * _LetterColors;
+
+	private:
+		// A word in a line
+		class CWord
+		{
+			public:
+				// default ctor
+				CWord(uint numSpaces = 0) : Index(0), NumSpaces(numSpaces) {}
+				ucstring							Text;
+				uint								Index; // index of the info for this word
+				NL3D::UTextContext::CStringInfo		Info;
+				uint								NumSpaces; // number of spaces before this word
+				// The specialized color/format of this word. White if none
+				CFormatInfo							Format;
+			public:
+				// build from a string, using the current text context
+				void build(const ucstring &text, uint numSpaces= 0);
+		};
+		typedef std::vector<CWord> TWordVect;
+
+		// A line of text (which is made of one word with space, or of several words with no spaces in them)
+		class CLine : public NLMISC::CRefCount
+		{
+			public:
+				// ctor
+				CLine();
+				// Clear the line & remove text contexts
+				void clear();
+				// Add a new word (and its context) in the line + a number of spaces to append at the end of the line
+				void	addWord(const ucstring &word, uint numSpaces, const CFormatInfo &wordFormat, uint fontWidth);
+				void    addWord(const CWord &word, uint fontWidth);
+				uint	getNumWords() const { return (uint)_Words.size(); }
+				CWord   &getWord(uint index) { return _Words[index]; }
+				float	getSpaceWidth() const { return _SpaceWidth; }
+				void    setSpaceWidth(float width) { _SpaceWidth = width; }
+				// Get the number of chars in the line, not counting the end spaces, but couting the spaces in words
+				uint	getNumChars() const { return _NumChars; }
+				// Get the total number of spaces between words (not including those in words, but there should not be if text is justified)
+				uint	getNumSpaces() const { return _NumSpaces; }
+				float   getStringLine() const { return _StringLine; }
+				float   getWidthWithoutSpaces() const { return _WidthWithoutSpaces; }
+				// get total width including spaces, but not including end spaces
+				float   getWidth() const { return _WidthWithoutSpaces + _SpaceWidth * _NumSpaces; }
+				// Get the number of spaces at the end of the line
+				void	setEndSpaces(uint numSpaces) { _EndSpaces = numSpaces; }
+				// Set the number of spaces at the end of the line
+				uint    getEndSpaces() const { return _EndSpaces; }
+				// Test if there's a line feed at the end of the line
+				bool    getLF() const { return _HasLF; }
+				void	setLF(bool lf) { _HasLF = lf; }
+				void	resetTextIndex();
+			private:
+				TWordVect _Words;
+				uint	  _NumChars;
+				uint      _NumSpaces;
+				float	  _SpaceWidth; // width of a space, in pixels (used with multispace alignment)
+				float     _StringLine;
+				float     _WidthWithoutSpaces; // width without space (see the Field NumSpaces in the CWord class).
+											   // NB : space inserted inside a word are counted, however!
+				uint	  _EndSpaces; // spaces at the end of the line
+				bool	  _HasLF; // a linefeed is at end of line (no breaking due to line full)
+		};
+		/// NB : we keep pointers on lines (each line contains a vector, that we don't want to be copied, and this occurs as the vector of lines grows..)
+
+		typedef NLMISC::CSmartPtr<CLine> TLineSPtr;
+		typedef std::vector<TLineSPtr> TLinePtVect;
+	private:
+		/** Data of the updated text for multiline. It is built from the _Text field in the updateTextContext member function,
+		  * and is used to perform the draw
+		  */
+		TLinePtVect _Lines;
+
+		/// if true, and if the view text is isSingleLineTextClamped(), then an over will be drawn, with the text
+		bool	_OverExtendViewText : 1;
+		/// if true and _OverExtendViewText true too, use the parent rectangle to know if must display the over or not
+		bool	_OverExtendViewTextUseParentRect : 1;
+		/// Letter selection handling
+		bool	_AutoClamp : 1;
+		bool	_ClampRight : 1;
+		bool	_TextSelection : 1;
+		bool	_InvalidTextContext : 1;
+		bool	_Underlined : 1;
+		bool    _ContinuousUpdate : 1;
+		bool	_Setuped : 1;
+
+		uint	_TextSelectionStart;
+		uint	_TextSelectionEnd;
+
+		// First line X coordinate
+		uint	_FirstLineX;
+
+		/// Dynamic tooltips
+		std::vector<CCtrlToolTip*>	_Tooltips;
+
+
+	private:
+		void setup ();
+		void setupDefault ();
+
+		void setStringSelectionSkipingSpace(uint stringId, const ucstring &text, sint charStart, sint charEnd);
+
+	//	void pushString(const ucstring &str, bool deleteSpaceAtStart = false);
+
+		/// \from CInterfaceElement
+		void onInvalidateContent();
+
+		// may append a new line, and append a word to the last line (no spaces)
+		void flushWordInLine(ucstring &ucCurrentWord, bool &linePushed, const CFormatInfo &wordFormat);
+		// Clear all the lines and free their datas
+		void clearLines();
+		// Update in the case of a multiline text
+		void updateTextContextMultiLine(uint nMaxWidth);
+		// Update in the case of a multiline text with justification
+		void updateTextContextMultiLineJustified(uint nMaxWidth, bool expandSpaces);
+		// Recompute font size info
+		void computeFontSize ();
+
+		// used for "donctClipWord" case in updateTextContextMultiLineJustified(). currLine is reseted
+		void	addDontClipWordLine(std::vector<CWord> &currLine);
+
+		// FormatTag build.
+		static void		buildFormatTagText(const ucstring &text, ucstring &textBuild, std::vector<CFormatTag> &formatTags, std::vector<ucstring> &tooltips);
+		// FormatTag parsing.
+		bool			isFormatTagChange(uint textIndex, uint ctIndex) const;
+		void			getFormatTagChange(uint textIndex, uint &ctIndex, CFormatInfo &wordFormat) const;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_VIEW_TEXT_H
+
+/* End of view_text.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_text_formated.h

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef VIEW_TEXT_FORMATED_H
+#define VIEW_TEXT_FORMATED_H
+
+#include "nel/gui/view_text.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	/** The same as a view text id, but with some display option
+	  * The input is a formated string, every character is copied, but subsitution is done for each character preceded by $
+	  * $p -> expand the player name
+	  * $P -> expand the player name in uppercase
+	  * $b -> expand the current bot name ( bot with which the player is talking)
+	  * $s -> expand the current short bot name (with no specification/title in it)
+	  * if "ui..." replace the format with CI18N
+	  */
+	class CViewTextFormated : public  CViewText
+	{
+	public:
+
+		class IViewTextFormatter
+		{
+		public:
+			virtual ~IViewTextFormatter(){}
+			virtual ucstring formatString( const ucstring &inputString, const ucstring &paramString ) = 0;
+		};
+
+		CViewTextFormated (const TCtorParam &param) : CViewText(param)
+		{}
+		virtual bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+		const  ucstring &getFormatString() const { return _FormatString; }
+		void setFormatString(const ucstring &format);
+
+		static ucstring formatString(const ucstring &inputString, const ucstring &paramString);
+
+		static void setFormatter( IViewTextFormatter *formatter ){ textFormatter = formatter; }
+
+	private:
+		ucstring	_FormatString;
+		static IViewTextFormatter *textFormatter;
+	};
+
+
+}
+
+
+
+#endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_text_id.h

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#ifndef NL_VIEW_TEXT_ID_H
+#define NL_VIEW_TEXT_ID_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text.h"
+
+namespace NLMISC{
+	class CCDBNodeLeaf;
+}
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	class IOnReceiveTextId
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual ~IOnReceiveTextId() {}
+		// the deriver may change the input text
+		virtual	void	onReceiveTextId(ucstring &str) =0;
+	};
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	/**
+	 * class implementing a text view that take the text from an id
+	 * \author Matthieu 'TrapII' Besson
+	 * \author Nevrax France
+	 * \date 2002
+	 */
+	class CViewTextID : public CViewText
+	{
+	public:
+		
+		/// Interface for classes that can provide text to CViewTextId
+		class IViewTextProvider
+		{
+		public:
+			virtual ~IViewTextProvider(){}
+			virtual bool getString( uint32 stringId, ucstring &result ) = 0;
+			virtual bool getDynString( uint32 dynStringId, ucstring &result ) = 0;
+		};
+
+		CViewTextID(const TCtorParam &param) : CViewText(param)
+		{
+			_StringModifier= NULL;
+			_IsDBLink = false;
+			_TextId = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+			_Initialized = false;
+			_DynamicString = false;
+			_IsTextFormatTaged= false;
+		}
+
+		// ctor with a text id
+		CViewTextID (const std::string& id, uint32 nID, sint FontSize=12,
+				NLMISC::CRGBA Color=NLMISC::CRGBA(255,255,255), bool Shadow=false) :
+					CViewText (id, std::string(""), FontSize, Color, Shadow)
+		{
+			_StringModifier= NULL;
+			_IsDBLink = false;
+			_TextId = nID;
+			_Initialized = false;
+			_DynamicString = false;
+			_IsTextFormatTaged= false;
+		}
+
+		// ctor with a db path entry
+		CViewTextID (const std::string& id,
+					 const std::string &idDBPath,
+					 sint FontSize=12,
+					 NLMISC::CRGBA Color=NLMISC::CRGBA(255,255,255),
+					 bool Shadow=false);
+
+
+		~CViewTextID();
+
+		virtual bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
+		virtual void checkCoords();
+
+		bool	parseTextIdOptions(xmlNodePtr cur);
+
+		uint32 getTextId () const;
+		void setTextId (uint32 id);
+
+		/** set a text id from a db path
+		  * \return true if the link could be done
+		  */
+		bool setDBTextID(const std::string &dbPath);
+		// set a text from a db leaf
+		void setDBLeaf(NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *leaf);
+
+		std::string getTextIdDbLink() const;
+		void setTextIdDbLink(const std::string &link);
+
+		void	setDynamicString(bool state) {_DynamicString= state;}
+		bool	getDynamicString() const {return _DynamicString;}
+
+		// modify name when received
+		void				setOnReceiveTextId(IOnReceiveTextId *callBack) {_StringModifier= callBack;}
+		IOnReceiveTextId	*getOnReceiveTextId() const {return _StringModifier;}
+
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_START(CViewTextID, CViewText)
+			REFLECT_UINT32("textid", getTextId, setTextId);
+			REFLECT_STRING("textid_dblink", getTextIdDbLink, setTextIdDbLink);
+		REFLECT_EXPORT_END
+
+		static void setTextProvider( IViewTextProvider *provider ){ textProvider = provider; }
+
+	protected:
+
+		bool					_IsDBLink;
+		CInterfaceProperty		_DBTextId;
+		uint32					_TextId;
+
+		bool					_Initialized;
+
+		// If true, use a dynamic string (CStringManagerClient::getDynString), else use a server string id (CStringManagerClient::getString)
+		bool					_DynamicString;
+
+		// If true, setTextFormatted() is used instead of setText()
+		bool					_IsTextFormatTaged;
+
+		// Optional ucstring modifier
+		IOnReceiveTextId		*_StringModifier;
+
+		#if defined(NL_DEBUG)
+		std::string				_DBPath;
+		#endif
+
+		static IViewTextProvider* getTextProvider(){ return textProvider; }
+
+	private:
+		static IViewTextProvider *textProvider;
+
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif // NL_VIEW_TEXT_ID_H
+
+/* End of view_text_id.h */

code/nel/include/nel/gui/view_text_id_formated.h

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 #ifndef VIEW_TEXT_ID_FORMATED_H
 #define VIEW_TEXT_ID_FORMATED_H
 
-#include "view_text_id.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text_id.h"
 
 /** The same as a view text id, but with some display option
   * The input is a formated string, every character is copied, but subsitution is done for each character preceded by $
@@ -29,22 +29,23 @@
   * $b -> expand the current bot name ( bot with which the player is talking)
   * $s -> expand the current short bot name (with no specification/title in it)
   */
-class CViewTextIDFormated : public  CViewTextID
+
+namespace NLGUI
 {
-public:
+
+	class CViewTextIDFormated : public  CViewTextID
+	{
+	public:
 		CViewTextIDFormated(const TCtorParam &param) : CViewTextID(param)
 		{}
 		virtual bool parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup);
 		virtual void checkCoords();
 		const  ucstring &getFormatString() const { return _FormatString; }
 		void setFormatString(const ucstring &format);
-private:
+	private:
 		ucstring	_FormatString;
-};
-
-
-
-
+	};
 
+}
 
 #endif

code/nel/include/nel/gui/widget_manager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef WIDGET_MANAGER_H
+#define WIDGET_MANAGER_H
+
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+#include <list>
+#include "nel/misc/smart_ptr.h"
+#include "nel/misc/rgba.h"
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_common.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_options.h"
+
+namespace NLMISC
+{
+	class CCDBNodeLeaf;
+}
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	class CInterfaceElement;
+	class CCtrlBase;
+	class CViewBase;
+	class CInterfaceGroup;
+	class CViewPointerBase;
+	class CInterfaceOptions;
+
+	class IParser
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual void addParentPositionAssociation( CInterfaceElement *element, const std::string &parentID ) = 0;
+		virtual void addParentSizeAssociation( CInterfaceElement *element, const std::string &parentID )     = 0;
+		virtual void addParentSizeMaxAssociation( CInterfaceElement *element, const std::string &parentID )  = 0;
+		virtual void addLuaClassAssociation( CInterfaceGroup *group, const std::string &luaScript )          = 0;
+		virtual CInterfaceGroup* createGroupInstance( const std::string &templateName, const std::string &parentID, const std::pair< std::string, std::string > *templateParams, uint numParams, bool updateLinks = true ) = 0;
+		virtual CInterfaceGroup* createGroupInstance( const std::string &templateName, const std::string &parentID, std::vector< std::pair< std::string, std::string > > &templateParams, bool updateLinks = true ) = 0;
+		virtual bool parseGroupChildren( xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup, bool reload ) = 0;
+		virtual uint getProcedureNumActions( const std::string &procName ) const = 0;
+		virtual bool getProcedureAction( const std::string &procName, uint actionIndex, std::string &ah, std::string &params ) const = 0;
+	};
+
+	/// Manages the GUI widgets
+	class CWidgetManager{
+	public:
+
+		struct SInterfaceTimes
+		{
+		public:
+			sint64 lastFrameMs;
+			sint64 thisFrameMs;
+			sint64 frameDiffMs;
+
+			SInterfaceTimes()
+			{
+				lastFrameMs = 0;
+				thisFrameMs = 0;
+				frameDiffMs = 0;
+			}
+		};
+
+		// Master groups encapsulate all windows
+		struct SMasterGroup
+		{
+			SMasterGroup()
+			{
+				Group = NULL;
+				LastTopWindowPriority = WIN_PRIORITY_NORMAL;
+			}
+
+			CInterfaceGroup *Group;
+			std::list< CInterfaceGroup* > PrioritizedWindows[ WIN_PRIORITY_MAX ];
+
+			void addWindow( CInterfaceGroup *pIG, uint8 nPrio = WIN_PRIORITY_NORMAL );
+			void delWindow( CInterfaceGroup *pIG );
+			CInterfaceGroup *getWindowFromId( const std::string &winID );
+			bool isWindowPresent( CInterfaceGroup *pIG );
+			// Set a window top in its priority queue
+			void setTopWindow( CInterfaceGroup *pIG );
+			void setBackWindow( CInterfaceGroup *pIG );
+			void deactiveAllContainers();
+			void centerAllContainers();
+			void unlockAllContainers();
+
+			// Sort the world space group
+			void sortWorldSpaceGroup ();
+
+			uint8 LastTopWindowPriority;
+		};
+
+
+		// Infos about a modal window.
+		struct SModalWndInfo
+		{
+			// Yoyo: store as CRefPtr in case they are deleted (can happen for instance if menu right click on a guild memeber, and guild members are udpated after)
+			NLMISC::CRefPtr< CInterfaceGroup > ModalWindow; // the current modal window
+			NLMISC::CRefPtr< CCtrlBase > CtrlLaunchingModal;
+			bool ModalClip;
+			bool ModalExitClickOut;
+			bool ModalExitClickL;
+			bool ModalExitClickR;
+			bool ModalExitKeyPushed;
+			std::string ModalHandlerClickOut;
+			std::string ModalClickOutParams;
+
+			SModalWndInfo()
+			{
+				ModalWindow = NULL;
+				CtrlLaunchingModal = NULL;
+				ModalExitClickOut = false;
+				ModalExitClickL = false;
+				ModalExitClickR = false;
+				ModalExitKeyPushed = false;
+			}
+		};
+
+
+		static CWidgetManager* getInstance();
+		static void release();
+		
+		CInterfaceGroup* getMasterGroupFromId( const std::string &MasterGroupName );
+		std::vector< SMasterGroup > &getAllMasterGroup(){ return _MasterGroups; }
+		SMasterGroup& getMasterGroup( uint8 i ) { return _MasterGroups[ i ]; }
+		CInterfaceGroup* getWindowFromId( const std::string &groupId );
+		void addWindowToMasterGroup( const std::string &sMasterGroupName, CInterfaceGroup *pIG );
+		void removeWindowFromMasterGroup( const std::string &sMasterGroupName, CInterfaceGroup *pIG );
+		void removeAllMasterGroups();
+
+		void activateMasterGroup (const std::string &sMasterGroupName, bool bActive);
+
+		CInterfaceElement* getElementFromId( const std::string &sEltId );
+		CInterfaceElement* getElementFromId( const std::string &sStart, const std::string &sEltId );
+
+		/// Get the window from an element (ui:interface:###)
+		CInterfaceGroup* getWindow(CInterfaceElement*);
+
+
+		/**
+		 * set the top window
+		 * \param win : pointer to the window to be set on top
+		 */
+		void setTopWindow (CInterfaceGroup *pWin);
+
+		/**
+		 * set the back window
+		 * \param win : pointer to the window to be set on top
+		 */
+		void setBackWindow (CInterfaceGroup *pWin);
+
+		/** get the top window in the first activated masterGroup
+		 */
+		CInterfaceGroup* getTopWindow (uint8 nPriority = WIN_PRIORITY_NORMAL) const;
+
+		/** get the back window in the first activated masterGroup
+		 */
+		CInterfaceGroup* getBackWindow (uint8 nPriority = WIN_PRIORITY_NORMAL) const;
+
+		/** get the last escapable top window in the first activated masterGroup
+		 */
+		CInterfaceGroup* getLastEscapableTopWindow() const;
+
+		void setWindowPriority (CInterfaceGroup *pWin, uint8 nPriority);
+
+		/** return the priority of the Last Window setTopWindow()-ed.
+		 */
+		uint8 getLastTopWindowPriority() const;
+
+		bool hasModal() const;
+
+		SModalWndInfo& getModal();
+
+		bool isPreviousModal( CInterfaceGroup *wnd ) const;
+
+		void enableModalWindow (CCtrlBase *ctrlLaunchingModal, CInterfaceGroup *pIG);
+		void enableModalWindow (CCtrlBase *ctrlLaunchingModal, const std::string &groupName);
+		// Disable all modals windows
+		void disableModalWindow ();
+
+		/** Push a modal window that becomes the current modal window
+		  */
+		void pushModalWindow(CCtrlBase *ctrlLaunchingModal, CInterfaceGroup *pIG);
+		void pushModalWindow (CCtrlBase *ctrlLaunchingModal, const std::string &groupName);
+		void popModalWindow();
+		// pop all top modal windows with the given category (a string stored in the modal)
+		void popModalWindowCategory(const std::string &category);
+
+		CCtrlBase *getCtrlLaunchingModal ()
+		{
+			if (_ModalStack.empty()) return NULL;
+			return _ModalStack.back().CtrlLaunchingModal;
+		}
+		/// get the currently active modal window, or NULL if none
+		CInterfaceGroup *getModalWindow() const
+		{
+			if (_ModalStack.empty()) return NULL;
+			return _ModalStack.back().ModalWindow;
+		}
+
+		void setCurContextHelp( CCtrlBase *curContextHelp ){ this->curContextHelp = curContextHelp; }
+		CCtrlBase* getCurContextHelp(){ return curContextHelp; }
+
+		float _DeltaTimeStopingContextHelp;
+
+		CViewPointerBase* getPointer(){ return _Pointer; }
+		void setPointer( CViewPointerBase *pointer ){ _Pointer = pointer; }
+
+		/**
+		 * get the window under a spot
+		 * \param : X coord of the spot
+		 * \param : Y coord of the spot
+		 * \return : pointer to the window
+		 */
+		CInterfaceGroup* getWindowUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y);
+		CInterfaceGroup* getCurrentWindowUnder() { return _WindowUnder; }
+		void setCurrentWindowUnder( CInterfaceGroup *group ){ _WindowUnder = group; }
+		CInterfaceGroup* getGroupUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y);
+
+		void getViewsUnder( sint32 x, sint32 y, std::vector< CViewBase* > &vVB );
+		void getCtrlsUnder( sint32 x, sint32 y, std::vector< CCtrlBase* > &vICL );
+		void getGroupsUnder (sint32 x, sint32 y, std::vector< CInterfaceGroup* > &vIGL );
+
+		const std::vector< CViewBase* >& getViewsUnderPointer(){ return _ViewsUnderPointer; }
+		const std::vector< CInterfaceGroup* >& getGroupsUnderPointer() { return _GroupsUnderPointer; }
+		const std::vector< CCtrlBase* >& getCtrlsUnderPointer() { return _CtrlsUnderPointer; }
+		
+		//
+		void clearViewUnders(){ _ViewsUnderPointer.clear(); }
+		void clearGroupsUnders() { _GroupsUnderPointer.clear(); }
+		void clearCtrlsUnders() { _CtrlsUnderPointer.clear(); }
+
+		// Remove all references on a view (called when the ctrl is destroyed)
+		void removeRefOnView( CViewBase *ctrlBase );
+		
+		// Remove all references on a ctrl (called when the ctrl is destroyed)
+		void removeRefOnCtrl (CCtrlBase *ctrlBase);
+
+		// Remove all references on a group (called when the group is destroyed)
+		void removeRefOnGroup (CInterfaceGroup *group);
+
+		void reset();
+
+		void checkCoords();
+		// Relative move of pointer
+		void movePointer (sint32 dx, sint32 dy);
+		// Set absolute coordinates of pointer
+		void movePointerAbs(sint32 px, sint32 py);
+
+		/**
+		 * Capture
+		 */
+		CCtrlBase *getCapturePointerLeft() { return _CapturePointerLeft; }
+		CCtrlBase *getCapturePointerRight() { return _CapturePointerRight; }
+		CCtrlBase *getCaptureKeyboard() { return _CaptureKeyboard; }
+		CCtrlBase *getOldCaptureKeyboard() { return _OldCaptureKeyboard; }
+		CCtrlBase *getDefaultCaptureKeyboard() { return _DefaultCaptureKeyboard; }
+
+		void setCapturePointerLeft(CCtrlBase *c);
+		void setCapturePointerRight(CCtrlBase *c);
+		void setOldCaptureKeyboard(CCtrlBase *c){ _OldCaptureKeyboard = c; }
+		// NB: setCaptureKeyboard(NULL) has not the same effect as resetCaptureKeyboard(). it allows the capture
+		// to come back to the last captured window (resetCaptureKeyboard() not)
+		void setCaptureKeyboard(CCtrlBase *c);
+		/**  Set the default box to use when no keyboard has been previously captured
+		  *  The given dialog should be static
+		  */
+		void setDefaultCaptureKeyboard(CCtrlBase *c){ _DefaultCaptureKeyboard = c; }
+
+		void resetCaptureKeyboard();
+
+		// True if the keyboard is captured
+		bool	isKeyboardCaptured() const {return _CaptureKeyboard!=NULL;}
+
+		// register a view that wants to be notified at each frame (receive the msg 'clocktick')
+		void registerClockMsgTarget(CCtrlBase *vb);
+		void unregisterClockMsgTarget(CCtrlBase *vb);
+		bool isClockMsgTarget(CCtrlBase *vb) const;
+		void sendClockTickEvent();
+
+		void notifyElementCaptured(CCtrlBase *c);
+
+		// Add a group into the windows list of its master goup
+		void	makeWindow( CInterfaceGroup *group );
+
+		// Remove a group from the windows list of its master group
+		void    unMakeWindow( CInterfaceGroup *group, bool noWarning = false );
+
+		void setGlobalColor( NLMISC::CRGBA col );
+		NLMISC::CRGBA getGlobalColor() const{ return _GlobalColor; }
+
+		void setContentAlpha( uint8 alpha );
+		uint8 getContentAlpha() const{ return _ContentAlpha; }
+
+		NLMISC::CRGBA getGlobalColorForContent() const { return _GlobalColorForContent; }
+		void setGlobalColorForContent( NLMISC::CRGBA col ){ _GlobalColorForContent = col; }
+		void resetColorProps();
+
+		/// Get options by name
+		CInterfaceOptions* getOptions( const std::string &optName );
+		void addOptions( std::string name, CInterfaceOptions *options );
+		void removeOptions( std::string name );
+		void removeAllOptions();
+		
+		// Enable mouse Events to interface. if false, release Captures.
+		void enableMouseHandling( bool handle );
+		bool isMouseHandlingEnabled() const{ return _MouseHandlingEnabled; }
+		
+		// Get the User DblClick Delay (according to save...), in milisecond
+		uint getUserDblClickDelay();
+		
+		/// \name Global Interface Options
+		// @{
+		
+		// List of system options
+		enum TSystemOption{
+			OptionCtrlSheetGrayColor=0,
+			OptionCtrlTextGrayColor,
+			OptionCtrlSheetRedifyColor,
+			OptionCtrlTextRedifyColor,
+			OptionCtrlSheetGreenifyColor,
+			OptionCtrlTextGreenifyColor,
+			OptionViewTextOverBackColor,
+			OptionFont,
+			OptionAddCoefFont,
+			OptionMulCoefAnim,
+			OptionTimeoutBubbles,
+			OptionTimeoutMessages,
+			OptionTimeoutContext,
+			OptionTimeoutContextHtml,
+			NumSystemOptions
+		};
+		
+		void setupOptions();
+		/** Get a system option by its enum (faster than getOptions() and getVal())
+		 *  NB: array updated after each parseInterface()
+		 */
+		const CInterfaceOptionValue	&getSystemOption( TSystemOption o ) const{ return _SystemOptions[ o ]; }
+		
+		// @}
+
+		CInterfaceElement* getOverExtendViewText(){ return _OverExtendViewText; }
+		NLMISC::CRGBA& getOverExtendViewTextBackColor(){ return _OverExtendViewTextBackColor; }
+
+		// For single lined ViewText that are clipped: on over of viewText too big, the text is drawn on top. A CRefPtr is kept
+		void setOverExtendViewText( CInterfaceElement *vt, NLMISC::CRGBA backGround ){
+			_OverExtendViewText = vt;
+			_OverExtendViewTextBackColor = backGround;
+		}
+
+		float getAlphaRolloverSpeed();
+		void resetAlphaRolloverSpeed();
+
+		void setContainerAlpha( uint8 alpha );
+		uint8 getContainerAlpha() const { return _ContainerAlpha; }
+		uint8 getGlobalContentAlpha() const { return _GlobalContentAlpha; }
+		uint8 getGlobalContainerAlpha() const { return _GlobalContainerAlpha; }
+		uint8 getGlobalRolloverFactorContent() const { return _GlobalRolloverFactorContent; }
+		uint8 getGlobalRolloverFactorContainer() const { return _GlobalRolloverFactorContainer; }
+
+		void updateGlobalAlphas();
+
+		const SInterfaceTimes& getInterfaceTimes() const{ return interfaceTimes; }
+		void updateInterfaceTimes( const SInterfaceTimes &times ){ interfaceTimes = times; }
+
+		void setIngame( bool i ){ inGame = i; }
+		bool isIngame() const{ return inGame; }
+		
+		static IParser *parser;
+
+	private:
+		CWidgetManager();
+		~CWidgetManager();
+
+		static CWidgetManager *instance;
+		std::vector< SMasterGroup > _MasterGroups;
+		std::vector< SModalWndInfo > _ModalStack;
+		static std::string _CtrlLaunchingModalId;
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr< CCtrlBase > curContextHelp;
+		CViewPointerBase *_Pointer;
+
+		// Options description
+		std::map< std::string, NLMISC::CSmartPtr< CInterfaceOptions > > _OptionsMap;
+
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr< CInterfaceGroup > _WindowUnder;
+
+		// Capture
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr<CCtrlBase>	_CaptureKeyboard;
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr<CCtrlBase>	_OldCaptureKeyboard;
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr<CCtrlBase>	_DefaultCaptureKeyboard;
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr<CCtrlBase>	_CapturePointerLeft;
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr<CCtrlBase>	_CapturePointerRight;
+
+		// What is under pointer
+		std::vector< CViewBase* > _ViewsUnderPointer;
+		std::vector< CCtrlBase* > _CtrlsUnderPointer;
+		std::vector< CInterfaceGroup* > _GroupsUnderPointer;
+
+		// view that should be notified from clock msg
+		std::vector<CCtrlBase*> _ClockMsgTargets;
+
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _GlobalColor;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _GlobalColorForContent;
+		uint8 _ContentAlpha;
+
+		NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *_RProp;
+		NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *_GProp;
+		NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *_BProp;
+		NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *_AProp;
+		NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *_AlphaRolloverSpeedDB;
+		
+		uint8 _ContainerAlpha;
+		uint8 _GlobalContentAlpha;
+		uint8 _GlobalContainerAlpha;
+		uint8 _GlobalRolloverFactorContent;
+		uint8 _GlobalRolloverFactorContainer;
+
+		bool _MouseHandlingEnabled;
+		
+		// System Options
+		CInterfaceOptionValue _SystemOptions[ NumSystemOptions ];
+		
+		// The next ViewText to draw for Over
+		NLMISC::CRefPtr< CInterfaceElement > _OverExtendViewText;
+		NLMISC::CRGBA _OverExtendViewTextBackColor;
+
+		SInterfaceTimes interfaceTimes;
+
+		bool inGame;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/misc/cdb.h

@@ -20,20 +20,20 @@
 #define CDB_H
 
 // misc
-#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
-#include "nel/misc/smart_ptr.h"
-#include "nel/misc/string_mapper.h"
+#include "types_nl.h"
+#include "smart_ptr.h"
+#include "string_mapper.h"
+#include "sstring.h"
 
 #include <libxml/parser.h>
 
 namespace NLMISC
 {
-	class IProgressCallback;
-	class CBitMemStream;
-}
-
+class IProgressCallback;
+class CBitMemStream;
 class CCDBNodeLeaf;
 class CCDBNodeBranch;
+class CCDBBankHandler;
 
 ///global bool, must be set to true if we want to display database modification. See displayDBModifs in commands.cpp
 extern bool VerboseDatabase;
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ extern bool VerboseDatabase;
  * \date 2002
  */
 
-class ICDBNode : public NLMISC::CRefCount
+class ICDBNode : public CRefCount
 {
 	//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
 	// end of IDBNode interface
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ public:
 	 * \author Nevrax France
 	 * \date 2002
 	 */
-	class IPropertyObserver : public NLMISC::CRefCount
+	class IPropertyObserver : public CRefCount
 	{
 	public :
 		virtual ~IPropertyObserver()	{}
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ public :
 	 *	Build the structure of the database from a file
 	 * \param f is the stream
 	 */
-	virtual void init( xmlNodePtr node, NLMISC::IProgressCallback &progressCallBack, bool mapBanks=false ) = 0;
+	virtual void init( xmlNodePtr node, IProgressCallback &progressCallBack, bool mapBanks=false, CCDBBankHandler *bankHandler = NULL ) = 0;
 
 	/**
 	 * Save a backup of the database
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ public :
 	 * \param gc the server gameCycle of this update. Any outdated update are aborted
 	 * \param f : the stream.
 	 */
-	virtual void readDelta( NLMISC::TGameCycle gc, NLMISC::CBitMemStream & f ) = 0;
+	virtual void readDelta( TGameCycle gc, CBitMemStream & f ) = 0;
 
 	/**
 	 * Get a node . Create it if it does not exist yet
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ public :
 	virtual bool setProp( CTextId& id, sint64 value ) = 0;
 
 	/// Reset all leaf data from this point
-	virtual void resetData(NLMISC::TGameCycle gc, bool forceReset=false) = 0;
+	virtual void resetData(TGameCycle gc, bool forceReset=false) = 0;
 
 	/**
 	 * Clear the node and his children
@@ -314,16 +314,16 @@ public :
 	virtual void display (const std::string &/* prefix */){}
 
 	/// Return the string id corresponding to the argument
-	static NLMISC::TStringId getStringId(const std::string& nodeName)
+	static TStringId getStringId(const std::string& nodeName)
 	{
-		if (_DBSM == NULL) _DBSM = NLMISC::CStringMapper::createLocalMapper();
+		if (_DBSM == NULL) _DBSM = CStringMapper::createLocalMapper();
 		return _DBSM->localMap(nodeName);
 	}
 
 	/// Return a pointer to the string corresponding to the argument
-	static const std::string *getStringFromId(NLMISC::TStringId nodeStringId)
+	static const std::string *getStringFromId(TStringId nodeStringId)
 	{
-		if (_DBSM == NULL) _DBSM = NLMISC::CStringMapper::createLocalMapper();
+		if (_DBSM == NULL) _DBSM = CStringMapper::createLocalMapper();
 		return &_DBSM->localUnmap(nodeStringId);
 	}
 
@@ -335,32 +335,34 @@ protected:
 	/// Constructor
 	ICDBNode() : _AtomicFlag(false)
 	{
-		if (_DBSM == NULL) _DBSM = NLMISC::CStringMapper::createLocalMapper();
-		_Name = NLMISC::CStringMapper::emptyId();
+		if (_DBSM == NULL) _DBSM = CStringMapper::createLocalMapper();
+		_Name = CStringMapper::emptyId();
 	}
 
 	/// Constructor
 	ICDBNode (const std::string &name) : _AtomicFlag(false)
 	{
-		if (_DBSM == NULL) _DBSM = NLMISC::CStringMapper::createLocalMapper();
+		if (_DBSM == NULL) _DBSM = CStringMapper::createLocalMapper();
 		_Name = _DBSM->localMap(name);
 		//_NameDbg = name;
 	}
 
 	// utility to build full name efficiently (without reallocating the string at each parent level)
-	void _buildFullName(NLMISC::CSString &fullName);
+	void _buildFullName(CSString &fullName);
 
 	/// Atomic flag: is the branch an atomic group, or is the leaf a member of an atomic group
 	bool			_AtomicFlag		: 1;
 
 	/// Name of the node
-	NLMISC::TStringId	_Name;
+	TStringId	_Name;
 	//std::string _NameDbg;
 
-	static NLMISC::CStringMapper *_DBSM;
+	static CStringMapper *_DBSM;
 
 };
 
 
+}
+
 
 #endif // CDB_H

code/nel/include/nel/misc/cdb_bank_handler.h

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef CDB_BANK_HANDLER
+#define CDB_BANK_HANDLER
+
+#include <vector>
+#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+
+namespace NLMISC{
+
+/**
+ @brief Manages the bank names and mappings of the CDB it's associated with
+
+ Banks are numeric identifiers for the top-level branches of the CDB.
+ They are used for saving bandwidth, because the local CDBs are updated with deltas,
+ that identify the updatable top-level branch with this id.
+ The CCDBBankHandler manages the mapping of banks to their names, unified (node) index,
+ and the other way around.
+
+ */
+class CCDBBankHandler{
+public:
+	/**
+	 @brief The class' constructor
+	 @param maxbanks the maximum number of banks we need to handle
+	*/
+	CCDBBankHandler( uint maxbanks );
+
+	/// Very surprisingly this is the destructor
+	~CCDBBankHandler(){}
+
+	/**
+	 @brief   Returns the unified (node) index for the specified bank Id.
+	 @param   bank The bank whose uid we need.
+	 @return  Returns an uid or static_cast< uint >( -1 ) on failure.
+	*/
+	uint getUIDForBank( uint bank ) const;
+
+	/**
+	 @brief   Returns the bank Id for the specified unified (node) index.
+	 @param   uid The unified (node) index we need to translate to bank Id.
+	 @return  Returns a bank Id.
+	*/
+	uint getBankForUID( uint uid ) const{ return _UnifiedIndexToBank[ uid ]; }
+
+	/// Returns the last unified (node) index we mapped.
+	uint getLastUnifiedIndex() const{ return _CDBLastUnifiedIndex; }
+
+	/**
+	 @brief   Returns the number of bits used to store the number of nodes that belong to this bank.
+	 @param   bank The banks whose id bits we need.
+	 @return  Returns the number of bits used to store the number of nodes that belong to this bank.
+	*/
+	uint getFirstLevelIdBits( uint bank ) const{ return _FirstLevelIdBitsByBank[ bank ]; }
+
+	/**
+	 @brief   Returns the name of the specified bank.
+	 @param   bank The id of the bank we need the name of.
+	 @return  Returns the name of the specified bank.
+	*/
+	std::string getBankName( uint bank ) const{ return _CDBBankNames[ bank ]; }
+
+	/**
+	 @brief   Looks up the bank Id of the bank name specified.
+	 @param   name The name of the bank whose Id we need.
+	 @return  Returns the id of the bank, or static_cast< uint >( -1 ) on fail.
+	*/
+	uint getBankByName( const std::string &name ) const;
+
+	/**
+	 @brief   Maps the specified bank name to a unified (node) index and vica versa.
+	 @param   bankName Name of the bank to map.
+	*/
+	void mapNodeByBank( const std::string &bankName );
+
+	/**
+	 @brief   Loads the known bank names from an array ( the order decides the bank Id ).
+	 @param   strings The array of the banks names.
+	 @param   size    The size of the array.
+	*/
+	void fillBankNames( const char **strings, uint size );
+
+	/// Resets the node to bank mapping vector
+	void resetNodeBankMapping(){ _UnifiedIndexToBank.clear(); }
+
+	/// Resets all maps, and sets _CDBLastUnifiedIndex to 0.
+	void reset();
+
+	uint getUnifiedIndexToBankSize() const{ return _UnifiedIndexToBank.size(); }
+
+	/// Calculates the number of bits used to store the number of nodes that belong to the banks.
+	void calcIdBitsByBank();
+
+	/**
+	 @brief   Looks up the unified (node) index of a bank node.
+	 @param   bank  The bank id of the node we are looking up.
+	 @param   index The index of the node within the bank.
+	 @return  Returns the unified (node) index of the specified bank node.
+	*/
+	uint getServerToClientUIDMapping( uint bank, uint index ) const{ return _CDBBankToUnifiedIndexMapping[ bank ][ index ]; }
+
+	/**
+	 @brief Resizes the bank holders. WARNING: Resets data contained.
+	 @param newSize - The new maximum number of banks.
+	 */
+	void resize( uint newSize );
+
+private:
+	/// Mapping from server database index to client database index (first-level nodes)
+	std::vector< std::vector< uint > > _CDBBankToUnifiedIndexMapping;
+	
+	/// Mapping from client database index to bank IDs (first-level nodes)
+	std::vector< uint > _UnifiedIndexToBank;
+	
+	/// Last index mapped
+	uint _CDBLastUnifiedIndex;
+	
+	/// Number of bits for first-level branches, by bank
+	std::vector< uint > _FirstLevelIdBitsByBank;
+
+	/// Names of the CDB banks
+	std::vector< std::string > _CDBBankNames;
+
+	/// The number of banks used
+	uint maxBanks;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/misc/cdb_branch.h

@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
 #define CDB_BRANCH_H
 
 #include "cdb.h"
-#include "game_share/ryzom_database_banks.h"
+
+namespace NLMISC{
 
 /**
  * Database Node which contains a set of properties
@@ -32,6 +33,21 @@ class CCDBNodeBranch : public ICDBNode
 {
 public:
 
+	class ICDBDBBranchObserverHandle
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual ~ICDBDBBranchObserverHandle(){}
+
+		virtual ICDBNode* owner()                                 = 0;
+		virtual IPropertyObserver* observer()                     = 0;
+		virtual bool observesLeaf( const std::string &leafName )  = 0;
+		virtual bool inList( uint list )                          = 0;
+		virtual void addToFlushableList()                         = 0;
+		virtual void removeFromFlushableList( uint list )         = 0;
+		virtual void removeFromFlushableList()                    = 0;
+
+	};
+
 	// default constructor
 	CCDBNodeBranch(const std::string &name) : ICDBNode(name)
 	{
@@ -44,7 +60,7 @@ public:
 	 *	Build the structure of the database from a file
 	 * \param f is the stream
 	 */
-	void init( xmlNodePtr node, class NLMISC::IProgressCallback &progressCallBack, bool mapBanks=false );
+	void init( xmlNodePtr node, class IProgressCallback &progressCallBack, bool mapBanks=false, CCDBBankHandler *bankHandler = NULL );
 
 	/**
 	 * Add a new sub node
@@ -93,10 +109,10 @@ public:
 	void write( CTextId& id, FILE * f);
 
 	/// Update the database from the delta, but map the first level with the bank mapping (see _CDBBankToUnifiedIndexMapping)
-	void readAndMapDelta( NLMISC::TGameCycle gc, NLMISC::CBitMemStream& s, TCDBBank bank );
+	void readAndMapDelta( TGameCycle gc, CBitMemStream& s, uint bank, CCDBBankHandler *bankHandler );
 
 	/// Update the database from a stream coming from the FE
-	void readDelta( NLMISC::TGameCycle gc, NLMISC::CBitMemStream & f );
+	void readDelta( TGameCycle gc, CBitMemStream & f );
 
 	/**
 	 * Return the value of a property (the update flag is set to false)
@@ -118,19 +134,16 @@ public:
 	/// Clear the node and his children
 	void clear();
 
-	/// Reset the data corresponding to the bank (works only on top level node)
-	void resetBank( NLMISC::TGameCycle gc, TCDBBank bank)
+	void resetNode( TGameCycle gc, uint node )
 	{
-		//nlassert( getParent() == NULL );
-		for ( uint i=0; i!=_Nodes.size(); ++i )
-		{
-			if ( _UnifiedIndexToBank[i] == bank )
-				_Nodes[i]->resetData(gc);
-		}
+		if( node > _Nodes.size() )
+			return;
+		
+		_Nodes[ node ]->resetData( gc );
 	}
 
 	/// Reset all leaf data from this point
-	void resetData(NLMISC::TGameCycle gc, bool forceReset=false)
+	void resetData(TGameCycle gc, bool forceReset=false)
 	{
 		for ( uint i=0; i!=_Nodes.size(); ++i )
 		{
@@ -190,7 +203,7 @@ public:
 	 * and setting a branch observer on it, except you don't need to change your database paths
 	 * and update large amounts of code!).
 	 */
-	void addBranchObserver(IPropertyObserver* observer, const std::vector<std::string>& positiveLeafNameFilter=std::vector<std::string>());
+	void addBranchObserver( ICDBDBBranchObserverHandle* handle, const std::vector<std::string>& positiveLeafNameFilter=std::vector<std::string>());
 
 	/**
 	 * Easy version of addBranchObserver() (see above).
@@ -198,7 +211,7 @@ public:
 	 * "" -> this node
 	 * "FOO:BAR" ->  sub-branch "BAR" of "FOO" which is a sub-branch of this node
 	 */
-	void addBranchObserver(const char *dbPathFromThisNode, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver& observer, const char **positiveLeafNameFilter=NULL, uint positiveLeafNameFilterSize=0);
+	void addBranchObserver( ICDBDBBranchObserverHandle *handle, const char *dbPathFromThisNode, const char **positiveLeafNameFilter=NULL, uint positiveLeafNameFilterSize=0);
 
 	// Remove observer from all sub-leaves
 	bool removeBranchObserver(IPropertyObserver* observer);
@@ -208,82 +221,14 @@ public:
 
 	virtual bool isLeaf() const { return false; }
 
-	/** Update all observers of branchs that have been modified
-	  */
-	static void flushObserversCalls();
-
 	// mark this branch and parent branch as 'modified'. This is usually called by sub-leaves
-	void linkInModifiedNodeList(NLMISC::TStringId modifiedLeafName);
+	void onLeafChanged( TStringId leafName );
 
 	/// Find a subnode at this level
 	ICDBNode * find (const std::string &nodeName);
 
-	/// Main init
-	static void resetNodeBankMapping() { _UnifiedIndexToBank.clear(); }
-
-	// reset all static mappings
-	static void reset();
-
-	/// Internal use only
-	static void mapNodeByBank( ICDBNode *node, const std::string& bankStr, bool clientOnly, uint nodeIndex );
-
 protected:
-
-
-		/** Struct identifying an observer of a db branch
-	  * This struct can be linked in a list so that we can update observers only once per pass.
-	  * An observer that watch a whole branch can be updated once and only once after each element of the branch has been modified
-	  */
-	class CDBBranchObsInfo
-	{
-		public:
-			NLMISC::CRefPtr<IPropertyObserver> Observer;
-			// 2 linked list are required : while the observer is notified, it can triger one other observer, so we must link it in another list
-			bool               Touched[2];
-			CDBBranchObsInfo   *PrevNotifiedObserver[2]; // NULL means this is the head
-			CDBBranchObsInfo   *NextNotifiedObserver[2];
-			ICDBNode		   *Owner;
-
-			// If non-empty, only a leaf whose name is found here will notify something
-			// This is equivalent to creating a sub-branch containing only the specified leaves
-			// and setting a branch observer on it, except you don't need to change your database paths
-			// and update large amounts of code and script!
-			std::vector<NLMISC::TStringId> PositiveLeafNameFilter;
-
-		public:
-
-			/// Constructor. See above for usage of positiveLeafNameFilter.
-			CDBBranchObsInfo(IPropertyObserver *obs = NULL, ICDBNode *owner = NULL, const std::vector<std::string>& positiveLeafNameFilter=std::vector<std::string>())
-			{
-				Owner = owner;
-				Observer = obs;
-				Touched[0] = Touched[1] = false;
-				PrevNotifiedObserver[0] = PrevNotifiedObserver[1] = NULL;
-				NextNotifiedObserver[0] = NextNotifiedObserver[1]  = NULL;
-				for (std::vector<std::string>::const_iterator ipf=positiveLeafNameFilter.begin(); ipf!=positiveLeafNameFilter.end(); ++ipf)
-				{
-					PositiveLeafNameFilter.push_back(ICDBNode::getStringId(*ipf)); // the ids are also mapped at database init, we don't need to unmap them in destructor
-				}
-			}
-			~CDBBranchObsInfo()
-			{
-				// should have been unlinked
-				nlassert(Touched[0] == false);
-				nlassert(Touched[1] == false);
-				nlassert(PrevNotifiedObserver[0] == NULL);
-				nlassert(PrevNotifiedObserver[1] == NULL);
-				nlassert(NextNotifiedObserver[0] == NULL);
-				nlassert(NextNotifiedObserver[1] == NULL);
-			}
-			// Unlink from the given list. This also clear the '_Touched' flag
-			void unlink(uint list);			
-			void link(uint list, NLMISC::TStringId modifiedLeafName);
-	};
-
-	typedef std::list<CDBBranchObsInfo> TObsList; // must use a list because pointers on CDBObserverInfo instances must remains valids
-
-protected:
-
+	typedef std::list< ICDBDBBranchObserverHandle* > TObserverHandleList;
 
 	CCDBNodeBranch			*_Parent;
 
@@ -298,34 +243,13 @@ protected:
 	bool					_Sorted : 1;
 
 	// observers for this node or branch
-	TObsList				_Observers;
-
-	friend class CDBBranchObsInfo;
-	// Global list of modified nodes
-	static CDBBranchObsInfo *_FirstNotifiedObs[2];
-	static CDBBranchObsInfo *_LastNotifiedObs[2];
-	static uint			   _CurrNotifiedObsList; // 0 or 1 => tell in which list observers of modified values must be added
-	// current & next observers being notified : if such observer if removed during notification, pointer will be valids
-	static CDBBranchObsInfo *_CurrNotifiedObs;
-	static CDBBranchObsInfo *_NextNotifiedObs;
-
-	/// Mapping from server database index to client database index (first-level nodes)
-	static std::vector<uint> _CDBBankToUnifiedIndexMapping [NB_CDB_BANKS];
-
-	// Mapping from client database index to TCDBBank (first-level nodes)
-	static std::vector<TCDBBank> _UnifiedIndexToBank;
-
-	/// Last index mapped
-	static uint				_CDBLastUnifiedIndex;
-
-	/// Number of bits for first-level branches, by bank
-	static uint				_FirstLevelIdBitsByBank [NB_CDB_BANKS];
+	TObserverHandleList		observerHandles;
 
 	/// called by clear
 	void			removeAllBranchObserver();
-	void			removeBranchInfoIt(TObsList::iterator it);
 };
 
+}
 
 #endif // CDB_BRANCH_H
 

code/nel/include/nel/misc/cdb_branch_observing_handler.h

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#ifndef CDB_BRANCH_OBS_HNDLR
+#define CDB_BRANCH_OBS_HNDLR
+
+#include "nel/misc/cdb_branch.h"
+
+namespace NLMISC{
+
+	/**
+	 @brief Manages the CDB branch observers.
+
+	 When a leaf's data changes, it notifies the branch, which then marks the observers as notifiable.
+	 The marked observers can then be notified and flushed on request.
+
+	 */
+	class CCDBBranchObservingHandler{
+
+		enum{
+			MAX_OBS_LST  = 2
+		};
+
+	public:
+		CCDBBranchObservingHandler();
+
+		~CCDBBranchObservingHandler();
+
+		/// Notifies the observers, and flushes the list
+		void flushObserverCalls();
+
+		void reset();
+
+		void addBranchObserver( CCDBNodeBranch *branch, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver *observer, const std::vector< std::string >& positiveLeafNameFilter );
+
+		void addBranchObserver( CCDBNodeBranch *branch, const char *dbPathFromThisNode, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver &observer, const char **positiveLeafNameFilter, uint positiveLeafNameFilterSize );
+
+		void removeBranchObserver( CCDBNodeBranch *branch, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver* observer );
+
+		void removeBranchObserver( CCDBNodeBranch *branch, const char *dbPathFromThisNode, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver &observer );
+		
+		
+		///Observer for branch observer flush events.
+		class IBranchObserverCallFlushObserver : public CRefCount{
+		public:
+			virtual ~IBranchObserverCallFlushObserver(){}
+			virtual void onObserverCallFlush() = 0;
+		};
+	
+	private:
+		void triggerFlushObservers();
+	
+	public:
+		void addFlushObserver( IBranchObserverCallFlushObserver *observer );
+		void removeFlushObserver( IBranchObserverCallFlushObserver *observer );
+	
+	private:
+
+		/**
+		 @brief Handle to a branch observer.
+
+		 The handle stores the owner branch, the observer and remembers if it's marked for notifying the observer.
+		 Also it manages adding/removing itself to/from the marked observer handles list, which is handled by CCDBBranchObservingHandler.
+
+		 */
+		class CCDBDBBranchObserverHandle : public CCDBNodeBranch::ICDBDBBranchObserverHandle{
+
+		public:
+
+			CCDBDBBranchObserverHandle( ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver *observer, CCDBNodeBranch *owner, CCDBBranchObservingHandler *handler );
+
+			~CCDBDBBranchObserverHandle();
+
+			ICDBNode* owner(){ return _owner; }
+
+			ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver* observer(){ return _observer; }
+
+			bool observesLeaf( const std::string &leafName );
+
+			bool inList( uint list );
+
+			void addToFlushableList();
+
+			void removeFromFlushableList( uint list );
+
+			void removeFromFlushableList();
+
+		private:
+
+			bool _inList[ MAX_OBS_LST ];
+
+			std::vector< std::string > _observedLeaves;
+
+			CCDBNodeBranch *_owner;
+
+			NLMISC::CRefPtr< ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver > _observer;
+
+			CCDBBranchObservingHandler *_handler;
+
+		};
+
+		std::list< CCDBNodeBranch::ICDBDBBranchObserverHandle* > flushableObservers[ MAX_OBS_LST ];
+
+		CCDBNodeBranch::ICDBDBBranchObserverHandle *currentHandle;
+
+		uint currentList;
+
+		std::vector< IBranchObserverCallFlushObserver* > flushObservers;
+
+	};
+}
+
+#endif
+
+

code/nel/include/nel/misc/cdb_check_sum.h

@@ -19,8 +19,9 @@
 #ifndef NL_CDB_CHECK_SUM_H
 #define NL_CDB_CHECK_SUM_H
 
-#include "nel/misc/types_nl.h"
+#include "types_nl.h"
 
+namespace NLMISC{
 
 /**
  * class implementing check sum for the client database
@@ -81,6 +82,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
+}
 
 #endif // NL_CDB_CHECK_SUM_H
 

code/nel/include/nel/misc/cdb_leaf.h

@@ -21,7 +21,10 @@
 
 #include "cdb.h"
 #include "cdb_branch.h"
-#include "nel/misc/time_nl.h"
+#include "time_nl.h"
+#include "rgba.h"
+
+namespace NLMISC{
 
 /**
  * Database node which contains a unique property
@@ -50,16 +53,16 @@ public:
 	void setValue8 (sint8 prop);
 	inline bool getValueBool() { return (_Property!=(sint64)0 ); }
 	void setValueBool (bool prop);
-	inline NLMISC::CRGBA getValueRGBA()
+	inline CRGBA getValueRGBA()
 	{
-		NLMISC::CRGBA col;
+		CRGBA col;
 		col.R = (uint8)(_Property&0xff);
 		col.G = (uint8)((_Property>>8)&0xff);
 		col.B = (uint8)((_Property>>16)&0xff);
 		col.A = (uint8)((_Property>>24)&0xff);
 		return col;
 	}
-	void setValueRGBA (const NLMISC::CRGBA &color);
+	void setValueRGBA (const CRGBA &color);
 
 	/// Return the value of the property before the database change
 	inline sint64 getOldValue64() { return _oldProperty; }
@@ -98,7 +101,7 @@ public:
 	 *	Build the structure of the database from a file
 	 * \param f is the stream
 	 */
-	void init( xmlNodePtr node, NLMISC::IProgressCallback &progressCallBack, bool mapBanks=false );
+	void init( xmlNodePtr node, IProgressCallback &progressCallBack, bool mapBanks=false, CCDBBankHandler *bankHandler = NULL );
 
 	/**
 	 * Get a node
@@ -132,7 +135,7 @@ public:
 	 * Update the database from a stream coming from the FE
 	 * \param f : the stream.
 	 */
-	void readDelta(NLMISC::TGameCycle gc, NLMISC::CBitMemStream & f );
+	void readDelta(TGameCycle gc, CBitMemStream & f );
 
 	/**
 	 * Return the value of a property (the update flag is set to false)
@@ -154,10 +157,10 @@ public:
 	/**
 	 * Set the value of a property, only if gc>=_LastChangeGC
 	 */
-	bool setPropCheckGC(NLMISC::TGameCycle gc, sint64 value);
+	bool setPropCheckGC(TGameCycle gc, sint64 value);
 
 	/// Reset all leaf data from this point
-	void resetData(NLMISC::TGameCycle gc, bool forceReset=false);
+	void resetData(TGameCycle gc, bool forceReset=false);
 
 	/**
 	 * Clear the node and his children
@@ -215,7 +218,7 @@ public:
 
 
 	/// get the last change GameCycle (server tick) for this value
-	NLMISC::TGameCycle	getLastChangeGC() const {return _LastChangeGC;}
+	TGameCycle	getLastChangeGC() const {return _LastChangeGC;}
 
 
 private:
@@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ private:
 
 	/// gamecycle (servertick) of the last change for this value.
 	/// change are made in readDelta only for change >= _LastChangeGC
-	NLMISC::TGameCycle	_LastChangeGC;
+	TGameCycle	_LastChangeGC;
 
 	/// observers to call when the value really change
 	std::vector<IPropertyObserver*> _Observers;
@@ -249,7 +252,7 @@ private:
 ////////////////////
 
 
-
+}
 
 
 #endif // CDB_LEAF_H

code/nel/include/nel/misc/cdb_manager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#ifndef CDB_MANAGER_H
+#define CDB_MANAGER_H
+
+#include "nel/misc/cdb_branch.h"
+#include "nel/misc/cdb_leaf.h"
+#include "nel/misc/cdb_bank_handler.h"
+#include "nel/misc/cdb_branch_observing_handler.h"
+
+namespace NLMISC{
+
+	/// Class that encapsulates the separate CDB components
+	class CCDBManager{
+	
+	public:
+		/**
+		 The constructor
+		 @param maxBanks  -  The maximum number of banks to be used
+
+		 */
+		CCDBManager( const char *rootNodeName, uint maxBanks );
+
+		~CCDBManager();
+
+
+		/**
+		 Returns the specified leaf node from the database.
+		 @param name The name of the leaf node.
+		 @param create Specifies if the node should be created if it doesn't exist yet.
+
+		 */
+		CCDBNodeLeaf* getDbLeaf( const std::string &name, bool create = true );
+
+
+
+		/**
+		 Returns the specified branch node from the database.
+		 @param name The name of the branch.
+
+		 */
+		CCDBNodeBranch* getDbBranch( const std::string &name );
+
+
+		/**
+		 Deletes the specified database node.
+		 @param name The name of the database node.
+
+		 */
+		void delDbNode( const std::string &name );
+		
+		/**
+		 Adds an observer to a branch of the database.
+		 @param branchName The name of the branch we want to observe
+		 @param observer   The observer we want to add
+		 @param positiveLeafNameFilter A vector of strings containing the names of the leaves we want to observe
+
+		 */
+		void addBranchObserver( const char *branchName, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver *observer, const std::vector< std::string >& positiveLeafNameFilter = std::vector< std::string >() );
+
+		/**
+		 Adds an observer to a branch of the database.
+		 @param branch  The branch we want to observe
+		 @param observer   The observer we want to add
+		 @param positiveLeafNameFilter A vector of strings containing the names of the leaves we want to observe
+
+		 */
+		void addBranchObserver( CCDBNodeBranch *branch, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver *observer, const std::vector< std::string >& positiveLeafNameFilter = std::vector< std::string >() );
+
+
+		/**
+		 Adds an observer to a branch of the database.
+		 @param branchName The name of the branch we start from
+		 @param dbPathFromThisNode The path to the branch we want to observe
+		 @param observer   The observer we want to add
+		 @param positiveLeafNameFilter An array of strings containing the names of the leaves we want to observe
+		 @param positiveLeafNameFilterSize The size of the array
+
+		 */
+		void addBranchObserver( const char *branchName, const char *dbPathFromThisNode, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver &observer, const char **positiveLeafNameFilter = NULL, uint positiveLeafNameFilterSize = 0 );
+
+		
+		/**
+		 Adds an observer to a branch of the database.
+		 @param branch The branch we start from
+		 @param dbPathFromThisNode The path to the branch we want to observe
+		 @param observer   The observer we want to add
+		 @param positiveLeafNameFilter An array of strings containing the names of the leaves we want to observe
+		 @param positiveLeafNameFilterSize The size of the array
+
+		 */
+		void addBranchObserver( CCDBNodeBranch *branch, const char *dbPathFromThisNode, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver &observer, const char **positiveLeafNameFilter, uint positiveLeafNameFilterSize );
+
+
+		/**
+		 Removes an observer from a branch in the database.
+		 @param branchName The name of the branch
+		 @param observer The observer we want to remove
+
+		 */
+		void removeBranchObserver( const char *branchName, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver* observer );
+
+
+		/**
+		 Removes an observer from a branch in the database.
+		 @param branch The branch
+		 @param observer The observer we want to remove
+
+		 */
+		void removeBranchObserver( CCDBNodeBranch *branch, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver* observer );
+
+
+		/**
+		 Removes an observer from a branch in the database.
+		 @param branchName The name of the branch we start from
+		 @param dbPathFromThisNode The path to the branch we want to observe from the starting branch
+		 @param observer The observer we want to remove
+
+		 */
+		void removeBranchObserver( const char *branchName, const char *dbPathFromThisNode, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver &observer );
+
+
+		/**
+		 Removes an observer from a branch in the database.
+		 @param branchName The name of the branch we start from
+		 @param dbPathFromThisNode The path to the branch we want to observe from the starting branch
+		 @param observer The observer we want to remove
+
+		 */
+		void removeBranchObserver( CCDBNodeBranch *branch, const char *dbPathFromThisNode, ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver &observer );
+
+
+		/**
+		 Adds a branch observer call flush observer. ( These are notified after the branch observers are notified )
+		 @param observer The observer
+
+		 */
+		void addFlushObserver( CCDBBranchObservingHandler::IBranchObserverCallFlushObserver *observer );
+
+
+		/**
+		 Removes a branch observer call flush observer.
+		 @param observer The observer
+		 */
+		void removeFlushObserver( CCDBBranchObservingHandler::IBranchObserverCallFlushObserver *observer );
+
+		/**
+		 Notifies the observers whose observed branches were updated.
+		 */
+		void flushObserverCalls();
+
+		/**
+		 Resets the specified bank.
+		 @param gc GameCycle ( no idea what it is exactly, probably some time value )
+		 @param bank The banks we want to reset
+
+		 */
+		void resetBank( uint gc, uint bank );
+		
+		/**
+		 @brief Resizes the bank holders. WARNING: Resets data contained.
+		 @param newSize - The new maximum number of banks.
+		 */
+		void resizeBanks( uint newSize );
+	
+	protected:
+		CCDBBankHandler bankHandler;
+		CCDBBranchObservingHandler branchObservingHandler;
+		CRefPtr< CCDBNodeBranch > _Database;
+	};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+

code/nel/include/nel/misc/rgba.h

@@ -326,6 +326,8 @@ public:
 			void buildFromHLS(float h, float l, float s);
 	//@}
 
+	static CRGBA stringToRGBA( const char *ptr );
+
 
 	/// Swap the B and R components, to simulate a CBRGA
 	void	swapBR()

code/nel/include/nel/misc/xml_auto_ptr.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// NeL - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/nel/>
 // Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
 //
 // This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify

code/nel/src/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -4,6 +4,10 @@ IF(WITH_3D)
   ADD_SUBDIRECTORY(3d)
 ENDIF(WITH_3D)
 
+IF(WITH_GUI)
+  ADD_SUBDIRECTORY(gui)
+ENDIF(WITH_GUI)
+
 IF(WITH_GEORGES)
   ADD_SUBDIRECTORY(georges)
 ENDIF(WITH_GEORGES)

code/nel/src/gui/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+FILE(GLOB SRC *.cpp *.h)
+FILE(GLOB HEADERS ../../include/nel/gui/*.h)
+
+NL_TARGET_LIB(nelgui ${HEADERS} ${SRC})
+
+SET_TARGET_PROPERTIES(nelgui PROPERTIES LINK_INTERFACE_LIBRARIES "")
+NL_DEFAULT_PROPS(nelgui "NeL, Library: NeL GUI")
+NL_ADD_RUNTIME_FLAGS(nelgui)
+
+NL_ADD_LIB_SUFFIX(nelgui)
+
+IF((WITH_INSTALL_LIBRARIES AND WITH_STATIC) OR NOT WITH_STATIC)
+  INSTALL(TARGETS nelgui LIBRARY DESTINATION lib ARCHIVE DESTINATION lib COMPONENT libraries)
+ENDIF((WITH_INSTALL_LIBRARIES AND WITH_STATIC) OR NOT WITH_STATIC)

code/nel/src/gui/action_handler.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#include "nel/gui/action_handler.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_container_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_property.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_expr.h"
+#include "nel/gui/db_manager.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_link.h"
+#include "nel/gui/widget_manager.h"
+
+using namespace std;
+using namespace NLMISC;
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	CAHManager	*CAHManager::_GlobalInstance = NULL;
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	static void skipBlankAtStart (string &start)
+	{
+		while (!start.empty())
+		{
+			if ((start[0] == ' ' || start[0] == '\t' || start[0] == '\r' || start[0] == '\n'))
+				start = start.substr(1,start.size());
+			else
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	static void skipBlankAtEnd (string &end)
+	{
+		while (!end.empty())
+		{
+			if ((end[end.size()-1] == ' ' || end[end.size()-1] == '\t' || end[end.size()-1] == '\r' || end[end.size()-1] == '\n'))
+				end = end.substr(0,end.size()-1);
+			else
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	std::string IActionHandler::getParam (const string &Params, const string &ParamName)
+	{
+		string allparam = Params;
+		skipBlankAtStart (allparam);
+		string param = toLower (ParamName);
+		while (allparam.size() > 0)
+		{
+			std::string::size_type e = allparam.find('=');
+			if (e == std::string::npos || e == 0) break;
+			std::string::size_type p = allparam.find('|');
+			string tmp = NLMISC::toLower(allparam.substr(0,e));
+			skipBlankAtEnd(tmp);
+			if (tmp == param)
+			{
+				string tmp2 = allparam.substr(e+1,p-e-1);
+				skipBlankAtStart(tmp2);
+				skipBlankAtEnd(tmp2);
+				return tmp2;
+			}
+			if (p == std::string::npos || p == 0) break;
+			allparam = allparam.substr(p+1,allparam.size());
+			skipBlankAtStart (allparam);
+		}
+		return "";
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void IActionHandler::getAllParams (const string &Params, vector< pair<string,string> > &vAllParams)
+	{
+		string allparam = Params;
+		skipBlankAtStart (allparam);
+		while (allparam.size() > 0)
+		{
+			std::string::size_type e = allparam.find('=');
+			if (e == std::string::npos || e == 0) break;
+			std::string::size_type p = allparam.find('|');
+			string tmp = NLMISC::toLower(allparam.substr(0,e));
+			skipBlankAtEnd(tmp);
+
+			string tmp2 = allparam.substr(e+1,p-e-1);
+			skipBlankAtStart(tmp2);
+			skipBlankAtEnd(tmp2);
+
+			vAllParams.push_back(pair<string,string>(tmp,tmp2));
+
+			if (p == std::string::npos || p == 0) break;
+			allparam = allparam.substr(p+1,allparam.size());
+			skipBlankAtStart (allparam);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	IActionHandler* CAHManager::getAH(const std::string &name, std::string &params)
+	{
+		// Special AH form?
+		string::size_type	i= name.find(':');
+		if(i!=string::npos)
+		{
+			string	ahName= name.substr(0, i);
+			params= name.substr(i+1);
+			return getActionHandler(ahName);
+		}
+		// standalone form
+		else
+			return getActionHandler(name);
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	IActionHandler* CAHManager::getAH(const std::string &name, CStringShared &params)
+	{
+		// Special AH form?
+		string::size_type	i= name.find(':');
+		if(i!=string::npos)
+		{
+			string	ahName= name.substr(0, i);
+			params= name.substr(i+1);
+			return getActionHandler(ahName);
+		}
+		// standalone form
+		else
+			return getActionHandler(name);
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CAHManager::parseAH(xmlNodePtr cur, const char *ahId, const char *paramId, IActionHandler *&ahRet, std::string &paramRet)
+	{
+		CXMLAutoPtr	prop;
+
+		// Read the action handler and any param he defines
+		bool	paramSpecifiedInAH= false;
+		if(ahId)
+		{
+			prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)ahId );
+			if (prop)
+			{
+				string	ahVal= (const char*)prop;
+				if(ahVal.find(':')!= string::npos)
+					paramSpecifiedInAH= true;
+				ahRet = getAH(ahVal, paramRet);
+			}
+		}
+
+		// Read parameter (if specified)
+		if(paramId)
+		{
+			prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)paramId );
+			/* Precise stuff here (for legacy rules):
+				If the param is not specified in the ahId, then replace params.
+				But if it is specified, don't replace it if the prop is empty!!
+				Because this cause problems with template and parameter replacement.
+			*/
+			if ((const char *)prop && (!paramSpecifiedInAH || strlen((const char*)prop)>0) )
+				paramRet = string((const char*)prop);
+		}
+	}
+
+	void CAHManager::parseAH(xmlNodePtr cur, const char *ahId, const char *paramId, IActionHandler *&ahRet, CStringShared &paramRet)
+	{
+		CXMLAutoPtr	prop;
+
+		// Read the action handler and any param he defines
+		bool	paramSpecifiedInAH= false;
+		if(ahId)
+		{
+			prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)ahId );
+			if (prop)
+			{
+				string	ahVal= (const char*)prop;
+				if(ahVal.find(':')!= string::npos)
+					paramSpecifiedInAH= true;
+				ahRet = getAH(ahVal, paramRet);
+			}
+		}
+
+		// Read parameter (if specified)
+		if(paramId)
+		{
+			prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)paramId );
+			/* Precise stuff here (for legacy rules):
+				If the param is not specified in the ahId, then replace params.
+				But if it is specified, don't replace it if the prop is empty!!
+				Because this cause problems with template and parameter replacement.
+			*/
+			if ((const char *)prop && (!paramSpecifiedInAH || strlen((const char*)prop)>0) )
+				paramRet = string((const char*)prop);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CAHManager::runActionHandler (const string &ahCmdLine, CCtrlBase *pCaller, const string &ahUserParams)
+	{
+		if (ahCmdLine.empty()) return;
+
+		// Special AH form ("ah:params") ?
+		string::size_type i = ahCmdLine.find(':');
+		string	ahName;
+		string	ahParams;
+		if(i!=string::npos)
+		{
+			ahName= ahCmdLine.substr(0, i);
+			ahParams= ahCmdLine.substr(i+1);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			ahName= ahCmdLine;
+		}
+
+		// Replace params if defined
+		if(!ahUserParams.empty())
+			ahParams= ahUserParams;
+
+		// Execute the action handler
+		map<string, IActionHandler*>::iterator it = FactoryMap.find (ahName);
+		if (it == FactoryMap.end())
+		{
+			nlwarning ("not found action handler : %s",ahName.c_str());
+			return;
+		}
+		IActionHandler *pAH = it->second;
+		pAH->execute (pCaller, ahParams);
+
+		// Quick Help
+		const string submitQuickHelp = "submit_quick_help";
+		it = FactoryMap.find(submitQuickHelp);
+		if(it == FactoryMap.end())
+		{
+			nlwarning ("not found action handler : %s", submitQuickHelp.c_str());
+			return;
+		}
+		pAH = it->second;
+		const std::string event = ahName + ":" + ahParams;
+		pAH->execute(NULL, event);
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CAHManager::runActionHandler (IActionHandler *pAH, CCtrlBase *pCaller, const std::string &Params)
+	{
+		if (pAH == NULL)
+		{
+			nlwarning ("no action handler");
+			return;
+		}
+		pAH->execute (pCaller, Params);
+		string AHName = CAHManager::getInstance()->getAHName(pAH);
+
+		// Quick Help
+		const string submitQuickHelp = "submit_quick_help";
+		map<string, IActionHandler*>::iterator it = FactoryMap.find (AHName);
+		it = FactoryMap.find(submitQuickHelp);
+		if(it == FactoryMap.end())
+		{
+			nlwarning ("not found action handler : %s", submitQuickHelp.c_str());
+			return;
+		}
+		pAH = it->second;
+		const std::string event = AHName + ":" + Params;
+		pAH->execute(NULL, event);
+	}
+	
+	void CAHManager::submitEvent( const std::string &evt )
+	{
+		// Submit the event to the quick help system
+		runActionHandler( "submit_quick_help", NULL, evt );
+	}
+
+	
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CAHSet : public IActionHandler
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase *pCaller, const string &Params)
+		{
+			string dblink   = getParam (Params, "dblink");
+			string property = getParam (Params, "target_property");
+			string propertyToEval = getParam (Params, "target");
+			string expr = getParam (Params, "value");
+			//nlinfo("set %s %s %s %s", dblink.c_str(), property.c_str(), propertyToEval.c_str(), expr.c_str());
+			CInterfaceExprValue value;
+			if (CInterfaceExpr::eval(expr, value, NULL))
+			{
+				if (!dblink.empty())
+				{
+					// Do not allow Write on SERVER: or LOCAL:
+					static const std::string	dbServer= "SERVER:";
+					static const std::string	dbLocal= "LOCAL:";
+					static const std::string	dbLocalR2= "LOCAL:R2";
+					if( (0==dblink.compare(0,    dbServer.size(),    dbServer)) ||
+						(0==dblink.compare(0,    dbLocal.size(),    dbLocal))
+						)
+					{
+						if (0!=dblink.compare(0,    dbLocalR2.size(),    dbLocalR2))
+						{
+							//nlwarning("You are not allowed to write on 'SERVER:...' or 'LOCAL:...' database");
+							nlstop;
+							return;
+						}
+					}
+
+					string dblinkeval;
+					CInterfaceExpr::unpackDBentry(dblink.c_str(), NULL, dblinkeval);
+					if (!value.toInteger())
+					{
+						nlwarning("<CAHSet:execute> expression doesn't evaluate to a numerical value");
+					}
+					CInterfaceProperty ip;
+
+					if (!value.toInteger())
+					{
+						nlwarning("<CAHSet:execute> expression doesn't evaluate to a numerical value");
+					}
+					if (ip.link (dblinkeval.c_str()))
+					{
+						ip.setSInt64(value.getInteger());
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (!propertyToEval.empty())
+				{
+					CInterfaceExprValue res;
+					if (!CInterfaceExpr::eval(propertyToEval, res, NULL)) return;
+					res.toString();
+					property = res.getString();
+				}
+
+
+				if (!property.empty())
+				{
+					std::vector<CInterfaceLink::CTargetInfo> targets;
+					// find first enclosing group
+					CCtrlBase *currCtrl = pCaller;
+					CInterfaceGroup *ig = NULL;
+					while (currCtrl)
+					{
+						ig = dynamic_cast<CInterfaceGroup *>(currCtrl);
+						if (ig != NULL) break;
+						currCtrl = currCtrl->getParent();
+					}
+					if (ig == NULL)
+					{
+						string elt = property.substr(0,property.rfind(':'));
+						CInterfaceElement *pIE = CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getElementFromId(elt);
+						ig = dynamic_cast<CInterfaceGroup*>(pIE);
+						if (ig == NULL && pIE != NULL)
+							ig = pIE->getParent();
+					}
+
+					if (ig != NULL)
+					{
+						CInterfaceLink::splitLinkTargets(property, ig, targets);
+						for(uint k = 0; k < targets.size(); ++k)
+						{
+							if (targets[k].Elem) targets[k].affect(value);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				nlwarning("<CAHSet::execute> Couldn't evaluate expression to affect, expr = %s", expr.c_str());
+			}
+		}
+	};
+	REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER (CAHSet, "set");
+
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CAHCopy : public IActionHandler
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase * /* pCaller */, const string &Params)
+		{
+			string dbdst = getParam (Params, "dbdst");
+			string dbsrc = getParam (Params, "dbsrc");
+			CCDBNodeBranch *pNBdst = NLGUI::CDBManager::getInstance()->getDbBranch(dbdst);
+			CCDBNodeBranch *pNBsrc = NLGUI::CDBManager::getInstance()->getDbBranch(dbsrc);
+
+			// Branch copy
+
+			if ((pNBdst != NULL) && (pNBsrc != NULL))
+			{
+				//nlinfo("copying from %s to %s",pNBsrc->getName()->c_str(), pNBdst->getName()->c_str());
+
+				// Parse all children of the src branch
+				uint nbLeaves = pNBsrc->countLeaves();
+				for (uint i = 0; i < nbLeaves; ++i)
+				{
+					uint count = i;
+					CCDBNodeLeaf *pNLsrc = pNBsrc->findLeafAtCount(count);
+					// Find its access name
+					string sTmp = *pNLsrc->getName();
+					CCDBNodeBranch *pParent = pNLsrc->getParent();
+					while (pParent != pNBsrc)
+					{
+						sTmp = *pParent->getName() + ":" + sTmp;
+						pParent = pParent->getParent();
+					}
+					// Find the correspondant node in the dst branch
+					CCDBNodeLeaf *pNLdst = dynamic_cast<CCDBNodeLeaf*>(pNBdst->getNode(ICDBNode::CTextId(sTmp)));
+					if (pNLdst == NULL)
+					{
+						nlwarning ("cannot find destination leaf %s",sTmp.c_str());
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						pNLdst->setValue64(pNLsrc->getValue64());
+
+						//sint32 nVal = pNLsrc->getValue64();
+						//nlinfo("set value %d for node %s", nVal, sTmp.c_str());
+					}
+				}
+				return;
+			}
+
+			// Not branch copy so leaf copy
+
+			CInterfaceProperty ipsrc;
+			CInterfaceProperty ipdst;
+			if (!ipsrc.link (dbsrc.c_str()))
+			{
+				nlwarning("cannot find leaf %s",dbsrc.c_str());
+				return;
+			}
+			if (!ipdst.link (dbdst.c_str()))
+			{
+				nlwarning("cannot find leaf %s",dbdst.c_str());
+				return;
+			}
+			// copy
+			ipdst.setSInt64 (ipsrc.getSInt64());
+		}
+	};
+	REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER (CAHCopy, "copy");
+
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CAHResizeW : public IActionHandler
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase *pCaller, const string &Params)
+		{
+			string elt = getParam (Params, "elt");
+
+			sint32 value;
+			fromString(getParam(Params, "value"), value);
+
+			sint32 limit;
+			fromString(getParam(Params, "limit"), limit);
+
+			CInterfaceElement *pIE = CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getElementFromId (pCaller->getId(), elt);
+			if (pIE == NULL) return;
+
+			sint32 newW = pIE->getW();
+			newW += value;
+			if (value < 0)
+			{
+				if (newW < limit)
+					newW = limit;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if (newW > limit)
+					newW = limit;
+			}
+			pIE->setW (newW);
+			pIE->invalidateCoords();
+		}
+	};
+	REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER (CAHResizeW, "resize_w");
+
+	////////////////////////////////
+	// EDITION OF CONTAINER ALPHA //
+	////////////////////////////////
+
+	// the container whose alpha is being edited
+	static CGroupContainerBase *AlphaChooserTarget = NULL;
+	static bool  OldUseGlobalAlpha;
+	static uint8 OldContentAlpha;
+	static uint8 OldBgAlpha;
+	static uint8 OldRolloverAlphaBG;
+	static uint8 OldRolloverAlphaContent;
+
+	// observer to change the container alpha
+	class CContainerAlphaObserver : public ICDBNode::IPropertyObserver
+	{
+	public:
+		bool		 On;
+		enum TTargetAlpha { ContentAlpha = 0, BgAlpha, RolloverAlphaContent, RolloverAlphaBG };
+		TTargetAlpha Target;
+		virtual void update(ICDBNode *node)
+		{
+			if (!On) return;
+			if (!AlphaChooserTarget) return;
+			CCDBNodeLeaf *leaf = safe_cast<CCDBNodeLeaf *>(node);
+			switch(Target)
+			{
+				case ContentAlpha:  AlphaChooserTarget->setContentAlpha((uint8) leaf->getValue32()); break;
+				case BgAlpha:	    AlphaChooserTarget->setContainerAlpha((uint8) leaf->getValue32()); break;
+				case RolloverAlphaContent: AlphaChooserTarget->setRolloverAlphaContent((uint8) (255 - (uint8) leaf->getValue32())); break;
+				case RolloverAlphaBG: AlphaChooserTarget->setRolloverAlphaContainer((uint8) (255 - (uint8) leaf->getValue32())); break;
+			}
+		}
+	};
+
+
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CAHChooseUIAlpha : public IActionHandler
+	{
+	public:
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase *pCaller, const std::string &/* Params */)
+		{
+			CGroupContainerBase *gc = NULL;
+			CCtrlBase *cb = pCaller;
+			while (cb)
+			{
+				gc = dynamic_cast<CGroupContainerBase*>(cb);
+				if (gc) break;
+				cb = cb->getParent();
+			}
+			if (!gc) return;
+			AlphaChooserTarget = gc;
+			if (!_AlphaObserversAdded)
+			{
+				_UiVariableBGAlpha = NLGUI::CDBManager::getInstance()->getDbProp("UI:VARIABLES:ALPHA_BG");
+				_UiVariableContentAlpha = NLGUI::CDBManager::getInstance()->getDbProp("UI:VARIABLES:ALPHA_CONTENT");
+				_UiVariableRolloverAlphaBG = NLGUI::CDBManager::getInstance()->getDbProp("UI:VARIABLES:ALPHA_ROLLOVER_BG");
+				_UiVariableRolloverAlphaContent = NLGUI::CDBManager::getInstance()->getDbProp("UI:VARIABLES:ALPHA_ROLLOVER_CONTENT");
+				ICDBNode::CTextId textIdBGAlpha, textIdContentAlpha, textIdRolloverAlphaBG, textIdRolloverAlphaContent;
+				_UiVariableBGAlpha->addObserver(&_BgAlphaObs, textIdBGAlpha);
+				_UiVariableContentAlpha->addObserver(&_ContentAlphaObs, textIdContentAlpha);
+				_UiVariableRolloverAlphaBG->addObserver(&_RolloverAlphaBGObs, textIdRolloverAlphaBG);
+				_UiVariableRolloverAlphaContent->addObserver(&_RolloverAlphaContentObs, textIdRolloverAlphaContent);
+				_AlphaObserversAdded = true;
+			}
+			// disable observers
+			_ContentAlphaObs.On = false;
+			_BgAlphaObs.On      = false;
+			_RolloverAlphaBGObs.On		= false;
+			_RolloverAlphaContentObs.On	= false;
+			// set alpha of current chosen container
+			_UiVariableBGAlpha->setValue32(gc->getContainerAlpha());
+			_UiVariableContentAlpha->setValue32(gc->getContentAlpha());
+			_UiVariableRolloverAlphaBG->setValue32(255 - gc->getRolloverAlphaContainer());
+			_UiVariableRolloverAlphaContent->setValue32(255 - gc->getRolloverAlphaContent());
+			// enable observers
+			_ContentAlphaObs.On  = true;
+			_BgAlphaObs.On       = true;
+			_RolloverAlphaBGObs.On		= true;
+			_RolloverAlphaContentObs.On	= true;
+			// backup current alpha (if the user cancel)
+			OldContentAlpha = gc->getContentAlpha();
+			OldBgAlpha = gc->getContainerAlpha();
+			OldRolloverAlphaBG = gc->getRolloverAlphaContainer();
+			OldRolloverAlphaContent = gc->getRolloverAlphaContent();
+			OldUseGlobalAlpha = gc->isUsingGlobalAlpha();
+			// Enable 'use global alpha' button
+			NLGUI::CDBManager::getInstance()->getDbProp("UI:VARIABLES:USER_ALPHA")->setValue64(gc->isUsingGlobalAlpha() ? 0 : 1);
+			// show the modal box
+			CWidgetManager::getInstance()->enableModalWindow(gc, "ui:interface:define_ui_transparency");
+
+		}
+
+
+		CAHChooseUIAlpha()
+		{
+			_UiVariableContentAlpha = NULL;
+			_UiVariableBGAlpha = NULL;
+			_UiVariableRolloverAlphaBG = NULL;
+			_UiVariableRolloverAlphaContent = NULL;
+			_AlphaObserversAdded = false;
+			_BgAlphaObs.Target = CContainerAlphaObserver::BgAlpha;
+			_ContentAlphaObs.Target = CContainerAlphaObserver::ContentAlpha;
+			_RolloverAlphaBGObs.Target = CContainerAlphaObserver::RolloverAlphaBG;
+			_RolloverAlphaContentObs.Target = CContainerAlphaObserver::RolloverAlphaContent;
+		}
+	private:
+		// instance of observer to copy alpha from db to a container
+		CContainerAlphaObserver _ContentAlphaObs;
+		CContainerAlphaObserver _BgAlphaObs;
+		CContainerAlphaObserver _RolloverAlphaContentObs;
+		CContainerAlphaObserver _RolloverAlphaBGObs;
+		// flag to know if observer have been added
+		bool					_AlphaObserversAdded;
+		// db leaf that contains alpha for the current container
+		CCDBNodeLeaf			*_UiVariableContentAlpha;
+		CCDBNodeLeaf			*_UiVariableBGAlpha;
+		CCDBNodeLeaf			*_UiVariableRolloverAlphaContent;
+		CCDBNodeLeaf			*_UiVariableRolloverAlphaBG;
+	};
+	REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER (CAHChooseUIAlpha, "choose_ui_alpha");
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CAHCancelChooseUIAlpha : public IActionHandler
+	{
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase * /* pCaller */, const std::string &/* Params */)
+		{
+			if (AlphaChooserTarget)
+			{
+				AlphaChooserTarget->setUseGlobalAlpha(OldUseGlobalAlpha);
+				AlphaChooserTarget->setContainerAlpha(OldBgAlpha);
+				AlphaChooserTarget->setContentAlpha(OldContentAlpha);
+				AlphaChooserTarget->setRolloverAlphaContainer(OldRolloverAlphaBG);
+				AlphaChooserTarget->setRolloverAlphaContent(OldRolloverAlphaContent);
+			}
+		}
+	};
+	REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER (CAHCancelChooseUIAlpha, "cancel_choose_ui_alpha");
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CAHUseGlobalAlphaSettings : public IActionHandler
+	{
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase * /* pCaller */, const std::string &/* Params */)
+		{
+			if (AlphaChooserTarget)
+			{
+				AlphaChooserTarget->setUseGlobalAlpha(!AlphaChooserTarget->isUsingGlobalAlpha());
+				NLGUI::CDBManager::getInstance()->getDbProp("UI:VARIABLES:USER_ALPHA")->setValue64(AlphaChooserTarget->isUsingGlobalAlpha() ? 0 : 1);
+			}
+		}
+	};
+	REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER (CAHUseGlobalAlphaSettings, "use_global_alpha_settings");
+
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CAHLockUnlock : public IActionHandler
+	{
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase *pCaller, const std::string &/* Params */)
+		{
+			CGroupContainerBase *gc = NULL;
+			CCtrlBase *cb = pCaller;
+			while (cb)
+			{
+				gc = dynamic_cast< CGroupContainerBase* >(cb);
+				if (gc) break;
+				cb = cb->getParent();
+			}
+			if (!gc) return;
+			//gc->setMovable(!gc->isMovable());
+			gc->setLocked(!gc->isLocked());
+		}
+	};
+	REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER (CAHLockUnlock, "lock_unlock");
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CAHSetTransparent : public IActionHandler
+	{
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase * /* pCaller */, const std::string &Params)
+		{
+			CGroupContainerBase *pGC = dynamic_cast< CGroupContainerBase* >(CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getElementFromId(Params));
+			if (pGC != NULL)
+			{
+				pGC->setUseGlobalAlpha(false);
+				pGC->setContainerAlpha((uint8) 0);
+				pGC->setContentAlpha((uint8) 255);
+				pGC->setRolloverAlphaContainer((uint8) 255);
+				pGC->setRolloverAlphaContent((uint8) 0);
+			}
+		}
+	};
+	REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER (CAHSetTransparent, "set_transparent");
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CAHSetAlpha : public IActionHandler
+	{
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase * /* pCaller */, const std::string &Params)
+		{
+			string ui	= getParam (Params, "target");
+
+			uint8 alpha;
+			fromString(getParam (Params, "alpha"), alpha);
+
+			CGroupContainerBase *pGC = dynamic_cast<CGroupContainerBase*>(CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getElementFromId(ui));
+			if (pGC != NULL)
+			{
+				pGC->setUseGlobalAlpha(false);
+				pGC->setContainerAlpha((uint8) alpha);
+				pGC->setContentAlpha((uint8) 255);
+				pGC->setRolloverAlphaContainer((uint8) 0);
+				pGC->setRolloverAlphaContent((uint8) 0);
+			}
+		}
+	};
+	REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER (CAHSetAlpha, "set_alpha");
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	class CAHUnlockAllContainer : public IActionHandler
+	{
+		virtual void execute (CCtrlBase * /* pCaller */, const string &/* Params */)
+		{
+			const vector<CWidgetManager::SMasterGroup> &rVMG = CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getAllMasterGroup();
+			for (uint32 nMasterGroup = 0; nMasterGroup < rVMG.size(); nMasterGroup++)
+			{
+	//			const CInterfaceManager::SMasterGroup &rMG = rVMG[nMasterGroup];
+				CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getMasterGroup((uint8)nMasterGroup).unlockAllContainers();
+			}
+		}
+	};
+	REGISTER_ACTION_HANDLER (CAHUnlockAllContainer, "unlock_all_container");
+
+}

code/nel/src/gui/ctrl_base.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#include "libxml/globals.h"
+#include "nel/misc/debug.h"
+#include "nel/misc/xml_auto_ptr.h"
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/gui/widget_manager.h"
+#include "nel/misc/i18n.h"
+
+using namespace NLMISC;
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	CCtrlBase::~CCtrlBase()
+	{
+		CWidgetManager::getInstance()->removeRefOnCtrl (this);
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlBase::handleEvent(const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event)
+	{
+		if (event.getType() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptor::system)
+		{
+			NLGUI::CEventDescriptorSystem &eds = (NLGUI::CEventDescriptorSystem&)event;
+			if (eds.getEventTypeExtended() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptorSystem::activecalledonparent)
+			{
+				if (!((NLGUI::CEventDescriptorActiveCalledOnParent &) eds).getActive())
+				{
+					// the mouse capture should be lost when the ctrl is hidden
+					if (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() == this)
+					{
+						CWidgetManager::getInstance()->setCapturePointerLeft(NULL);
+					}
+					if (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerRight() == this)
+					{
+						CWidgetManager::getInstance()->setCapturePointerRight(NULL);
+					}
+					// NB : don't call return here because derived class may be interested
+					// in handling event more speciffically
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlBase::parse (xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup)
+	{
+		if(!CViewBase::parse(cur, parentGroup))
+			return false;
+
+		CXMLAutoPtr prop;
+
+		// get static toolTip
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tooltip" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			const char *propPtr = prop;
+
+			_ContextHelp = ucstring(propPtr);
+
+			if (strlen(propPtr) > 2)
+			{
+				if ((propPtr[0] == 'u') && (propPtr[1] == 'i'))
+					_ContextHelp = CI18N::get ((const char *) prop);
+			}
+		}
+		// Force I18N tooltip
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tooltip_i18n" );
+		if ((bool)prop && strlen((const char*)prop)>0)
+		{
+			_ContextHelp = CI18N::get ((const char *) prop);
+		}
+
+		// get dynamic toolTip ActionHandler
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"on_tooltip" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			_OnContextHelp= (const char*)prop;
+		}
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"on_tooltip_params" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			_OnContextHelpParams= (const char*)prop;
+		}
+
+		// Tooltip parent
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tooltip_parent" );
+		_ToolTipParent= TTCtrl;
+		if(prop)
+		{
+			if(stricmp((const char*)prop, "win")==0)
+				_ToolTipParent= TTWindow;
+			else if(stricmp((const char*)prop, "mouse")==0)
+				_ToolTipParent= TTMouse;
+			else if(stricmp((const char*)prop, "special")==0)
+				_ToolTipParent= TTSpecialWindow;
+			else
+				_ToolTipParent= TTCtrl;
+		}
+
+		// Tooltip special parent
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tooltip_special_parent" );
+		_ToolTipSpecialParent= CStringShared();
+		if(prop)
+		{
+			_ToolTipSpecialParent= std::string((const char*)prop);
+		}
+
+		// Tooltip posref
+		THotSpot tmpParentHS, tmpChildHS;
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tooltip_posref" );
+		convertTooltipHotSpot(prop, tmpParentHS, tmpChildHS);
+		_ToolTipParentPosRef= tmpParentHS;
+		_ToolTipPosRef= tmpChildHS;
+
+		// Alternative tooltip posref : this one will be chosen	
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tooltip_posref_alt" );
+		convertTooltipHotSpot(prop, tmpParentHS, tmpChildHS);
+		_ToolTipParentPosRefAlt = tmpParentHS;
+		_ToolTipPosRefAlt = tmpChildHS;
+
+		// ToolTip instant
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"instant_help");
+		_ToolTipInstant= true;
+		if (prop) _ToolTipInstant = convertBool(prop);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBase::convertTooltipHotSpot(const char *prop, THotSpot &parentHS, THotSpot &childHS)
+	{
+		parentHS = Hotspot_TTAuto;
+		childHS = Hotspot_TTAuto;
+		if(prop)
+		{
+			const	char	*ptr= (const char*)prop;
+			if(stricmp(ptr, "auto")==0)
+			{
+				parentHS = Hotspot_TTAuto;
+				childHS = Hotspot_TTAuto;
+			}
+			// valid ref?
+			else if(strlen(ptr)>=5)
+			{
+				THotSpot	parentPosRef;
+				THotSpot	posRef;
+				CInterfaceElement::convertHotSpotCouple(ptr, parentPosRef, posRef);
+				parentHS = parentPosRef;
+				childHS = posRef;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlBase::emptyContextHelp() const
+	{
+		ucstring help;
+		getContextHelp(help);
+		std::string sTmp = _OnContextHelp;
+		return help.empty() && sTmp.empty();
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBase::visit(CInterfaceElementVisitor *visitor)
+	{
+		nlassert(visitor);
+		visitor->visitCtrl(this);
+		CInterfaceElement::visit(visitor);
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBase::serial(NLMISC::IStream &f)
+	{
+		CViewBase::serial(f);
+		f.serial(_ContextHelp);
+		f.serial(_OnContextHelp);
+		f.serial(_OnContextHelpParams);
+		f.serial(_ToolTipSpecialParent);
+		f.serialEnum(_ToolTipParent);
+		//
+
+		THotSpot tmpToolTipParentPosRef = _ToolTipParentPosRef;
+		THotSpot tmpToolTipPosRef = _ToolTipPosRef;
+		THotSpot tmpToolTipParentPosRefAlt = _ToolTipParentPosRefAlt;
+		THotSpot tmpToolTipPosRefAlt = _ToolTipPosRefAlt;
+
+		f.serialEnum(tmpToolTipParentPosRef);
+		f.serialEnum(tmpToolTipPosRef);
+		f.serialEnum(tmpToolTipParentPosRefAlt);
+		f.serialEnum(tmpToolTipPosRefAlt);
+
+		_ToolTipParentPosRef = tmpToolTipParentPosRef;
+		_ToolTipPosRef = tmpToolTipPosRef;
+		_ToolTipParentPosRefAlt = tmpToolTipParentPosRefAlt;
+		_ToolTipPosRefAlt = tmpToolTipPosRefAlt;	
+		//
+		nlSerialBitBool(f, _ToolTipInstant);	
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	std::string CCtrlBase::getContextHelpWindowName() const
+	{
+		return "context_help";
+	}
+
+}
+

code/nel/src/gui/ctrl_base_button.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_base_button.h"
+#include "nel/misc/xml_auto_ptr.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/gui/lua_ihm.h"
+#include "nel/gui/widget_manager.h"
+#include "nel/gui/db_manager.h"
+
+
+using namespace std;
+using namespace NLMISC;
+
+namespace
+{
+	const uint KEY_REPEAT_MIN = 100;
+	const uint KEY_REPEAT_MAX = 750;
+}
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	sint64 CCtrlBaseButton::_LastLeftClickDate = 0;
+	NLMISC::CRefPtr<CCtrlBaseButton> CCtrlBaseButton::_LastLeftClickButton;
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	CCtrlBaseButton::CCtrlBaseButton(const TCtorParam &param) : CCtrlBase(param), _Type(ToggleButton)
+	{
+		_Pushed = _Over = false;
+		_Frozen = false;
+		_FrozenHalfTone = true;
+		_OverWhenPushed = true;
+		_ColorOver = _ColorPushed = _ColorNormal = NLMISC::CRGBA(255,255,255,255);
+		_ModulateGlobalColorNormal= _ModulateGlobalColorPushed= _ModulateGlobalColorOver= true;
+		_LeftLongClickHandled = true;
+		_LeftDblClickHandled = false;
+		_ClickWhenPushed = false;
+		_RBRefBut = NULL;
+		_RBRef = NULL;
+
+		_AHOnOver = NULL;
+		_AHOnLeftClick = NULL;
+		_AHOnRightClick = NULL;
+		_AHOnClockTick = NULL;
+		_AHOnLeftLongClick = NULL;
+		_AHOnLeftDblClick = NULL;
+	}
+
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlBaseButton::parse (xmlNodePtr cur,CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup)
+	{
+		CXMLAutoPtr prop;
+
+		//try to get props that can be inherited from groups
+		//if a property is not defined, try to find it in the parent group.
+		//if it is undefined, set it to zero
+		if (! CCtrlBase::parse(cur,parentGroup) )
+			return false;
+
+		_Over = false;
+
+		// *** try to get the NEEDED specific props
+		prop = xmlGetProp (cur, (xmlChar*)"button_type");
+		string type;
+		if (prop) type = (const char*) prop;
+		if (type.empty() || type == "toggle_button")
+		{
+			_Type = ToggleButton;
+		}
+		else if (type == "push_button")
+		{
+			_Type = PushButton;
+		}
+		else if (type == "radio_button")
+		{
+			_Type = RadioButton;
+
+			initRBRef();
+			if (_Pushed)
+				*_RBRef = this;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			nlinfo(("cannot parse button type for button " + getId()).c_str());
+		}
+
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp (cur, (xmlChar*)"pushed");
+		_Pushed = false;
+		if (prop)
+			_Pushed = convertBool(prop);
+
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp (cur, (xmlChar*)"over_when_pushed");
+		_OverWhenPushed = true;
+		if (prop)
+			_OverWhenPushed = convertBool(prop);
+
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp (cur, (xmlChar*)"click_when_pushed");
+		_ClickWhenPushed = false;
+		if (prop)
+			_ClickWhenPushed = convertBool(prop);
+
+		// *** Read Colors
+		// get color normal
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"color" );
+		_ColorNormal = CRGBA(255,255,255,255);
+		if (prop)
+			_ColorNormal = convertColor (prop);
+
+		// Get ColorPushed
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"col_pushed" );
+		_ColorPushed = CRGBA(255,255,255,255);
+		if (prop)
+			_ColorPushed = convertColor(prop);
+
+		// Get ColorOver
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"col_over" );
+		_ColorOver = CRGBA(255,255,255,255);
+		if (prop)
+			_ColorOver = convertColor(prop);
+
+		// Default: take "global_color" param interface_element option.
+		_ModulateGlobalColorNormal= _ModulateGlobalColorPushed= _ModulateGlobalColorOver= getModulateGlobalColor();
+
+		// Read special global_color for each state
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"global_color_normal" );
+		if (prop)	_ModulateGlobalColorNormal= convertBool(prop);
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"global_color_pushed" );
+		if (prop)	_ModulateGlobalColorPushed= convertBool(prop);
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"global_color_over" );
+		if (prop)	_ModulateGlobalColorOver= convertBool(prop);
+
+
+		// *** Read Action handlers
+		CAHManager::getInstance()->parseAH(cur, "onover", "params_over", _AHOnOver, _AHOverParams);
+		CAHManager::getInstance()->parseAH(cur, "onclick_l", "params_l", _AHOnLeftClick, _AHLeftClickParams);
+		CAHManager::getInstance()->parseAH(cur, "ondblclick_l", "params_dblclick_l", _AHOnLeftDblClick, _AHLeftDblClickParams);
+		CAHManager::getInstance()->parseAH(cur, "onclick_r", "params_r", _AHOnRightClick, _AHRightClickParams);
+		CAHManager::getInstance()->parseAH(cur, "onlongclick_l", "params_longclick_l", _AHOnLeftLongClick, _AHLeftLongClickParams);
+		CAHManager::getInstance()->parseAH(cur, "onclock_tick", "params_clock_tick", _AHOnClockTick, _AHClockTickParams);
+
+		// Context menu association
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"menu_l" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			_ListMenuLeft = NLMISC::toLower(std::string((const char *) prop));
+		}
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"menu_r" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			_ListMenuRight = NLMISC::toLower(std::string((const char *) prop));
+		}
+		// list menu on both clicks
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"menu_b" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			setListMenuBoth(NLMISC::toLower(std::string((const char *) prop)));
+		}
+
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp (cur, (xmlChar*)"frozen");
+		_Frozen = false;
+		if (prop)
+			_Frozen = convertBool(prop);
+
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp (cur, (xmlChar*)"frozen_half_tone");
+		_FrozenHalfTone = true;
+		if (prop)
+			_FrozenHalfTone = convertBool(prop);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBaseButton::setModulateGlobalColorAll(bool state)
+	{
+		setModulateGlobalColor(state);
+		setModulateGlobalColorNormal(state);
+		setModulateGlobalColorPushed(state);
+		setModulateGlobalColorOver(state);
+	}
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlBaseButton::handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor& event)
+	{
+		if (CCtrlBase::handleEvent(event)) return true;
+		if (!_Active || _Frozen)
+			return false;
+
+		sint64 T1 = NLMISC::CTime::getLocalTime();
+
+		if (event.getType() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptor::mouse)
+		{
+			const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse &eventDesc = (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse &)event;
+
+			if (eventDesc.getEventTypeExtended() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse::mouseleftup)
+			{
+				if (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() != this)
+					return false;
+				_LeftLongClickHandled = true;
+			}
+
+			if (!((eventDesc.getX() >= _XReal) &&
+				(eventDesc.getX() < (_XReal + _WReal))&&
+				(eventDesc.getY() > _YReal) &&
+				(eventDesc.getY() <= (_YReal+ _HReal))))
+				return false;
+
+			if (eventDesc.getEventTypeExtended() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse::mouseleftdown)
+			{
+				if (_AHOnLeftDblClick)
+				{
+					if ((CCtrlBaseButton *) _LastLeftClickButton == this && (T1 - _LastLeftClickDate) < CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getUserDblClickDelay())
+					{
+						CAHManager::getInstance()->runActionHandler (_AHOnLeftDblClick, this, _AHLeftDblClickParams);
+						_LeftDblClickHandled = true;
+						_LastLeftClickButton = NULL;
+						return true;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (_AHOnLeftLongClick != NULL)
+				{
+					_LeftLongClickHandled = false;
+					_LeftLongClickDate = T1;
+				}
+				_LeftDblClickHandled = false;
+				_LastLeftClickButton = NULL;
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			if (eventDesc.getEventTypeExtended() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse::mouseleftup)
+			{
+				if (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() != this)
+					return false;
+
+				if (_LeftDblClickHandled)  // no effect on mouse up after double click has been handled
+				{
+					_LeftDblClickHandled = false;
+					return true;
+				}
+
+				// Do not launch 2 times action handler if we are already pushed ! except if we want.
+				if (!_ClickWhenPushed)
+				{
+					if ((_Type == RadioButton) && _RBRef && (*_RBRef == this))
+						return true;
+				}
+
+				if (_Type == RadioButton)
+				{
+					_Pushed = true;
+					if(_RBRef)	*_RBRef = this;
+				}
+
+				if (_Type == ToggleButton)
+					_Pushed = !_Pushed;
+
+				/*
+				// RunAction
+				if(_AHOnLeftClick != NULL)
+				{
+					//nlinfo("clicked on %s", _Id.c_str());
+					pIM->submitEvent ("button_click:"+getId());//TEMP
+					CAHManager::getInstance()->runActionHandler (_AHOnLeftClick, this, _AHLeftClickParams);
+					//pIM->submitEvent ("button_click:"+getId());
+				}
+				*/
+				runLeftClickAction();
+				if (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() == NULL) return true; // event handler may release cpature from this object (if it is removed for example)
+
+				// Run Menu
+				if (!_ListMenuLeft.empty())
+					CWidgetManager::getInstance()->enableModalWindow (this, _ListMenuLeft);
+
+				if (_AHOnLeftDblClick != NULL)
+				{
+					_LastLeftClickDate   = T1;
+					_LastLeftClickButton = this;
+				}
+
+				// Always return true on LeftClick.
+				return true;
+			}
+			if (eventDesc.getEventTypeExtended() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse::mouserightdown)
+			{
+				_LastLeftClickButton = NULL;
+				return true;
+			}
+			if (eventDesc.getEventTypeExtended() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse::mouserightup)
+			{
+				_LastLeftClickButton = NULL;
+				bool	handled= false;
+				if (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerRight() != this)
+					return false;
+
+				// RunAction
+				if(_AHOnRightClick != NULL)
+				{
+					handled= true;
+					CAHManager::getInstance()->runActionHandler (_AHOnRightClick, this, _AHRightClickParams);
+				}
+				if (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerRight() == NULL) return true; // if this become NULL, this ctrl has been deleted
+				// Run Menu
+				if (!_ListMenuRight .empty())
+				{
+					handled= true;
+					CWidgetManager::getInstance()->enableModalWindow (this, _ListMenuRight);
+				}
+				// If not handled here, ret to parent
+				return handled;
+			}
+
+
+		}
+		else if (event.getType() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptor::system)
+		{
+			const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorSystem &systemEvent = (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorSystem &) event;
+			if (systemEvent.getEventTypeExtended() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptorSystem::clocktick)
+			{
+				if (_AHOnClockTick != NULL)
+				{
+					CAHManager::getInstance()->runActionHandler(_AHOnClockTick, this, _AHClockTickParams);
+				}
+
+				if (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() == this)
+				{
+					if (!_LeftLongClickHandled)
+					{
+						uint nVal = 50;
+						CCDBNodeLeaf *pNL = NLGUI::CDBManager::getInstance()->getDbProp("UI:SAVE:KEY_REPEAT_SPEED");
+						if (pNL != NULL)
+							nVal = pNL->getValue32();
+						uint repeatDelay = (uint)(KEY_REPEAT_MIN + (KEY_REPEAT_MAX-KEY_REPEAT_MIN) * (float)nVal / 100.0f);
+						if ((T1 - _LeftLongClickDate) > repeatDelay)
+						{
+							_LeftLongClickHandled = true;
+							CAHManager::getInstance()->runActionHandler(_AHOnLeftLongClick, this, _AHLeftLongClickParams);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBaseButton::initRBRef()
+	{
+		if (_RBRef != NULL) return;
+		nlassert(_Parent);
+		const vector<CCtrlBase*> &vCB = _Parent->getControls();
+		uint i = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < vCB.size(); ++i)
+		{
+			CCtrlBaseButton *pBut = dynamic_cast<CCtrlBaseButton*>(vCB[i]);
+			if (pBut && pBut->_Type == RadioButton)
+			{
+				_RBRef = &pBut->_RBRefBut;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		// If we are the first radio button of the group and not added
+		if (i == vCB.size())
+			_RBRef = &this->_RBRefBut;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBaseButton::initRBRefFromRadioButton(CCtrlBaseButton * pBut)
+	{
+		if(pBut && pBut->_Type == RadioButton)
+		{
+			_RBRef = &(pBut->_RBRefBut);
+			_RBRefBut=NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBaseButton::setPushed (bool state)
+	{
+		_Pushed = state;
+
+		if (_Type == RadioButton && _RBRef)
+		{
+			if (state == true)
+			{
+				*_RBRef = this;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if (*_RBRef == this)	// I have to be pushed to unpush me
+					*_RBRef = NULL;		// After that : All radio buttons are NOT pushed
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBaseButton::setFrozen (bool state)
+	{
+		_Frozen = state;
+		if (_Frozen)
+		{
+			_Pushed = false;
+			_Over = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBaseButton::setFrozenHalfTone(bool enabled)
+	{
+		_FrozenHalfTone = enabled;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBaseButton::unselect()
+	{
+		if (_Type == RadioButton)
+		{
+			if (_RBRef) *_RBRef = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBaseButton::updateOver(bool &lastOver)
+	{
+		if (!CWidgetManager::getInstance()->isMouseHandlingEnabled())
+		{
+			_Over = false;
+			return;
+		}
+
+		if (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() != NULL)
+		{
+			if (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() != this)
+			{
+				_Over = false;
+			}
+			return;
+		}
+
+		const vector<CCtrlBase*> &rVB = CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCtrlsUnderPointer ();
+
+		if (!_Frozen)
+		{
+			uint32 i;
+			lastOver = _Over;
+			// show over if it is the last control that has the same father
+			CCtrlBase *candidate = NULL;
+			for (i = 0; i < rVB.size(); ++i)
+			{
+				if (rVB[i]->getParent() == this->getParent())
+				{
+					candidate = rVB[i];
+				}
+			}
+			_Over = (candidate == this);
+		}
+		else
+			_Over = false;
+
+
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBaseButton::elementCaptured(CCtrlBase *capturedElement)
+	{
+		// if not me, then reset my '_Over'
+		if (capturedElement != this)
+		{
+			_Over = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlBaseButton::runLeftClickAction()
+	{
+		if(_AHOnLeftClick != NULL)
+		{
+
+			//nlinfo("clicked on %s", _Id.c_str());
+			CAHManager::getInstance()->submitEvent( "button_click:" + getId() );
+			CAHManager::getInstance()->runActionHandler (_AHOnLeftClick, this, _AHLeftClickParams);
+			//pIM->submitEvent ("button_click:"+getId());
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	int CCtrlBaseButton::luaRunLeftClickAction(CLuaState &ls)
+	{
+		const char *funcName = "onLeftClick";
+		CLuaIHM::checkArgCount(ls, funcName, 0);
+
+		runLeftClickAction();
+
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+}
+

code/nel/src/gui/ctrl_button.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_button.h"
+#include "nel/misc/xml_auto_ptr.h"
+#include "nel/gui/widget_manager.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+using namespace std;
+using namespace NLMISC;
+using namespace NL3D;
+
+NLMISC_REGISTER_OBJECT(CViewBase, CCtrlButton, std::string, "button");
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	bool CCtrlButton::parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup)
+	{
+		CXMLAutoPtr prop;
+		//try to get props that can be inherited from groups
+		//if a property is not defined, try to find it in the parent group.
+		//if it is undefined, set it to zero
+		if (! CCtrlBaseButton::parse(cur,parentGroup) )
+		{
+			string tmp = "cannot parse view:"+getId()+", parent:"+parentGroup->getId();
+			nlinfo(tmp.c_str());
+			return false;
+		}
+
+
+		// *** Read Textures
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tx_normal" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			string TxName = (const char *) prop;
+			TxName = strlwr(TxName);
+			_TextureIdNormal.setTexture(TxName.c_str());
+		}
+
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tx_pushed" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			string TxName = (const char *) prop;
+			TxName = strlwr(TxName);
+			_TextureIdPushed.setTexture(TxName.c_str());
+		}
+
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tx_over" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			string TxName = (const char *) prop;
+			TxName = strlwr(TxName);
+			_TextureIdOver.setTexture(TxName.c_str());
+		}
+
+		// *** Misc.
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"scale" );
+		_Scale = false;
+		if (prop)
+			_Scale = convertBool(prop);
+
+
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp (cur, (xmlChar*)"align");
+		_Align = 0;
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			const char *seekPtr = prop.getDatas();
+			while (*seekPtr != 0)
+			{
+				if ((*seekPtr=='l')||(*seekPtr=='L'))
+					_Align &= ~1;
+				if ((*seekPtr=='r')||(*seekPtr=='R'))
+					_Align |= 1;
+				if ((*seekPtr=='b')||(*seekPtr=='B'))
+					_Align &= ~2;
+				if ((*seekPtr=='t')||(*seekPtr=='T'))
+					_Align |= 2;
+				++seekPtr;
+			}
+		}
+
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlButton::draw ()
+	{
+		sint32 nTxId = -1;
+		CRGBA  color;
+
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		CRGBA  globalColor= CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getGlobalColorForContent();
+
+		// *** Detect Over
+		bool	lastOver = false;
+
+		updateOver(lastOver);
+
+
+		sint32 x = _XReal;
+		sint32 y = _YReal;
+		sint32 txw, txh;
+		// the pointer is over the button
+		if (_Scale)
+		{
+			x = _XReal;
+			y = _YReal;
+			txw = _WReal;
+			txh = _HReal;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			x = _XReal;
+			y = _YReal;
+		}
+
+		switch(_Type)
+		{
+			case ToggleButton:
+			{
+				if (_Pushed)
+				{
+					nTxId = _TextureIdPushed;
+					color  = getCurrentColorPushed(globalColor);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					nTxId = _TextureIdNormal;
+					color  = getCurrentColorNormal(globalColor);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+			case RadioButton:
+			{
+	//			CViewPointer &rIP = *CInterfaceManager::getInstance()->getPointer();
+				// Init the radio button
+				initRBRef();
+
+				if (*_RBRef == this)
+				{
+					// if it is equal to the ref value, then the button must appear pushed
+					nTxId = _TextureIdPushed;
+					color  = getCurrentColorPushed(globalColor);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					if ((_Over) && (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() == this))
+					{
+						nTxId = _TextureIdPushed;
+						color  = getCurrentColorPushed(globalColor);
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						nTxId = _TextureIdNormal;
+						color     = getCurrentColorNormal(globalColor);
+						_Pushed = false;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+			case PushButton:
+			{
+				if (_Over && (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() == this))
+				{
+					nTxId = _TextureIdPushed;
+					color  = getCurrentColorPushed(globalColor);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					nTxId = _TextureIdNormal;
+					color     = getCurrentColorNormal(globalColor);
+					_Pushed = false;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+			default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		color.A = (uint8)(((sint32)color.A*((sint32)globalColor.A+1))>>8);
+
+		// Fromzen ?
+		if (getFrozen() && getFrozenHalfTone())
+			color.A >>= 2;
+
+		if (!_Scale)
+		{
+			CViewRenderer::getInstance()->getTextureSizeFromId (nTxId, txw, txh);
+			if (_Align&1)
+				x = x + _WReal - txw;
+			if (_Align&2)
+				y = y + _HReal - txh;
+		}
+		rVR.drawRotFlipBitmap (	_RenderLayer, x, y, txw, txh,
+								0, false,
+								nTxId,
+								color );
+
+		if ((_OverWhenPushed == false) && (_Pushed == true || (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() == this)))
+			return;
+
+
+
+		if (_Over)
+		{
+
+			if ((lastOver == false) && (_AHOnOver != NULL))
+				CAHManager::getInstance()->runActionHandler (_AHOnOver, this, _AHOverParams);
+
+			// the pointer is over the button
+			color= getCurrentColorOver(globalColor);
+			color.A = (uint8)(((sint32)color.A*((sint32)globalColor.A+1))>>8);
+
+			// Frozen ?
+			if (getFrozen())
+				color.A >>= 2;
+
+			// draw the over. force upper layer to avoid problem with DXTC/tga
+			rVR.drawRotFlipBitmap (	_RenderLayer+1, x, y, txw, txh,
+									0, false,
+									_TextureIdOver,
+									color );
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlButton::updateCoords()
+	{
+		if (!_Scale)
+		{
+			CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+			sint32 txw, txh;
+			rVR.getTextureSizeFromId (_TextureIdNormal, txw, txh);
+			_W = txw;
+			_H = txh;
+		}
+		CViewBase::updateCoords();
+	}
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlButton::setTexture(const std::string&name)
+	{
+	//	CInterfaceManager *pIM = CInterfaceManager::getInstance();
+	//	CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		_TextureIdNormal.setTexture(name.c_str());
+	}
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlButton::setTexturePushed(const std::string&name)
+	{
+	//	CInterfaceManager *pIM = CInterfaceManager::getInstance();
+	//	CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		_TextureIdPushed.setTexture(name.c_str());
+	}
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlButton::setTextureOver(const std::string&name)
+	{
+	//	CInterfaceManager *pIM = CInterfaceManager::getInstance();
+	//	CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		_TextureIdOver.setTexture(name.c_str());
+	}
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	std::string CCtrlButton::getTexture() const
+	{
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		return rVR.getTextureNameFromId(_TextureIdNormal);
+	}
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	std::string CCtrlButton::getTexturePushed() const
+	{
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		return rVR.getTextureNameFromId(_TextureIdPushed);
+	}
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	std::string CCtrlButton::getTextureOver() const
+	{
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		return rVR.getTextureNameFromId(_TextureIdOver);
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	sint32	CCtrlButton::getMaxUsedW() const
+	{
+		sint32 txw, txh;
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		rVR.getTextureSizeFromId (_TextureIdNormal, txw, txh);
+		return txw;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	sint32	CCtrlButton::getMinUsedW() const
+	{
+		return getMaxUsedW();
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlButton::fitTexture()
+	{
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		sint32 w, h;
+		rVR.getTextureSizeFromId(_TextureIdNormal, w, h);
+		setW(w);
+		setH(h);
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlButton::getMouseOverShape(string &texName, uint8 &rot, CRGBA &col)
+	{
+		if (_AHOnLeftClickString == "browse")
+		{
+			if (!_AHOnLeftClickStringParams.empty())
+			{
+				texName = "@curs_pick.tga@"+_AHOnLeftClickStringParams;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				texName = "curs_pick.tga";
+			}
+			rot= 0;
+			col = CRGBA::White;
+			return true;
+		}
+		
+		return false;
+	}
+
+}
+

code/nel/src/gui/ctrl_col_pick.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_col_pick.h"
+#include "nel/misc/xml_auto_ptr.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_renderer.h"
+#include "nel/gui/action_handler.h"
+#include "nel/gui/widget_manager.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+
+
+using namespace NLMISC;
+using namespace std;
+
+NLMISC_REGISTER_OBJECT(CViewBase, CCtrlColPick, std::string, "colpick");
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	CCtrlColPick::CCtrlColPick(const TCtorParam &param)
+	:CCtrlBase(param)
+	{
+		_MouseDown = false;
+		_Texture = -2;
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	CCtrlColPick::~CCtrlColPick()
+	{
+		// Texture has been created ?
+		if (_Texture>=0)
+		{
+			CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+			rVR.deleteTexture (_Texture);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	bool CCtrlColPick::parse(xmlNodePtr node, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup)
+	{
+		if (!CCtrlBase::parse(node, parentGroup))
+			return false;
+
+		CXMLAutoPtr prop;
+		// Read textures
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( node, (xmlChar*)"texture" );
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		if(prop)
+		{
+			string sTmp = NLMISC::strlwr((const char*)prop);
+			_Texture = rVR.createTexture (sTmp, 0, 0, 256, 64, false, false);
+		}
+
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( node, (xmlChar*)"onchange" );
+		if (prop)	_AHOnChange = NLMISC::strlwr(prop);
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( node, (xmlChar*)"onchange_params" );
+		if (prop)	_AHOnChangeParams = string((const char*)prop);
+
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( node, (xmlChar*)"dbcolr" );
+		if (prop) _ColSelR.link(prop);
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( node, (xmlChar*)"dbcolg" );
+		if (prop) _ColSelG.link(prop);
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( node, (xmlChar*)"dbcolb" );
+		if (prop) _ColSelB.link(prop);
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( node, (xmlChar*)"dbcola" );
+		if (prop) _ColSelA.link(prop);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlColPick::updateCoords()
+	{
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		sint32 txw, txh;
+		rVR.getTextureSizeFromId (_Texture, txw, txh);
+		_W = txw;
+		_H = txh;
+		CCtrlBase::updateCoords();
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlColPick::draw()
+	{
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+
+		CRGBA col = CRGBA(255,255,255,(uint8)CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getGlobalColor().A);
+
+		rVR.drawRotFlipBitmap (_RenderLayer, _XReal, _YReal,
+								_WReal, _HReal,
+								0, false,
+								_Texture,
+								col );
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	bool CCtrlColPick::handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &event)
+	{
+		if (CCtrlBase::handleEvent(event)) return true;
+		if (!_Active)
+			return false;
+		if (event.getType() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptor::mouse)
+		{
+			const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse &eventDesc = (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse &)event;
+			if ((CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() != this) &&
+				(!((eventDesc.getX() >= _XReal) &&
+				(eventDesc.getX() < (_XReal + _WReal))&&
+				(eventDesc.getY() > _YReal) &&
+				(eventDesc.getY() <= (_YReal+ _HReal)))))
+				return false;
+
+			if (eventDesc.getEventTypeExtended() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse::mouseleftdown)
+			{
+				_MouseDown = true;
+				selectColor(eventDesc.getX()-_XReal, eventDesc.getY()-_YReal);
+				return true;
+			}
+			if (eventDesc.getEventTypeExtended() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse::mouseleftup)
+			{
+				_MouseDown = false;
+				return true;
+			}
+			if (eventDesc.getEventTypeExtended() == NLGUI::CEventDescriptorMouse::mousemove)
+			{
+				if (_MouseDown)
+				{
+					selectColor(eventDesc.getX()-_XReal, eventDesc.getY()-_YReal);
+				}
+				return true;
+			}
+		}
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	string CCtrlColPick::getColor () const
+	{
+		return NLMISC::toString(_ColorSelect.R) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorSelect.G) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorSelect.B) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorSelect.A);
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlColPick::setColor (const string &col)
+	{
+		_ColorSelect = convertColor (col.c_str());
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	string CCtrlColPick::getColorOver () const
+	{
+		return NLMISC::toString(_ColorOver.R) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorOver.G) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorOver.B) + " " + NLMISC::toString(_ColorOver.A);
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlColPick::setColorOver (const string &col)
+	{
+		_ColorOver = convertColor (col.c_str());
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlColPick::selectColor (sint32 x, sint32 y)
+	{
+
+		_ColorSelect = getColor (x, y);
+
+		if (_ColSelR.getNodePtr() != NULL)
+			_ColSelR.setSInt32(_ColorSelect.R);
+		if (_ColSelG.getNodePtr() != NULL)
+			_ColSelG.setSInt32(_ColorSelect.G);
+		if (_ColSelB.getNodePtr() != NULL)
+			_ColSelB.setSInt32(_ColorSelect.B);
+		if (_ColSelA.getNodePtr() != NULL)
+			_ColSelA.setSInt32(_ColorSelect.A);
+
+		if (!_AHOnChange.empty())
+			CAHManager::getInstance()->runActionHandler(_AHOnChange, this, _AHOnChangeParams);
+	}
+
+	// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	CRGBA CCtrlColPick::getColor (sint32 x, sint32 y)
+	{
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+
+		if (x < 0) x = 0;
+		if (y < 0) y = 0;
+		if (x >= _WReal) x = _WReal-1;
+		if (y >= _HReal) y = _HReal-1;
+		return rVR.getTextureColor (_Texture, x, y);
+	}
+
+}
+
+

code/nel/src/gui/ctrl_draggable.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_draggable.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	CCtrlDraggable* CCtrlDraggable::_LastDraggedSheet = NULL;
+
+	CCtrlDraggable::CCtrlDraggable(const TCtorParam &param) :
+	CCtrlBase( param )
+	{
+		dragged   = false;
+		draggable = false;
+	}
+
+}

code/nel/src/gui/ctrl_polygon.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_polygon.h"
+#include "nel/gui/widget_manager.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_renderer.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+
+using namespace NLMISC;
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	CCtrlPolygon::CCtrlPolygon() : CCtrlBase(TCtorParam())
+	{
+		// Construct
+		_Color = CRGBA::White;
+		//_Matrix = CMatrix::Identity;
+		_Valid = true;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlPolygon::updateBoudingRect()
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlPolygon_updateBoudingRect)
+		if (_Poly.Vertices.empty())
+		{
+			setX(0);
+			setY(0);
+			setW(0);
+			setH(0);
+			return;
+		}
+		//
+		sint32 xmin = INT_MAX;
+		sint32 ymin = INT_MAX;
+		sint32 xmax = INT_MIN;
+		sint32 ymax = INT_MIN;
+		uint numVerts = (uint)_Poly.Vertices.size();
+		_XFormPoly.Vertices.resize(numVerts);
+		for(uint k = 0; k < numVerts; ++k)
+		{
+			CVector2f &finalPos = _XFormPoly.Vertices[k];
+			//finalPos = _Matrix * _Poly.Vertices[k];
+			computeScaledVertex(finalPos, CVector2f(_Poly.Vertices[k].x, _Poly.Vertices[k].y));
+			xmin = std::min(xmin, (sint32) floorf(finalPos.x));
+			xmax = std::max(xmax, (sint32) ceilf(finalPos.x));
+			ymin = std::min(ymin, (sint32) floorf(finalPos.y));
+			ymax = std::max(ymax, (sint32) ceilf(finalPos.y));
+		}
+		setX(xmin);
+		setY(ymin);
+		setW(xmax - xmin);
+		setH(ymax - ymin);
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlPolygon::contains(const CVector2f &pos) const
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlPolygon_contains)
+		if (!_Valid) return false;
+		return _XFormPoly.contains(pos, false);
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlPolygon::setVertices(const std::vector<NLMISC::CVector> &vertices)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlPolygon_setVertices)
+		if (vertices.size() == _Poly.Vertices.size() &&
+			std::equal(vertices.begin(), vertices.end(), _Poly.Vertices.begin())) return; // remains unchanged
+
+
+		//TTicks startTime = CTime::getPerformanceTime();
+
+		_Poly.Vertices = vertices;
+		_Tris.clear();
+		std::list<CPolygon> polys;
+		bool splitDone = _Poly.toConvexPolygons(polys, NLMISC::CMatrix::Identity);
+		if (!splitDone)
+		{
+			polys.clear();
+			// maybe wrong orientation
+			std::reverse(_Poly.Vertices.begin(), _Poly.Vertices.end());
+			splitDone = _Poly.toConvexPolygons(polys, NLMISC::CMatrix::Identity);
+			std::reverse(_Poly.Vertices.begin(), _Poly.Vertices.end());
+		}
+		_Tris.clear();
+		if (splitDone)
+		{
+			for(std::list<CPolygon>::iterator it = polys.begin(); it != polys.end(); ++it)
+			{
+				it->toTriFan(_Tris);
+			}
+		}
+		_Touched = true;
+		updateBoudingRect();
+		_Valid = splitDone;
+
+		//TTicks endTime = CTime::getPerformanceTime();		
+		//nlinfo("%d ms for CCtrlPolygon::setVertices", (int) (1000 * CTime::ticksToSecond(endTime - startTime)));	
+	}
+
+
+	static inline bool totallyInside(const CVector &minCorner, const CVector &maxCorner, sint32 cx, sint32 cy, sint32 cw, sint32 ch)
+	{
+		return (sint32) maxCorner.x < (cx + cw) &&
+				(sint32) minCorner.x >= cx &&
+				(sint32) maxCorner.y < (cy + ch) &&
+				(sint32) minCorner.y >= cy;
+	}
+
+	static inline bool totallyOutside(const CVector &minCorner, const CVector &maxCorner, sint32 cx, sint32 cy, sint32 cw, sint32 ch)
+	{
+		return (sint32) minCorner.x >= (cx + cw) ||
+				(sint32) maxCorner.x < cx ||
+				(sint32) minCorner.y >= (cy + ch) ||
+				(sint32) maxCorner.y < cy;
+	}
+
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	/*void CCtrlPolygon::setMatrix(const NLMISC::CMatrix &mat)
+	{
+		const float *lhs = mat.get();
+		const float *rhs = _Matrix.get();
+		if (std::equal(lhs, lhs + 16, rhs)) return; // unmodified...
+		_Matrix = mat;
+		updateBoudingRect();
+		_Touched = true;
+	}*/
+
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlPolygon::draw()
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlPolygon_draw)
+		if (_Tris.empty()) return;
+		if (!_Parent) return;
+		CViewRenderer &vr = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		if (_Touched)
+		{
+			_RealTris.clear();
+			uint numTris = (uint)_Tris.size();
+			sint32 cornerX, cornerY;
+			static std::vector<NLMISC::CTriangle> winTris;
+			winTris.resize(numTris);
+			_Parent->getCorner(cornerX, cornerY, _ParentPosRef);
+			/*CMatrix m = _Matrix;
+			m.setPos(m.getPos() + CVector((float) cornerX, (float) cornerY, 0.f));*/
+			for(uint k = 0; k < numTris; ++k)
+			{
+				/*winTris[k].V0 = m * _Tris[k].V0;
+				winTris[k].V1 = m * _Tris[k].V1;
+				winTris[k].V2 = m * _Tris[k].V2;*/
+
+				CVector2f result;
+				computeScaledVertex(result, _Tris[k].V0);
+				winTris[k].V0.set(result.x + cornerX, result.y + cornerY, 0.f);
+				computeScaledVertex(result, _Tris[k].V1);
+				winTris[k].V1.set(result.x + cornerX, result.y + cornerY, 0.f);
+				computeScaledVertex(result, _Tris[k].V2);
+				winTris[k].V2.set(result.x + cornerX, result.y + cornerY, 0.f);
+			}
+			// recompute & reclip poly
+			_RealTris.clear();
+			sint32 cx, cy, cw, ch;
+			vr.getClipWindow(cx, cy, cw, ch);
+			// per tri clip
+			NLMISC::CVector minCorner;
+			NLMISC::CVector maxCorner;
+			for(uint k = 0; k < numTris; ++k)
+			{
+				winTris[k].getMinCorner(minCorner);
+				winTris[k].getMaxCorner(maxCorner);
+				if (totallyOutside(minCorner, maxCorner, cx, cy, cw, ch)) continue;
+				if (totallyInside(minCorner, maxCorner, cx, cy, cw, ch))
+				{
+					_RealTris.push_back(winTris[k]);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					const uint maxNumCorners = 8;
+					static CVector	outPos0[maxNumCorners];
+					static CVector	outPos1[maxNumCorners];
+					//
+					outPos0[0] = winTris[k].V0;
+					outPos0[1] = winTris[k].V1;
+					outPos0[2] = winTris[k].V2;
+					//
+					CVector *pPos0 = outPos0;
+					CVector *pPos1 = outPos1;
+					//
+					sint count = 3;
+					//
+					if ((sint32) minCorner.x < cx)
+					{
+						// clip left
+						CPlane clipper(-1.f, 0.f, 0.f, (float) cx);
+						count = clipper.clipPolygonBack(pPos0, pPos1, count);
+						std::swap(pPos0, pPos1);
+					}
+					if ((sint32) maxCorner.x > cx + cw)
+					{
+						// clip right
+						CPlane clipper(1.f, 0.f, 0.f, - (float) (cx + cw));
+						count = clipper.clipPolygonBack(pPos0, pPos1, count);
+						std::swap(pPos0, pPos1);
+					}
+					//
+					if ((sint32) minCorner.y < cy)
+					{
+						// clip bottom
+						CPlane clipper(0.f, -1.f, 0.f, (float) cy);
+						count = clipper.clipPolygonBack(pPos0, pPos1, count);
+						std::swap(pPos0, pPos1);
+					}
+					if ((sint32) maxCorner.y > cy + ch)
+					{
+						// clip top
+						CPlane clipper(0.f, 1.f, 0.f, - (float) (cy + ch));
+						count = clipper.clipPolygonBack(pPos0, pPos1, count);
+						std::swap(pPos0, pPos1);
+					}
+					nlassert(count <= 8);
+					if (count >= 3)
+					{
+						for(uint k = 0; k < (uint) (count - 2); ++k)
+						{
+							_RealTris.push_back(NLMISC::CTriangle(pPos0[0], pPos0[k + 1], pPos0[k + 2]));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			_Touched = false;
+		}
+		if (_RealTris.empty()) return;
+		CRGBA col;
+		if(getModulateGlobalColor())
+		{
+			col.modulateFromColor (_Color, CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getGlobalColorForContent());
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			col= _Color;
+			col.A = (uint8)(((sint32)col.A*((sint32)CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getGlobalColorForContent().A+1))>>8);
+		}
+		vr.drawUnclippedTriangles(_RenderLayer, _RealTris, col);
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlPolygon::updateCoords()
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlPolygon_updateCoords)
+		CCtrlBase::updateCoords();
+		updateBoudingRect();
+		// assume that clipping will have to be done again, real update of triangle will be done at render time
+		_Touched = true;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlPolygon::setAlpha(sint32 a)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlPolygon_setAlpha)
+		_Color.A = (uint8) a;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlPolygon::handleEvent(const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &/* event */)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlPolygon_handleEvent)
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	// TMP TMP
+	void CCtrlPolygon::computeScaledVertex(NLMISC::CVector2f &dest, const NLMISC::CVector2f &src)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlPolygon_computeScaledVertex)
+		dest.set(src.x, src.y);
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	// TMP TMP
+	void CCtrlPolygon::touch()
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlPolygon_touch)
+		updateBoudingRect();
+		_Touched = true;
+	}
+
+}
+

code/nel/src/gui/ctrl_quad.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_quad.h"
+#include "nel/gui/interface_group.h"
+#include "nel/gui/widget_manager.h"
+#include "nel/misc/polygon.h"
+
+using namespace NLMISC;
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	CCtrlQuad::CCtrlQuad() : CCtrlBase(TCtorParam()), _Color(CRGBA::White),
+													  _Additif(false),
+													  _Filtered(true),
+													  _UMin(0.f),
+													  _UMax(1.f),
+													  _WrapMode(Repeat)
+	{
+		setQuad(CQuad(CVector::Null, CVector::Null, CVector::Null, CVector::Null));
+		// preset uvs for real quad
+		_RealQuad.Uv0.set(0.f, 0.f);
+		_RealQuad.Uv1.set(1.f, 0.f);
+		_RealQuad.Uv2.set(1.f, 1.f);
+		_RealQuad.Uv3.set(0.f, 1.f);
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlQuad::parse(xmlNodePtr /* cur */, CInterfaceGroup * /* parentGroup */)
+	{
+		nlassert(0); // NOT IMPLEMENTED (only created dynamically at this time)
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::updateCoords()
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_updateCoords)
+		CViewBase::updateCoords();
+		nlassert(_Parent);
+		// don't use _XReal && _YReal, because coords are given relative to parent
+		CVector delta((float) _Parent->getXReal(), (float) _Parent->getYReal(), 0.f);
+		_RealQuad.set(_Quad.V0 + delta, _Quad.V1 + delta, _Quad.V2 + delta, _Quad.V3 + delta);
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::draw()
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_draw)
+		nlassert(_Parent);
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+
+		CRGBA col;
+		if(getModulateGlobalColor())
+		{
+			col.modulateFromColor (_Color, CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getGlobalColorForContent());
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			col= _Color;
+			col.A = (uint8)(((sint32)col.A*((sint32)CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getGlobalColorForContent().A+1))>>8);
+		}
+
+		/*if (_InheritGCAlpha)
+		{
+			// search a parent container
+			CInterfaceGroup *gr = getParent();
+			while (gr)
+			{
+				if (gr->isGroupContainer())
+				{
+					CGroupContainer *gc = static_cast<CGroupContainer *>(gr);
+					col.A = (uint8)(((sint32)col.A*((sint32)gc->getCurrentContainerAlpha()+1))>>8);
+					break;
+				}
+				gr = gr->getParent();
+			}
+		}*/
+		if (_UMin == 0.f && _UMax == 1.f && _WrapMode != CustomUVs)
+		{
+			// no pattern applied, can draw the quad in a single piece
+			rVR.drawQuad(_RenderLayer, _RealQuad, _TextureId, col, _Additif, _Filtered);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			NLMISC::CQuadUV quv;
+			if (_WrapMode == Repeat)
+			{
+				if (_UMax == _UMin)
+				{
+					(CQuad &) quv = _RealQuad; // copy CQuad part
+					float u = fmodf(_UMin, 1.f);
+					quv.Uv0.set(u, 0.f);
+					quv.Uv1.set(u, 0.f);
+					quv.Uv2.set(u, 1.f);
+					quv.Uv3.set(u, 1.f);
+					rVR.drawQuad(_RenderLayer, quv, _TextureId, col, _Additif, _Filtered);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					// reverse corners if needed to handle case where _UVMin < _UVmax
+					NLMISC::CQuad srcQuad;
+					float umin, umax;
+					if (_UMax < _UMin)
+					{
+						umin = _UMax;
+						umax = _UMin;
+						srcQuad.V0 = _RealQuad.V1;
+						srcQuad.V1 = _RealQuad.V0;
+						srcQuad.V2 = _RealQuad.V3;
+						srcQuad.V3 = _RealQuad.V2;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						umin = _UMin;
+						umax = _UMax;
+						srcQuad = _RealQuad;
+					}
+
+
+					float unitRatio = 1.f / fabsf(umax - umin); // ratio of the real quad delta x in screen for du = 1
+					// texture is stretched, mutiple parts needed
+					float ceilUMin = ceilf(umin);
+					float firstDeltaU =  ceilUMin - umin;
+					if (firstDeltaU != 0.f)
+					{
+
+						// start quad
+						quv.V0 = srcQuad.V0;
+						quv.V1 = blend(srcQuad.V0, srcQuad.V1, std::min(1.f, (firstDeltaU * unitRatio)));
+						quv.V2 = blend(srcQuad.V3, srcQuad.V2, std::min(1.f, (firstDeltaU * unitRatio)));
+						quv.V3 = srcQuad.V3;
+						float lastU = std::min(umax + 1.f - ceilUMin, 1.f);
+						quv.Uv0.set(1.f - firstDeltaU, 0.f);
+						quv.Uv1.set(lastU, 0.f);
+						quv.Uv2.set(lastU, 1.f);
+						quv.Uv3.set(1.f - firstDeltaU, 1.f);
+						rVR.drawQuad(_RenderLayer, quv, _TextureId, col, _Additif, _Filtered);
+
+						if (firstDeltaU * unitRatio >= 1.f) return;
+					}
+
+					// TODO optim: reuse of previous uv & pos ... (prb is that they are not always computed)
+
+					// intermediate quads
+					sint numQuads = (sint) (floorf(umax) - ceilf(umin));
+
+					for(sint k = 0; k < numQuads; ++k)
+					{
+						float deltaU =  firstDeltaU + k;
+						// start quad
+						quv.V0 = blend(srcQuad.V0, srcQuad.V1, deltaU * unitRatio);
+						quv.V1 = blend(srcQuad.V0, srcQuad.V1, (deltaU + 1.f) * unitRatio);
+						quv.V2 = blend(srcQuad.V3, srcQuad.V2, (deltaU + 1.f) * unitRatio);
+						quv.V3 = blend(srcQuad.V3, srcQuad.V2, deltaU * unitRatio);
+						quv.Uv0.set(0.f, 0.f);
+						quv.Uv1.set(1.f, 0.f);
+						quv.Uv2.set(1.f, 1.f);
+						quv.Uv3.set(0.f, 1.f);
+						rVR.drawQuad(_RenderLayer, quv, _TextureId, col, _Additif, _Filtered);
+					}
+					// end quad
+					float lastDeltaU =  umax - floorf(umax);
+					if (lastDeltaU != 0.f)
+					{
+
+						// start quad
+						quv.V0 = blend(srcQuad.V1, srcQuad.V0, lastDeltaU * unitRatio);
+						quv.V1 = srcQuad.V1;
+						quv.V2 = srcQuad.V2;
+						quv.V3 = blend(srcQuad.V2, srcQuad.V3, lastDeltaU * unitRatio);
+						quv.Uv0.set(0.f, 0.f);
+						quv.Uv1.set(lastDeltaU, 0.f);
+						quv.Uv2.set(lastDeltaU, 1.f);
+						quv.Uv3.set(0.f, 1.f);
+						rVR.drawQuad(_RenderLayer, quv, _TextureId, col, _Additif, _Filtered);
+					}
+				}
+
+			}
+			else if (_WrapMode == Clamp)
+			{
+				if (_UMin == _UMax)
+				{
+					(CQuad &) quv = _RealQuad; // copy CQuad part
+					// special case
+					float u = _UMin;
+					clamp(u, 0.f, 1.f);
+					quv.Uv0.set(u, 0.f);
+					quv.Uv1.set(u, 1.f);
+					quv.Uv2.set(u, 1.f);
+					quv.Uv3.set(u, 0.f);
+					rVR.drawQuad(_RenderLayer, quv, _TextureId, col, _Additif, _Filtered);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					NLMISC::CQuad srcQuad;
+					float umin, umax;
+					if (_UMax < _UMin)
+					{
+						umin = _UMax;
+						umax = _UMin;
+						srcQuad.V0 = _RealQuad.V1;
+						srcQuad.V1 = _RealQuad.V0;
+						srcQuad.V2 = _RealQuad.V3;
+						srcQuad.V3 = _RealQuad.V2;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						umin = _UMin;
+						umax = _UMax;
+						srcQuad = _RealQuad;
+					}
+					float startRatio = - umin / (umax - umin); // start of unclamped u (actually (0.f - umin) / (umax - umin) )
+					if (umin < 0.f)
+					{
+						quv.V0 = srcQuad.V0;
+						quv.V1 = blend(srcQuad.V0, srcQuad.V1, std::min(1.f ,startRatio));
+						quv.V2 = blend(srcQuad.V3, srcQuad.V2, std::min(1.f ,startRatio));
+						quv.V3 = srcQuad.V3;
+						// draw first clamped part
+						quv.Uv0.set(0.f, 0.f);
+						quv.Uv1.set(0.f, 0.f);
+						quv.Uv2.set(0.f, 1.f);
+						quv.Uv3.set(0.f, 1.f);
+						rVR.drawQuad(_RenderLayer, quv, _TextureId, col, _Additif, _Filtered);
+					}
+					if (startRatio >= 1.f) return;
+					float endRatio = (1.f - umin) / (umax - umin);
+					if (endRatio > 0.f)
+					{
+						// draw middle part if visible
+						// TODO optim: reuse of previous uv & pos ... (prb is that they are not always computed)
+						quv.V0 = blend(srcQuad.V0, srcQuad.V1, std::max(0.f , startRatio));
+						quv.V1 = blend(srcQuad.V0, srcQuad.V1, std::min(1.f , endRatio));
+						quv.V2 = blend(srcQuad.V3, srcQuad.V2, std::min(1.f , endRatio));
+						quv.V3 = blend(srcQuad.V3, srcQuad.V2, std::max(0.f , startRatio));
+						// draw first clamped part
+						quv.Uv0.set(std::max(0.f, umin), 0.f);
+						quv.Uv1.set(std::min(1.f, umax), 0.f);
+						quv.Uv2.set(std::min(1.f, umax), 1.f);
+						quv.Uv3.set(std::max(0.f, umin), 1.f);
+						rVR.drawQuad(_RenderLayer, quv, _TextureId, col, _Additif, _Filtered);
+					}
+					if (endRatio >= 1.f) return;
+					// draw end part
+					quv.V0 = blend(srcQuad.V0, srcQuad.V1, std::max(0.f , endRatio));
+					quv.V1 = srcQuad.V1;
+					quv.V2 = srcQuad.V2;
+					quv.V3 = blend(srcQuad.V3, srcQuad.V2, std::max(0.f , endRatio));
+					// draw end clamped part
+					quv.Uv0.set(1.f, 0.f);
+					quv.Uv1.set(1.f, 0.f);
+					quv.Uv2.set(1.f, 1.f);
+					quv.Uv3.set(1.f, 1.f);
+					rVR.drawQuad(_RenderLayer, quv, _TextureId, col, _Additif, _Filtered);
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				nlassert(_WrapMode == CustomUVs);
+				quv.V0 = _RealQuad.V0;
+				quv.V1 = _RealQuad.V1;
+				quv.V2 = _RealQuad.V2;
+				quv.V3 = _RealQuad.V3;
+				quv.Uv0 = _CustomUVs[0];
+				quv.Uv1 = _CustomUVs[1];
+				quv.Uv2 = _CustomUVs[2];
+				quv.Uv3 = _CustomUVs[3];
+				rVR.drawQuad(_RenderLayer, quv, _TextureId, col, _Additif, _Filtered);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::setAlpha(sint32 a)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_setAlpha)
+		_Color.A = (uint8) a;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::setTexture(const std::string &texName)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_setTexture)
+	//	CInterfaceManager *pIM = CInterfaceManager::getInstance();
+	//	CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		_TextureId.setTexture(texName.c_str());
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	std::string CCtrlQuad::getTexture() const
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_getTexture)
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		return rVR.getTextureNameFromId (_TextureId);
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::setQuad(const CQuad &quad)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_setQuad)
+		float qXMin = minof(quad.V0.x, quad.V1.x, quad.V2.x, quad.V3.x);
+		float qXMax = maxof(quad.V0.x, quad.V1.x, quad.V2.x, quad.V3.x);
+		float qYMin = minof(quad.V0.y, quad.V1.y, quad.V2.y, quad.V3.y);
+		float qYMax = maxof(quad.V0.y, quad.V1.y, quad.V2.y, quad.V3.y);
+		setPosRef(Hotspot_BL);
+		setX((sint32) floorf(qXMin));
+		setY((sint32) floorf(qYMin));
+		setW((sint32) ceilf(qXMax) - getX());
+		setH((sint32) ceilf(qYMax) - getY());
+		_Quad = quad;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::setQuad(const NLMISC::CVector &start, const NLMISC::CVector &end, float thickness)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_setQuad)
+		CVector right = end - start;
+		CVector up(-right.y, right.x, 0.f);
+		up = thickness * up.normed();
+		setQuad(CQuad(start + up, end + up, end - up, start - up));
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::setQuad(const NLMISC::CVector &pos, float radius, float angle /*=0.f*/)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_setQuad)
+		if (angle == 0.f)
+		{
+			setQuad(pos - radius * CVector::I, pos + radius * CVector::I, radius);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			CVector right(radius * cosf(angle), radius * sinf(angle), 0.f);
+			setQuad(pos - right, pos + right, radius);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::setQuad(const std::string &texName, const NLMISC::CVector &srcPos, float angle /*= 0.f*/, float offCenter /* = 0.f*/)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_setQuad)
+		NLMISC::CVector pos = srcPos;
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		sint32 w, h;
+		rVR.getTextureSizeFromId(rVR.getTextureIdFromName(texName), w, h);
+		if (angle == 0.f)
+		{
+			if (offCenter != 0.f)
+			{
+				pos.x += offCenter;
+			}
+			setQuad(pos - 0.5f * w * CVector::I, pos + 0.5f * w * CVector::I, 0.5f * h);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			CVector unitRadius(cosf(angle), sinf(angle), 0.f);
+			CVector radius = 0.5f * w * unitRadius;
+			pos += offCenter * unitRadius;
+			setQuad(pos - radius, pos + radius, 0.5f * h);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::setAdditif(bool additif)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_setAdditif)
+		_Additif = additif;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::setFiltered(bool filtered)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_setFiltered)
+		_Filtered = filtered;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::setPattern(float umin, float umax, TWrapMode wrapMode)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_setPattern)
+		nlassert((uint) wrapMode < CustomUVs);
+		_UMin = umin;
+		_UMax = umax;
+		_WrapMode = wrapMode;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlQuad::setCustomUVs(const CUV uvs[4])
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_setCustomUVs)
+		std::copy(uvs, uvs + 4, _CustomUVs );
+		_WrapMode = CustomUVs;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlQuad::handleEvent(const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor &/* event */)
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_handleEvent)
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// *********************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlQuad::contains(const NLMISC::CVector2f &pos) const
+	{
+		H_AUTO(Rz_CCtrlQuad_contains)
+		static NLMISC::CPolygon2D poly;
+		poly.Vertices.resize(4);
+		poly.Vertices[0] = _Quad.V0;
+		poly.Vertices[1] = _Quad.V1;
+		poly.Vertices[2] = _Quad.V2;
+		poly.Vertices[3] = _Quad.V3;
+		return poly.contains(pos, false);
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+

code/nel/src/gui/ctrl_scroll_base.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_scroll_base.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	CCtrlScrollBase::CCtrlScrollBase( const TCtorParam &param ) :
+	CCtrlBase( param )
+	{
+		_Target = NULL;
+	}
+
+	CCtrlScrollBase::~CCtrlScrollBase()
+	{
+	}
+
+	void CCtrlScrollBase::setTarget( CInterfaceGroup *pIG )
+	{
+		// Necessary because it's supposed to be an abstract class,
+		// however reflection requires the class to be instantiated.
+		nlassert( false );
+	}
+
+	sint32 CCtrlScrollBase::moveTrackX( sint32 dx )
+	{
+		// Necessary because it's supposed to be an abstract class,
+		// however reflection requires the class to be instantiated.
+		nlassert( false );
+
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	sint32 CCtrlScrollBase::moveTrackY( sint32 dy )
+	{
+		// Necessary because it's supposed to be an abstract class,
+		// however reflection requires the class to be instantiated.
+		nlassert( false );
+
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	void CCtrlScrollBase::moveTargetX( sint32 dx )
+	{
+		// Necessary because it's supposed to be an abstract class,
+		// however reflection requires the class to be instantiated.
+		nlassert( false );
+	}
+
+	void CCtrlScrollBase::moveTargetY( sint32 dy )
+	{
+		// Necessary because it's supposed to be an abstract class,
+		// however reflection requires the class to be instantiated.
+		nlassert( false );
+	}
+
+}
+

code/nel/src/gui/ctrl_text_button.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,552 @@
+// Ryzom - MMORPG Framework <http://dev.ryzom.com/projects/ryzom/>
+// Copyright (C) 2010  Winch Gate Property Limited
+//
+// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+// it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+// GNU Affero General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License
+// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_text_button.h"
+#include "nel/misc/xml_auto_ptr.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text.h"
+#include "nel/gui/view_text_id.h"
+#include "nel/gui/group_container_base.h"
+#include "nel/gui/lua_ihm.h"
+#include "nel/gui/widget_manager.h"
+#include "nel/misc/i18n.h"
+
+using namespace std;
+using namespace NLMISC;
+using namespace NL3D;
+
+
+NLMISC_REGISTER_OBJECT(CViewBase, CCtrlTextButton, std::string, "text_button");
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	CCtrlTextButton::CCtrlTextButton(const TCtorParam &param)
+	:	CCtrlBaseButton(param)
+	{
+		_BmpLeftW= _BmpMiddleW= _BmpRightW= _BmpH= 0;
+		_WMargin= 0;
+		_WMin= 0;
+		_TextX= -2;
+		_TextY= -2;
+		_Setuped= false;
+		_ViewText= NULL;
+		_IsViewTextId= false;
+		_TextColorNormal= CRGBA(255, 255, 255, 255);
+		_TextColorPushed= CRGBA(255, 255, 255, 255);
+		_TextColorOver= CRGBA(255, 255, 255, 255);
+		_TextShadowColorNormal= CRGBA(0, 0, 0, 255);
+		_TextShadowColorPushed= CRGBA(0, 0, 0, 255);
+		_TextShadowColorOver= CRGBA(0, 0, 0, 255);
+		_TextModulateGlobalColorNormal= true;
+		_TextModulateGlobalColorPushed= true;
+		_TextModulateGlobalColorOver= true;
+		_TextHeaderColor= false;
+		_TextPosRef = Hotspot_MM;
+		_TextParentPosRef = Hotspot_MM;
+		_ForceTextOver = false;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	bool CCtrlTextButton::parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup * parentGroup)
+	{
+		CXMLAutoPtr prop;
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+
+		//try to get props that can be inherited from groups
+		//if a property is not defined, try to find it in the parent group.
+		//if it is undefined, set it to zero
+		if (! CCtrlBaseButton::parse(cur,parentGroup) )
+		{
+			string tmp = "cannot parse view:"+getId()+", parent:"+parentGroup->getId();
+			nlinfo(tmp.c_str());
+			return false;
+		}
+
+
+		// *** Read Textures.
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tx_normal" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			string TxName = toLower(std::string((const char *) prop));
+			_TextureIdNormal[0].setTexture((TxName+"_l.tga").c_str());
+			_TextureIdNormal[1].setTexture((TxName+"_m.tga").c_str());
+			_TextureIdNormal[2].setTexture((TxName+"_r.tga").c_str());
+		}
+
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tx_pushed" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			string TxName = toLower(std::string((const char *) prop));
+			_TextureIdPushed[0].setTexture((TxName+"_l.tga").c_str());
+			_TextureIdPushed[1].setTexture((TxName+"_m.tga").c_str());
+			_TextureIdPushed[2].setTexture((TxName+"_r.tga").c_str());
+		}
+
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"tx_over" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			string TxName = toLower(std::string((const char *) prop));
+			_TextureIdOver[0].setTexture((TxName+"_l.tga").c_str());
+			_TextureIdOver[1].setTexture((TxName+"_m.tga").c_str());
+			_TextureIdOver[2].setTexture((TxName+"_r.tga").c_str());
+		}
+
+		// Compute Bmp Sizes
+		nlctassert(NumTexture==3);
+		rVR.getTextureSizeFromId(_TextureIdNormal[0], _BmpLeftW, _BmpH);
+		rVR.getTextureSizeFromId(_TextureIdNormal[1], _BmpMiddleW, _BmpH);
+		rVR.getTextureSizeFromId(_TextureIdNormal[2], _BmpRightW, _BmpH);
+
+
+		// *** Create the ViewText for draw, and set text
+		// ViewTextId or standard view?
+		CXMLAutoPtr ptr((const char*)xmlGetProp(cur,(xmlChar*)"textid"));
+		_IsViewTextId= (bool)ptr;
+		if(_IsViewTextId)
+			_ViewText= new CViewTextID(CViewBase::TCtorParam());
+		else
+			_ViewText= new CViewText(CViewBase::TCtorParam());
+		_ViewText->setId(_Id+"_text");
+		_ViewText->parseTextOptions(cur);
+		_ViewText->setAvoidResizeParent(avoidResizeParent());
+		if(_IsViewTextId)
+			((CViewTextID*)_ViewText)->parseTextIdOptions(cur);
+		// Same RenderLayer as us.
+		_ViewText->setRenderLayer(getRenderLayer());
+		// Parse the hardText (if not text id)
+		if(!_IsViewTextId)
+		{
+			prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"hardtext" );
+			if (prop)
+			{
+				const char *propPtr = prop;
+				ucstring text = ucstring(propPtr);
+				if ((strlen(propPtr)>2) && (propPtr[0] == 'u') && (propPtr[1] == 'i'))
+					text = CI18N::get (propPtr);
+				_ViewText->setText(text);
+			}
+		}
+
+		// wmargin
+		_WMargin= 0;
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"wmargin" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			fromString((const char *) prop, _WMargin);
+		}
+
+		// wmin
+		_WMin= 0;
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"wmin" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			fromString((const char *) prop, _WMin);
+		}
+		// _WMin is at least the size of All W Bitmaps
+		_WMin= max(_WMin, _BmpLeftW + _BmpMiddleW + _BmpRightW);
+
+		// TextY
+		_TextY= -2;
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_y" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			fromString((const char *) prop, _TextY);
+		}
+		_TextX = 0;
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_x" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			fromString((const char *) prop, _TextX);
+		}
+
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_underlined" );
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			_ViewText->setUnderlined(convertBool(prop));
+		}
+
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*) "text_posref" );
+		_TextParentPosRef = Hotspot_MM;
+		_TextPosRef = Hotspot_MM;
+		if (prop)
+		{
+			char *seekPtr = prop.getDatas();
+			seekPtr = strtok(seekPtr," \t");
+			if (seekPtr == NULL)
+			{
+				// mean that there s a bad formated posref (missing space or tab)
+				nlwarning("bad 'text_pos_ref' formatting");
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				_TextParentPosRef = convertHotSpot (seekPtr);
+				seekPtr = strtok (seekPtr+1+strlen(seekPtr)," \t");
+				_TextPosRef = convertHotSpot (seekPtr);
+			}
+		}
+
+
+		// *** Read Text Colors
+		// get color normal
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_color_normal" );
+		_TextColorNormal = CRGBA(255,255,255,255);
+		if (prop)
+			_TextColorNormal = convertColor (prop);
+
+		// Get ColorPushed
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_color_pushed" );
+		_TextColorPushed = CRGBA(255,255,255,255);
+		if (prop)
+			_TextColorPushed = convertColor(prop);
+
+		// Get ColorOver
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_color_over" );
+		_TextColorOver = CRGBA(255,255,255,255);
+		if (prop)
+			_TextColorOver = convertColor(prop);
+
+
+		// *** Read Text Shadow Colors
+		// get color normal
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_shadow_color_normal" );
+		_TextShadowColorNormal = CRGBA(0,0,0,255);
+		if (prop)
+			_TextShadowColorNormal = convertColor (prop);
+
+		// Get ColorPushed
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_shadow_color_pushed" );
+		_TextShadowColorPushed = CRGBA(0,0,0,255);
+		if (prop)
+			_TextShadowColorPushed = convertColor(prop);
+
+		// Get ColorOver
+		prop= (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_shadow_color_over" );
+		_TextShadowColorOver = CRGBA(0,0,0,255);
+		if (prop)
+			_TextShadowColorOver = convertColor(prop);
+
+		// *** Read Text Global Color
+		// Default: take "global_color" param interface_element option.
+		_TextModulateGlobalColorNormal= _TextModulateGlobalColorPushed= _TextModulateGlobalColorOver= getModulateGlobalColor();
+
+		// Read special text global_color for each state
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_global_color_normal" );
+		if (prop)	_TextModulateGlobalColorNormal= convertBool(prop);
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_global_color_pushed" );
+		if (prop)	_TextModulateGlobalColorPushed= convertBool(prop);
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_global_color_over" );
+		if (prop)	_TextModulateGlobalColorOver= convertBool(prop);
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"force_text_over" );
+		if (prop)	_ForceTextOver= convertBool(prop);
+
+		// read Text header color
+		prop = (char*) xmlGetProp( cur, (xmlChar*)"text_header_color" );
+		if (prop)	_TextHeaderColor= convertBool(prop);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlTextButton::draw ()
+	{
+		CViewRenderer::CTextureId *pTxId = NULL;
+		CRGBA  color;
+
+		CViewRenderer &rVR = *CViewRenderer::getInstance();
+		CRGBA	globalColor= CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getGlobalColorForContent();
+
+		// *** Detect Over
+		bool	lastOver = false;
+		updateOver(lastOver);
+
+		// *** Choose Button State
+		switch(_Type)
+		{
+			case ToggleButton:
+			{
+				if (_Pushed)
+				{
+					pTxId = _TextureIdPushed;
+					color  = getCurrentColorPushed(globalColor);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					pTxId = _TextureIdNormal;
+					color  = getCurrentColorNormal(globalColor);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+			case RadioButton:
+			{
+	//			CViewPointer &rIP = *CInterfaceManager::getInstance()->getPointer();
+				// Init the radio button
+				initRBRef();
+
+				if (*_RBRef == this)
+				{
+					// if it is equal to the ref value, then the button must appear pushed
+					pTxId = _TextureIdPushed;
+					color  = getCurrentColorPushed(globalColor);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					if ((_Over) && (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() == this))
+					{
+						pTxId = _TextureIdPushed;
+						color  = getCurrentColorPushed(globalColor);
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						pTxId = _TextureIdNormal;
+						color     = getCurrentColorNormal(globalColor);
+						_Pushed = false;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+			case PushButton:
+			{
+				if (_Over && (CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() == this))
+				{
+					pTxId = _TextureIdPushed;
+					color  = getCurrentColorPushed(globalColor);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					pTxId = _TextureIdNormal;
+					color     = getCurrentColorNormal(globalColor);
+					_Pushed = false;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+			default:
+			break;
+		}
+
+		// *** Draw
+		color.A = (uint8)(((sint32)color.A*((sint32)globalColor.A+1))>>8);
+
+		// Fromzen ?
+		if (getFrozen() && getFrozenHalfTone())
+			color.A >>= 2;
+
+		sint32	x= _XReal;
+		sint32	y= _YReal;
+		sint32	txw, txh;
+		txw = _WReal - _BmpLeftW - _BmpRightW;
+		txh = _HReal;
+		nlctassert(NumTexture==3);
+		rVR.drawRotFlipBitmap (	_RenderLayer, x, y, _BmpLeftW, txh, 0, false, pTxId[0], color );
+		rVR.drawRotFlipBitmap (	_RenderLayer, x+_BmpLeftW, y, txw, txh, 0, false, pTxId[1], color );
+		rVR.drawRotFlipBitmap (	_RenderLayer, x+_BmpLeftW+txw, y, _BmpRightW, txh, 0, false, pTxId[2], color );
+
+		// *** Draw Over
+		if (_Over && (_OverWhenPushed || !(_Pushed || CWidgetManager::getInstance()->getCapturePointerLeft() == this)))
+		{
+			if ((lastOver == false) && (_AHOnOver != NULL))
+				CAHManager::getInstance()->runActionHandler (_AHOnOver, this, _AHOverParams);
+
+			// the pointer is over the button.
+			color= getCurrentColorOver(globalColor);
+			color.A = (uint8)(((sint32)color.A*((sint32)globalColor.A+1))>>8);
+
+			// Fromzen ?
+			if (getFrozen() && getFrozenHalfTone())
+				color.A >>= 2;
+
+			nlctassert(NumTexture==3);
+			pTxId= _TextureIdOver;
+			uint layerOffset = _ForceTextOver ? 0 : 1; // Must write Over On Top of the text ?
+
+			rVR.drawRotFlipBitmap (	_RenderLayer+layerOffset, x, y, _BmpLeftW, txh, 0, false, pTxId[0], color );
+			rVR.drawRotFlipBitmap (	_RenderLayer+layerOffset, x+_BmpLeftW, y, txw, txh, 0, false, pTxId[1], color );
+			rVR.drawRotFlipBitmap (	_RenderLayer+layerOffset, x+_BmpLeftW+txw, y, _BmpRightW, txh, 0, false, pTxId[2], color );
+		}
+
+		// *** Setup ViewText Color according to selected one (should be drawn after because of eltorder)
+		// update header color?
+		CRGBA	viewTextColor;
+		if(_TextHeaderColor)
+		{
+			CInterfaceGroup		*pIG= getRootWindow();
+			if(pIG->isGroupContainer())
+			{
+				CGroupContainerBase *pGC = static_cast<CGroupContainerBase*>(pIG);
+				viewTextColor= pGC->getDrawnHeaderColor();
+			}
+		}
+		// Setup ViewText color
+		if ( pTxId==_TextureIdNormal )
+		{
+			if(_TextHeaderColor)	viewTextColor.A=  _TextColorNormal.A;
+			else					viewTextColor= _TextColorNormal;
+			_ViewText->setColor(viewTextColor);
+			_ViewText->setShadowColor(_TextShadowColorNormal);
+			_ViewText->setModulateGlobalColor(_TextModulateGlobalColorNormal);
+		}
+		else if ( pTxId==_TextureIdPushed )
+		{
+			if(_TextHeaderColor)	viewTextColor.A=  _TextColorPushed.A;
+			else					viewTextColor= _TextColorPushed;
+			_ViewText->setColor(viewTextColor);
+			_ViewText->setShadowColor(_TextShadowColorPushed);
+			_ViewText->setModulateGlobalColor(_TextModulateGlobalColorPushed);
+		}
+		else if ( pTxId==_TextureIdOver )
+		{
+			if(_TextHeaderColor)	viewTextColor.A=  _TextColorOver.A;
+			else					viewTextColor= _TextColorOver;
+			_ViewText->setColor(viewTextColor);
+			_ViewText->setShadowColor(_TextShadowColorOver);
+			_ViewText->setModulateGlobalColor(_TextModulateGlobalColorOver);
+		}
+		if(getFrozen() && getFrozenHalfTone())
+			_ViewText->setAlpha(_ViewText->getAlpha()>>2);
+	}
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlTextButton::updateCoords()
+	{
+		// Should have been setuped with addCtrl
+		nlassert(_Setuped);
+
+		// Compute Size according to bitmap and Text.
+		if (!(_SizeRef & 1))
+		{
+			_W= _ViewText->getW() + _WMargin + _TextX;
+			// Ensure as big as possible button
+			_W= max(_W, _WMin);
+		}
+		if (!(_SizeRef & 2))
+		{
+			_H= _BmpH;
+		}
+
+		CViewBase::updateCoords();
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	sint32 CCtrlTextButton::getWMax() const
+	{
+		return max(_ViewText->getW(false) + _WMargin + _TextX, _WMin);
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlTextButton::setup()
+	{
+		_Setuped= true;
+
+		// setup the viewText and add to parent
+		_ViewText->setParent (getParent());
+		_ViewText->setParentPos (this);
+		_ViewText->setParentPosRef (_TextParentPosRef);
+		_ViewText->setPosRef (_TextPosRef);
+		_ViewText->setActive(_Active);
+		_ViewText->setX(_TextX);
+		_ViewText->setY(_TextY);
+
+		getParent()->addView(_ViewText);
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlTextButton::setTextX(sint32 x)
+	{
+		_TextX = x;
+		if (_ViewText) _ViewText->setX(_TextX);
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	sint32	CCtrlTextButton::getMaxUsedW() const
+	{
+		return _W;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	sint32	CCtrlTextButton::getMinUsedW() const
+	{
+		return _W;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlTextButton::setActive(bool state)
+	{
+		_ViewText->setActive(state);
+		CCtrlBaseButton::setActive(state);
+	}
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlTextButton::onAddToGroup()
+	{
+		// Add the view if not done
+		if(!_Setuped)
+			setup();
+	}
+
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlTextButton::setText (const ucstring &text)
+	{
+		if (_ViewText && !_IsViewTextId)
+			_ViewText->setText(text);
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	ucstring CCtrlTextButton::getText () const
+	{
+		if (_ViewText && !_IsViewTextId)
+			return _ViewText->getText();
+		return ucstring("");
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	void CCtrlTextButton::setHardText (const std::string &text)
+	{
+		if (_ViewText && !_IsViewTextId)
+			_ViewText->setHardText(text);
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+	string CCtrlTextButton::getHardText () const
+	{
+		if (_ViewText && !_IsViewTextId)
+			return _ViewText->getHardText();
+		return string("");
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+
+	CViewText*	CCtrlTextButton::getViewText()
+	{
+		return _ViewText;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+
+	int CCtrlTextButton::luaGetViewText(CLuaState &ls)
+	{
+		const char *funcName = "getViewText";
+		CLuaIHM::checkArgCount(ls, funcName, 0);
+		CLuaIHM::pushUIOnStack(ls, getViewText());
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	// ***************************************************************************
+
+}
+

code/nel/src/gui/ctrl_tooltip.cpp

@@ -17,11 +17,8 @@
 
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#include "stdpch.h"
-
-#include "ctrl_tooltip.h"
-#include "interface_manager.h"
-#include "game_share/xml_auto_ptr.h"
+#include "nel/gui/ctrl_tooltip.h"
+#include "nel/misc/xml_auto_ptr.h"
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 using namespace std;
@@ -32,27 +29,33 @@ NLMISC_REGISTER_OBJECT(CViewBase, CCtrlToolTip, std::string, "tooltip");
 
 REGISTER_UI_CLASS(CCtrlToolTip)
 
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void CCtrlToolTip::draw ()
+namespace NLGUI
 {
-}
 
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-bool CCtrlToolTip::handleEvent (const CEventDescriptor& event)
-{
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlToolTip::draw ()
+	{
+	}
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	bool CCtrlToolTip::handleEvent (const NLGUI::CEventDescriptor& event)
+	{
 		if (CCtrlBase::handleEvent(event)) return true;
 		return false;
-}
+	}
 
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-bool CCtrlToolTip::parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup)
-{
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	bool CCtrlToolTip::parse(xmlNodePtr cur, CInterfaceGroup *parentGroup)
+	{
 		if (!CCtrlBase::parse(cur, parentGroup)) return false;
 		return true;
+	}
+
+	// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	void CCtrlToolTip::serial(NLMISC::IStream &f)
+	{
+		CCtrlBase::serial(f);
+	}
+
 }
 
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void CCtrlToolTip::serial(NLMISC::IStream &f)
-{
-	CCtrlBase::serial(f);
-}

code/nel/src/gui/db_manager.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+#include "nel/gui/db_manager.h"
+
+namespace NLGUI
+{
+	CDBManager* CDBManager::instance = NULL;
+
+	CDBManager::CDBManager() :
+	NLMISC::CCDBManager( "ROOT", 0 )
+	{
+	}
+
+	CDBManager::~CDBManager()
+	{
+	}
+
+	CDBManager* CDBManager::getInstance()
+	{
+		if( instance == NULL )
+			instance = new CDBManager();
+		return instance;
+	}
+
+	void CDBManager::release()
+	{
+		nlassert( instance != NULL );
+		delete instance;
+		instance = NULL;
+	}
+
+	NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf* CDBManager::getDbProp( const std::string &name, bool create )
+	{
+		return getDbLeaf( name, create );
+	}
+
+	void CDBManager::delDbProp( const std::string &name )
+	{
+		delDbNode( name );
+	}
+
+	sint32 CDBManager::getDbValue32( const std::string &name )
+	{
+		NLMISC::CCDBNodeLeaf *node = getDbProp( name, false );
+		if( node != NULL )
+			return node->getValue32();
+		else
+			return 0;
+	}
+
+	NLMISC::CCDBNodeBranch* CDBManager::getDB() const
+	{
+		return _Database;
+	}
+}